The Pacific

Northwest
A Campaign Sourcebook for Role-Playing in WWIII
 Mountains exist on every continent. Currently, and in the future, we will
conduct operations in mountainous areas around the world. Mountains
present unique challenges to Soldiers and commanders alike, and they
provide an initial tactical advantage to indigenous forces: familiarization
with the physical terrain. When conducting military operations in moun-
tains or cold weather environments, leaders and Soldiers must plan to
fight two enemies: the environment and the enemy.
- Mountain Warfare and Cold Weather Operations Leader's Book,
U.S. Army Center for Lessons Learned

The Pacific Northwest

Clayton A. Oliver

TWILIGHT: 2000

Credits
Writing and Design: Clayton A. Oliver.
Editing: Ray Forsythe and Camille G. Oliver.
Art: Illustrations on p. 102, p. 104, and p. 107 are
adapted from illustrations originally appearing in the Amer-
ican Combat Vehicle Handbook (copyright © 1990 GDW,
Inc.). All photos originate from public domain or Creative
Commons-licensed sources. Full attributions begin on p.
119.
Additional Material: Winter weather rules are adapted
from Mitchell K. Schwartz's Weather article for Twilight:
2000 v1.0, appearing in Challenge #29 (copyright © 1987
GDW, Inc.).
Development Support: Alf R. Bergesen, Deron Daugh-
erty, Dave Ross, Charles M. Van Sickle.
First Readers: Derek Klein and Max Messina.
The Pacific Northwest is a campaign setting sourcebook
for the Twilight: 2000 role-playing game, compatible with
the game's first edition ("v1.0") alternate history and the re-
vised second edition ("v2.2") rules set. The Twilight: 2000
game in all forms is owned by Far Future Enterprises.
This is a work of fiction. Names, characters, business-
es, places, events, and incidents are either the products of
the author's imagination or used in a fictitious manner. Any
resemblance to actual persons, living or dead, or actual
events is purely coincidental.
Copyright © 2021 Clayton A. Oliver.

Special Thanks
To all the GDW designers, authors, editors, and illustra-
tors who gave us Twilight: 2000. From tomorrow's World
War III to the World War III that never was, we've told a lot
of stories around your fire.

Dedication
To Max Messina. Because you demanded it, p. 96
and p. 97 are yours.
You got there first, so it's your job to save a table for the
rest of the team.
The Pacific Northwest
Contents
Introduction 5 Operation Egret 74
Using This Sourcebook 5 The Oil Patch 75
Welcome to the Pacific Northwest 6 The Four Winds 75
Geographic Survey 6 Doing the Math 76
The Prewar Years 7 Holding It Together 77
1997 8 Road Warriors 80
1998 9 Adventuring in the Pacific Northwest 82
1999 12 Getting There is Half the Fun 82
2000 13 New Character Options 84
2001 13 Winter Weather 87
The Western Marches 14 Travel 90
To Fight the Horde and Sing 15 Encounters 90
Puget Sound and Fury 16 Trade and Commerce 91
Essayons 17 Equipment List Additions 91
On the Knife's Edge 17 Player and Referee Advice 93
Outposts in Darkness 18 Vehicles 94
The Tools at Hand 19 Alternate Vehicle Allocation 94
Unexpected Allies 20 Snowmobile 95
Troops on the Borderlands 23 ATV 96
Arise, Cascadia! 28 Utility ATV 97
Bioregionalism 29 Iltis 98
Imperium 29 LSVW 99
Building Tomorrow by Deconstructing Today 30 GT-SM 100
The Okanagan Country 31 DUKW 101
The Willamette Valley 32 Bison 102
Working With What We Have 34 Coyote 103
Founding Figures 35 LAV-50 104
Guardians in Pacific Twilight 36 Type 87 Burakkuai 105
Type 89 Tora 106
The Inland Empire 38
ADATS 107
Regime Change Begins at Home 39
44-Foot Motor Lifeboat 108
Meet the New Boss 41
52-Foot Motor Lifeboat 109
New American Territories 41
Point-Class Cutter 110
The Gem State Division 42
Island-Class Cutter 111
Fathers of the Revolution 43
Kingston-Class Coastal Defense Vessel 112
The Other Side 46
Towboat 113
The Bears of Vancouver Island 48 C-23 Sherpa 114
The Pacific Coast Campaign 49 De Havilland DHC-6 Twin Otter 115
The Second Pacific Coast Campaign 51 OV-10 Bronco 116
The Soviet Far, Far East 52 Vehicle Modifications 117
Tools, Hard-Used But Still Sharp 53
Designer's Notes 118
Ambassadors of the Motherland 54
Colophon 119
The Bear's Teeth 57
Art Credits 119
The Other Side 58
Petty Warlords and Pocket Kingdoms 60
Palouse Autonomous Region 61
Yakama Nation 62
Oregon Recovery Task Force 64
The Mustang League 66
Prince George 67
Pend Oreille Freehold 69
The White Bats 72
Page 4 GDW

I thought I was done with the war when I got off the boat
in Norfolk, but the war clearly wasn't done with me. The
Army, at least, was done with me after New York. The rest
of the team felt the same way I did after Colonel Redding-
ton's last misadventure, so we all mustered out together.
Problem was, most of us had nowhere to go. Home was
radioactive ashes – or worse in the case of the Big Apple.
But Chao was from Salem (Oregon, not the one with the
witches) and Bailey grew up outside Yakima, and both of
them had had surviving family as of the last mail call in ‘99,
so they were determined to go west. The rest of us sort of
followed along in their wake.
Back in the day, it would've been an epic road trip or a
few miserable hours packed into business class. Now,
getting across this battered country is a serious expedition,
and the Joint Chiefs' generosity to mustered-out troops
doesn't get you far. We traded and fast-talked and occa-
sionally shot our way across half the continent, but Old
Man Winter wasn't having any of it. By the time we got to
Colorado, the passes through the mountains were shut
down.
We wintered in Fort Collins, where demobilization papers
got us quarters and paying work, even if our share of both
was a bare few steps up from the worst. We stuck together
through the cabin fever and the recruiters trying to get us
to re-enlist. When things started opening back up in the
spring, we couldn't get out of there fast enough. I'd spent
the winter thinking about what I was going to do when we
got where we were going, though, and all my thoughts
were grim. The hell did I know about settling down? Re-
building? Farming?
We crossed the Continental Divide in April. I used two
precious shots of my next-to-last roll of film to capture all of
us posing next to a bullet-pocked tourist sign. From there,
it was all downhill literally... but not figuratively.
We came out of the mountains where the old interstate
highway used to run until a landslide cut it. We heard the
gunfire and mortars before we saw the action. Down in
this little valley, there was a pretty good gunfight going
on. Both sides were geared pretty much the same, but the
guys who were getting the worst of it were wearing Ameri-
can flags on their shoulders, and the other side was flying
colors none of us recognized.
As the captain started snapping out orders, I began to
feel a touch better. The war might not be done with me just
yet, but this was something I knew a little about after all.
The Pacific Northwest
Introduction
Welcome to the Pacific Northwest. Once a region
quietly exerting a disproportionate influence on the cul-
tures and economies of two nations, it became one of
North America's most unexpected battlegrounds in 1997.
Now, in 2001, the Twilight War may be drawing to a close
elsewhere – but in the Pacific Northwest, it's still a going
concern. Events here may determine the course of the
United States' recovery for a generation.
This sourcebook introduces the Pacific Northwest as a
campaign setting for Twilight: 2000, providing referees
and players with information on the region's history and
geography and the major factions struggling to control its
resources. Like other setting sourcebooks, this is not a
structured adventure, but a sandbox in which referees may
set their own story arcs.
The Pacific Northwest – for this sourcebook's purposes,
the American states of Washington, Oregon, and Idaho and
the Canadian province of British Columbia – has received
a small amount of attention in previous Twilight: 2000
works. The unit histories presented in the first edition U.S.
Army Vehicle Guide and Soviet Vehicle Guide and their
second edition successors portray the Soviet invasion of
the region. The first edition Howling Wilderness source-
book sketches out later events, including a short-lived
bid for autonomy by a high-level American commander
and the major disruption caused by New America's rise in
Idaho. Challenge #30 presents the Twilight War history on
the Canadian side of the border, and adventures in issues
#36 and #52 are set in the area. This work builds on those
foundations to present a setting rich in both resources and
conflict, where diplomacy is as powerful a weapon as a
rifle, and in which the player characters' actions may shape
the future of a continent.
Page 5
Using This Sourcebook
Like previous setting sourcebooks such as RDF Source-
book and The Korean Peninsula, The Pacific Northwest
presents a mosaic of places, people, and beliefs rather
than a single adventure. Explicit and implicit story hooks
are present throughout this book, but it's up to individual
referees to tease those out into rewarding narratives.
The first chapter, Welcome to the Pacific Northwest,
presents an overview of the setting's geography and a local
history from the early 1990s to May 2001. This is written
to align with the world and American histories presented in
Twilight: 2000's first edition ("v1.0") but is broadly compati-
ble with the second edition ("v2.0" and "v2.2"). This materi-
al assumes readers are familiar with their preferred time-
lines with regards to the broader context for this history.
The following four chapters examine the setting's major
factions and the areas they control (or claim to control).
The Western Marches focuses on Milgov forces in the
Seattle area. Arise, Cascadia! presents the renegade
ex-Milgov troops loyal to the self-declared Proconsul of
the Northwest and his Cascadian adherents. The Inland
Empire details New America's Idaho cell and the Milgov
forces facing it on the far side of the Rocky Mountains.
Finally, The Bears of Vancouver Island profiles the Soviet
troops occupying Canadian soil. Each chapter covers the
faction's wartime history and current status and profiles key
leaders and selected military units.
An area as large as the Pacific Northwest has plenty of
room for minor factions in the spaces between the major
powers. The next chapter, Petty Warlords and Pocket
Kingdoms, looks at a few of these groups.
Operation Egret introduces one of Milgov's key North
American logistics efforts: the rail, road, and river link
between the Joint Chiefs' power center in the American
heartland and the Pacific Northwest enclave. It also
reaches beyond the setting's boundaries to describe the
broader network keeping the central enclaves connected
and supplied.
Moving from setting to systems, Adventuring in the Pacif-
ic Northwest includes referee advice and player options
for the setting, while Vehicles provides a handful of new
land, water, and air vehicles appropriate to the factions
described here. All game content in these chapters is com-
patible with the v2.0 and v2.2 rules.
As is the case with all published material, any play group
should feel free to use, modify, or ignore any of the material
in this sourcebook to align with its vision of Twilight: 2000
and its play style preferences.
Page 6 GDW

Welcome to the Pacific Northwest

I'd never seen a forest in person before Germany.
Central Park was the closest I got, and that was tame and
curated. When Bailey said she came from a logging town,
I imagined something like what we'd fought through in
Europe, little patches of woods that were the leftovers from
centuries of habitation and hard use.
I got something entirely different. I used to think of rain-
forests as a tropical thing, but the weather coming off the
ocean keeps it wet here – always. We've gotten lost in the
mist more than once. When we do see the sun, everything
is a supersaturated green speckled with brilliant wildflow-
ers.
I'd be more appreciative if I weren't dead tired, but the
map here never met a contour line it didn't like, and these
twisty one-lane logging roads are constantly trying to
murder us with mud. After extricating a truck for the fourth
time today, I made the mistake of complaining to Bailey.
She just laughed at me. "Be glad it's not winter," she said.
"We'd already be dead if we tried to make this run then.
This is the easy season."
Broadly speaking, the Pacific Northwest is the North
American region bounded by the Pacific Ocean and the
Rocky Mountains. Definitions vary, depending on wheth-
er the observer goes by culture, geography, or national
borders. In this sourcebook, the Pacific Northwest encom-
passes Washington, Oregon, Idaho, and southern British
Columbia: the area of western North America as-of-yet un-
touched by the drought described in Howling Wilderness.
cepted eastern boundary. The range stretches from New
Mexico to northern British Columbia, with the Pacific North-
west's relevant portion defining eastern Idaho. The Rock-
ies are broader than the Cascades, though equally steep in
places, with southeastern Idaho's Snake River Plain being
one of the Rockies' less-extreme terrain features. After
crossing the Rockies, many settlers chose to remain in the
inland Pacific Northwest rather than brave the Cascades.
Between these ranges lies the region known as the
Columbia Plateau (U.S.) or the Interior Plateau (Canada).
Fertile from millennai of Cascades eruptions, terrain here is
gently rolling, cut by numerous canyons and river valleys.
The Columbia River, the region's dominant waterway, orig-
inates in British Columbia and circumscribes the Columbia
Plateau's western edge before turning west toward the Pa-
cific and defining most of the Washington-Oregon border.
A final geological feature of note is the Cascadia subduc-
tion zone, an offshore plate boundary stretching between
Vancouver Island and northern California. In addition to
driving volcanic activity, it has the potential to produce
devastating earthquakes. A strong underwater quake will
spawn a tsunami that could devastate the region's coast-
line and reach as far west as Japan. Since 1998, scien-
tific monitoring of both volcanic and seismic activity has
ceased; no early warning systems remain.

Geographic Survey
The region's geography is defined and dominated by
the Pacific Coast and two mountain ranges: the Cascade
Range, just inland from the coast, and the interior Rocky
Mountains. Both the Cascades and the Rockies impeded
exploration and travel during European settlement.
The Cascade Range runs from northern California to
southern British Columbia, from which point Canada's
Coast Range extends north into Alaska. It's part of the
Pacific's Ring of Fire, with 13 active volcanoes. Seismic
activity in the area is often volcanic in origin, though only
one major eruption has occurred in recent memory: Mount
St. Helens in 1980. The Cascades are steep and rugged,
with relief maps reminiscent of a demented preschooler's
refusal to color within the lines. Even in the immediate pre-
war years, few road or rail routes traversed the Cascades.
This topography and local soil conditions also combine to
produce frequent mudslides, which were a constant head-
ache for highway departments before the war and remain a
lethal hazard to mountain towns and travelers. Cascades
eruptions exacerbate this with lahars: swift, massive, su-
perheated mudslides which valleys can channel into areas
nearly 100 kilometers away.
The Rocky Mountains form the region's generally-ac-
The Pacific Northwest Page 7
CLIMATE
The coastal Pacific Northwest is cool and wet. The
Pacific Ocean moderates seasonal temperature variations,
with the coastal cities seeing typical summer highs in the
low 70s (ºF) and winter lows just above freezing. Precip-
itation is year-round, though heaviest between November
and February. Cloud cover and light rain are frequent, but
heavy winter snowfall is rare.
The Cascades' western slopes trap moisture moving
inland from the ocean, resulting in even heavier precipita-
tion than the coast receives. Most Cascade peaks remain
snow-capped year-round, while lower elevations typically
accumulate one to two meters of snow each winter. Since
1998, this has closed Cascade high passes between
November and early May, and even major routes at lower
elevations have been impassable from December to March
or April. Spring snowmelt can bring moderate to severe
flooding, particularly in narrow, steep river valleys.
Much of the inland Pacific Northwest exists in the
Cascades' rain shadow. Temperatures are slightly higher
than coastal norms in central Washington and Oregon,
with summer temperatures often reaching the low 90s (ºF).
Northern British Columbia is markedly colder but still expe-
riences relatively short winters. Precipitation is heaviest in
winter, though still far less extreme than on the coast, and
summers are dry enough for forest and grass fires to be
annual concerns. The southern interior regions are arid,
requiring extensive irrigation for successful agriculture.
These patterns shape the Pacific Northwest's ecology.
The coast and Cascades are heavily forested, with suffi-
cient precipitation to classify some areas as temperate rain
forests. At higher elevations, Cascade forests give way to
glaciers and alpine meadows. East of the Cascades, the
interiors of Washington and British Columbia were once
forest or tall-grass prairie. Much of the forest remains, but
most of Washington's prairie was converted to agricultural
use in the 20th century. Eastern Oregon is largely high
desert where it wasn't irrigated for agriculture; nature is
now reclaiming the farmlands.
Since the nuclear exchange, oceanic weather patterns
have increased precipitation across much of the Pacific
Northwest. In contrast to most of the continental United
States, this region – save for southeastern Oregon – is re-
ceiving more rain than it did before the war. Even with the
demise of industrial agriculture, crop yields are more than
high enough to feed the region's remaining population.
The Prewar Years
Over 60% of the Pacific Northwest's population was
concentrated west of the Cascades. The Vancouver-Se-
attle-Portland area effectively formed a megacity, with
near-continuous urban development stretching from Van-
couver, British Columbia to Salem, Oregon. The region's
only other major population centers were Kelowna, British
Columbia and its surrounding Okanagan Valley; Spokane,
Washington and the Palouse grasslands; and Boise, Idaho
in the center of the Snake River Plain. Much of the interior
was sparsely-populated, with small cities serving as hubs
for outlying communities whose economies hinged on agri-
culture, resource extraction, or wilderness recreation.
The prewar decade deepened a long-standing econom-
ic divide between the industrialized coastal cities and the
sparsely-populated northern and inland areas. The major
coastal cities were technology, industry, entertainment,
and Pacific trade hubs, and all of them benefitted from
significant growth. Conversely, the 1980s' recession drove
down timber and agricultural prices, triggering job losses
and farm foreclosures throughout the inland region. This
also paved the way for New America to establish a covert
foothold in Idaho.
The same dichotomy characterized the Pacific North-
west's culture. Much of Idaho and eastern Washington
and Oregon had conservative, individualistic leanings, with
citizens strongly mistrustful of a federal government that
seemed to ignore them unless it wanted something from
them. Coastal politics, on the other hand, were dominated
by liberal and progressive values and ecological and social
activism. Both poles concerned the FBI and other federal
law enforcement agencies, with far-right extremists in the
Rockies and ecoterrorists and suspected Soviet sympathiz-
ers in the western cities. Canadian politics were somewhat
less extreme, though Vancouver harbored a large socialist
contingent that was also a security concern.
Page 8 GDW

Like the East Coast, Pacific Northwest popular culture
saw a resurgent punk movement in the early ‘90s, though
it never reached the violent megapunk extremes seen in
Boston and other economically-depressed areas. Portland
was the closest, with a hardcore punk scene uneasily coex-
isting alongside a burgeoning gothic subculture. In Seattle,
punk and the emerging grunge subculture vied for the title
of most nihilistic youth trend. Vancouver was one of North
America's first hubs of electronic dance music, as well as
birthing the canto-punk subculture when Chinese immi-
grants adapted Seattle's punk trends for their own uses.
Throughout the Pacific Northwest, the Mount St. Helens
eruption spurred both governments and individuals to in-
crease disaster preparedness. Most government programs
tapered off by the early ‘90s, long after citizens had slid
back into complacency. In Idaho and far eastern Washing-
ton and Oregon, though, an influx of isolationist survivalists
in the ‘80s influenced the broader population. This was
aided by the large local Mormon minority – and, behind the
scenes, by New America.
1997
The first tactical nuclear strikes in September spawned
a fresh round of anti-war protests, including several which
spilled over into Seattle-area military facilities, causing
minor damage before shocked guards brought them under
control. When the Soviets employed nuclear weapons in
British Columbia in October, yet another series of protests
was met with lethal force. Amid the disorder, frenzied (if
unfocused) preparations continued, but the cities were still
far from ready for nuclear war.
POINT OF NO RETURN
The region's first nuclear attack came two days after the
Thanksgiving Massacre, when a half-megaton warhead
struck Spokane International Airport. The intended victim
was Fairchild Air Force Base, host to B-52 strategic bomb-
er and KC-135 tanker units, but the errant warhead deto-
nated over the shorter civilian runways seven kilometers to
the east. Fairchild still sustained blast and thermal dam-
age, though not total destruction. The thermal pulse also
ignited Spokane's western suburbs. The resulting confla-
gration consumed half of the city, with only the Spokane
River serving as a firebreak.

The Sino-Soviet war had a mixed effect on the Pacific Six days later, on 5 December, it was Seattle's turn.
Northwest's economy. Chinese exports slowed to a trickle, Soviet warheads hit the oil terminals at Ferndale and Ana-
though Japan and other Asian nations were quick to exploit cortes. Surprisingly, the now-empty sub pens at Bangor
the resulting market opportunities. The war also brought were spared, as were the area's other naval facilities.
a surge of Chinese immigration as well-off families fought Southeasterly winds carried most of the fallout toward the
for passage on eastbound ships and the few flights still ocean but firestorms gutted Bellingham and spread as far
originating from Chinese airports.
Anti-war protests had begun the previous year as
NATO nations sent military aid to China. They continued
through American troop deployments overseas, though
they remained largely peaceful. In July, Soviet landings in
Alaska and the Red Army's initial gains in British Columbia
whipped urban citizens and leaders alike into mass panic.
Vancouver police detained scores of socialist labor
organizers out of fear that they would become pro-Soviet
saboteurs. Rumors of prisoner executions spurred protests
that flared immediately into violence. For three weeks,
Vancouver was ablaze. Seattle punk gangs flooded north
to reinforce their socialist brethren until Canadian authori-
ties closed the border. The beleaguered Vancouver police
were forced to call on Land Force Command, delaying the
Seaforth Highlanders reserve regiment from moving north
to engage the Soviet invaders. Poor civil-military coordi-
nation allowed many of the protest leaders to avoid arrest,
and a low-level insurgency simmered for months.
In Seattle and Portland, popular opinion painted the So-
viets as an unstoppable horde that would roll south in days.
Many citizens fled south and east while others banded
together into neighborhood militias of dubious quality. Lo-
cal governments dusted off civil defense plans and moved
janitorial supplies out of disused fallout shelters. Rural
residents, less concerned with being strategic targets, dou-
ble-checked their winter preparations and went about their
lives with a touch more attention to the radio.
The Pacific Northwest Page 9
south as State Highway 20. Even before President Mun-
son's Emergency Relocation Decree, refugees flooded out
of Seattle in a futile (and, in many cases, unnecessary)
search for sanctuary. Between panic, EMP, near-freezing
temperatures, and a half-meter of early snow, not even the
combined efforts of the Washington Department of Trans-
portation and combat engineers from Fort Lewis could
keep I-90 open over Snoqualmie Pass. With more snow
falling, the resulting traffic pileups left thousands of Seat-
tleites freezing to death in the mountains. Farther south,
those who headed down I-5 to turn east on US 12 met a
more immediate fate as avalanches near Packwood buried
hundreds of cars and buses or swept them into the Cowlitz
River.
A succession of attacks in the last week of December
extended the devastation into British Columbia. On 26
December, the provincial capital of Victoria was destroyed,
taking with it Maritime Forces Pacific's headquarters at
Canadian Forces Base Esquimalt. Warheads from the
same salvo also struck the oil refineries at Prince George
and Vancouver. The federal government's emergency
bunker at Nanaimo was hit on 28 December, followed
by the CFB Comox maritime patrol airbase and the CFB
Chilliwack Land Forces facility the next day. Almost as an
afterthought, one of the last Soviet launches included a
near-miss on Tacoma's port facilities on 30 December.
Oregon and Idaho were both spared nuclear attack,
though fallout from the Fairchild AFB strike heavily con-
taminated the Coeur d'Alene-Sandpoint area. Portland
and Boise both experienced riots as panicked residents
attempted to flee – not entirely without justification in the
latter case, as Mountain Home AFB made Boise a poten-
tial target. In the states' more remote areas, as well as in
those of Washington and British Columbia, rural residents
grimly hunkered down to prepare for the worst.
1998
As 1998 dawned, Seattle and Spokane smoldered. The
Federal Emergency Management Agency and its state
counterparts took charge of the Sisyphean nationwide relief
efforts of housing and feeding hundreds of thousands of
evacuees and treating the wounded. In the Pacific North-
west, the Army pulled the 104th Training Division from its
combat workups, deploying it alongside Navy and Air Force
assets to assist civil authorities in Seattle and Spokane.
Shortly afterward, the newly-reconstituted 40th Training Di-
vision moved out to maintain order and assist civil authori-
ties throughout Oregon and northern California.
North of the border, Vancouver's humanitarian crisis was
equally dire. With all troops in western Canada commit-
ted to the fight against the Soviet invaders, the Canadian
government had little outside aid to send. The survivors of
CFBs Esquimalt, Comox, and Chilliwack, as well as all law
enforcement and other Canadian Forces personnel in the
area, banded together into the Vancouver Island Defense
Force. This ad hoc formation initially functioned as the civil
defense and relief arm of British Columbia's government.
By mid-year, the provincial government had collapsed and
the VIDF was forced to assume its responsibilities entirely.
Throughout the Pacific Northwest, an uncharacteristi-
cally-harsh winter hampered distribution of relief supplies
and movement of evacuees. With a strong hydroelectric
component and a few experimental geothermal generating
facilities, the region's electrical grid took longer to fail than
those of areas reliant on coal or natural gas, but by March,
isolated communities were faced with a race between
starving and freezing. The weather did impede movement
of refugees north from California, which arguably prevented
Oregon from being wholly overwhelmed.
Also in March, the federal government redeployed the
40th Training Division from Oregon, sending it south to
central California to re-equip as the 40th Infantry Division.
Although Oregon had come out of the nuclear exchange
unscathed, this actually meant the state had a greater
proportion of survivors, making some of its supply issues
worse than Washington's. Oregon's governor strenuously
protested the withdrawal of federal assistance to no avail.
Subsequent state-federal relations were distinctly sharp-
edged.
As spring thaws came, the Soviet divisions in British
Columbia moved out of the communities they'd seized for
winter quarters and launched a new offensive. With Alber-
ta's senior military officer effectively turning warlord and
closing the province's borders, and Vancouver and Seattle
in disarray, American and Canadian forces in the area had
no ready source of supply. The defenders withdrew to Van-
couver and Seattle, where they dug in and did what they
could to gather their strength.
By late spring, the electrical grid's collapse and industrial
chemical shortages brought down the remaining municipal
water purification systems. Oregon's first bubonic plague
outbreak surfaced in Grants Pass in mid-May. A week
later, Portland authorities were struggling to contain simul-
taneous plague and cholera outbreaks. Kamloops followed
at the month's end. By midyear, every major population
center in the region had its own public health crisis. Flee-
ing citizens spread infection to every small town charitable
enough to take them in.
The threat of disease did little to slow the Soviet ad-
vance through British Columbia. In July, the Soviet 12th
Army invested Seattle, bottling up the VIDF. The 76th Tank
Division's lead elements crossed the border on 20 July.
The invaders halted outside Bellingham's ruins to refuel
and rearm before their push into Seattle.
Page 10 GDW
THE BATTLE OF SEATTLE
The fight for Seattle began on 22 July, when American
pickets engaged Soviet reconnaissance forces in the town
of Prairie. Falling back to a succession of prepared posi-
tions, the defenders bled the Soviet advance while awaiting
reinforcements. An orderly withdrawal was complicated
by local militias, many of which were too disorganized to
coordinate with the troops. Clogging tactical frequencies
and roads, they were almost as much of an impediment
to the U.S. Army as to the Soviets. Those who refused to
withdraw in good order were abandoned to their fates.
After a week of vicious urban fighting, Soviet troops had
invested Seattle's northern suburbs and were ready to
push into the city's downtown core. On 2 August, the new-
ly-activated 104th Infantry Division announced its arrival
with simultaneous assaults on Soviet positions near Fort
Lawton Military Cemetery and the University of Washing-
ton's main campus. While the green and lightly-armed but
fresh 104th hampered the invaders' ability to maneuver, the
47th Infantry Division's artillery hammered them.
On 5 August, air defense radar detected a ballistic mis-
sile launching from the Soviets' Whidbey Island rear area.
Fearing an attempt to break their defenses with a tacnuke,
American commanders ordered an immediate nuclear
defensive posture. A Patriot missile battery downed the
incoming missile over Vashon Island, where post-battle
analysis confirmed it to be a nuclear-armed Scud-B.
Setting their timers to coincide with the Scud's impact,
Spetsnaz raiders emplaced several man-portable nuclear
warheads along Naval Station Bremerton's waterfront.
Unlike the Scud, these were not interdicted in time. The
detonations eviscerated the shipyard facilities and sank
several vessels that had been in port awaiting repairs.
The 47th ID immediately responded in kind, using nerve
agent artillery rounds previously obtained from the stock-
pile at Oregon's Umatilla Chemical Depot. Though unable
to reach the headquarters from which the Scud had come,
the shells' GB payload left scores of Soviet troops asphyxi-
ating and shattered the survivors' morale. Unable to press
their assault further, the Soviet commanders withdrew
from Seattle, their final elements re-crossing the border on
17 August. Vancouver's siege lifted on 28 August as the
exhausted invaders moved northeast.
CONSOLIDATION
As soon as Seattle was out of danger, the Army moved
the 104th ID east into Washington's fertile plains, with de-
tachments spreading out through Idaho and into Montana.
On paper, the division's mission was to maintain order. In
actuality, it was to ensure the year's harvest was collected
and distributed without incident. Selected units had an
additional covert mission of establishing trade with Alber-
ta's secessionist government, exchanging American arms
for Albertan oil, though a shortage of both transport and
surplus weaponry throttled trade volumes.
The Pacific Northwest Page 11
In Seattle, the 47th ID turned to maintaining some
semblance of stability. Some units moved out across the
Cascades for the unpopular duty of securing the Yakima
Valley's harvest. The rest fanned out across coastal Wash-
ington and northwestern Oregon to suppress local unrest
and establish their authority. Where local government had
collapsed, they generally received at least a lukewarm
welcome. Communities that had held themselves together
over the preceding year were far less happy to see soldiers
offering help they hadn't requested and demanding sup-
plies they couldn't spare.
The collapse of British Columbia's government left most
of the province in disarray, including several remaining
military units. In lower British Columbia, 3/Canadian Scot-
tish Regiment disintegrated into small, self-directed armed
bands. The same fate befell 1/Regina Rifle Regiment in
the north. The VIDF held local order together in its area,
as did 1/Rocky Mountain Rangers in Kamloops.
With no field forces extant in British Columbia, no one
was positioned to prevent the Soviet 12th Army's dying
spasms. On 16 October, the force's three component
divisions parted ways. The 120th Motor Rifle Division and
76th Tank Division continued northward, snapping back at
the U.S. X Corps forces that had harried their supply lines
all summer. Establishing themselves as local warlords, the
divisions settled into the area around Port Rupert, the site
of their original assault landings the previous year. Mean-
while, the 62nd Motor Rifle Division hooked west, seizing
several coastal towns before launching a daring amphib-
ious operation that netted it the north half of Vancouver
Island.
In Idaho, whose state government had not survived
the nuclear strikes, local attempts to hold things together
were mostly successful. A plethora of citizens' militias,
faith-based relief organizations, and cooperatives emerged
throughout the year. In retrospect, many of these were
puppet organizations for New America Idaho cells, but at
the time, they appeared to be little more than neighbors
helping neighbors. The 104th ID's presence in the state
was rarely needed, except where marauders had outgrown
local defense capabilities.
Largely forgotten by the rest of the country, Oregon con-
tinued its downward slide. Governor Janelle Fields rallied
her administration's remaining resources into the Oregon
Recovery Task Force, one of the more successful state-lev-
el attempts to stem the tide. The O-RTF never quite
stabilized Oregon, but its field teams' efforts cushioned the
fall for many otherwise-isolated communities. More im-
portantly, perhaps, its state police and state defense force
components suppressed Oregon's burgeoning marauder
population enough that few areas dissolved into complete
anarchy. The O-RTF's initial successes did buy Governor
Fields enough political capital to request sweeping emer-
gency powers from the state legislature. On 31 December,
following Utah's example, she assumed control of all feder-
al agencies and facilities in Oregon.
Page 12 GDW
1999
Winter across most of North America was less severe
than the previous year, but the Pacific Northwest received
no such respite. Deep snow again made travel all but
impossible, and lethal cold persisted through much of
January and February. Rural communities – at least, those
which had retained essential skilled personnel through
the plagues – fared better than the ruined cities and their
surrounding survivor and evacuee shantytowns.
In March, the Joint Chiefs acknowledged that their air
and sea power existed mainly on paper outside a handful
of enclaves. The 47th ID was one of the first Army units
to receive permanent control of Air Force and Navy units,
absorbing all such assets in the coastal Pacific Northwest.
Regional Army Corps of Engineers units also fell under the
division's command and were reorganized for port and wa-
terway reconstruction, a necessary precursor to restoring
the continental transportation network.
As mountain passes melted clear in April and spring
planting began, the 47th ID launched surveys of Washing-
ton and Oregon, cataloging resources and aiding isolated
settlements. Contact with Oregon's state government was
rocky, as each side considered the other to exceed its au-
thority. Governor Fields grudgingly allowed the division to
establish a cantonment in Eugene but cooperation between
the Army and O-RTF teams was rare. In Washington, the
military was generally more welcome, though some set-
tlements retained enough political mindset to question the
legitimacy of ongoing martial law.
Covert trade between Alberta and the 104th ID contin-
ued, with most of the Canadian oil fueling spring planting
in Idaho and eastern Washington. The Alberta Defense
Force spent the winter months training on its newly-ac-
quired American equipment. Most of this dated to Vietnam
or even Korea, ill-maintained cast-offs left behind when the
116th and 163rd Armored Cavalry Regiments deployed
from Idaho and Montana. The 104th's troops kept the
least-awful items for themselves, straining the tenuous re-
lationship, and the Albertans withdrew from the agreement
in May.
Oregon and Idaho both sent delegations to April's "Rump
Congress" in Omaha, Nebraska. Oregon's contingent
included two prewar survivors augmented by Governor
Fields' hand-picked troubleshooters, dispatched with the
cynical instructions to try to minimize the damage the
reconstituted federal government could do. The Idaho
delegation was a product of irregular and inconsistent local
elections and included at least one New America plant.
Washington sent only a single delegate, representing
Pullman and the Palouse. The 47th ID subtly discouraged
participation by citizens in the areas it controlled.
On Vancouver Island, the VIDF skirmished inconclusive-
ly with the 62nd MRD. Neither side had the strength for
decisive battle. By late summer, defensive positions were
well-established and conflict had wound down to snip-
ing and small-unit raids as both forces grew increasingly
concerned with feeding themselves and the civilians under
their authority or dominion.
The situation in northern and interior British Columbia
devolved to mostly-peaceful anarchy, as the surviving
population had stabilized at a level that subsistence-level
agriculture could support. The exceptions came mainly in
the form of Soviet marauders who had split from the Prince
Rupert enclave and fanned out across the region in search
of food. More principled (or more diplomatic) Soviet rene-
gades began teaming up with local militias and fragments
of Canadian Forces units to suppress these marauders,
turning on their former comrades in exchange for refuge.
In August, General Cummings' newly-christened Mil-
gov launched Operation Egret. This multimodal logistics
operation attempted to link the Pacific Northwest's still-vi-
able agricultural areas with the few surviving oil wells and
refineries in the Great Plains and lower Midwest. Using rail
and road transport, fuel trickled west to Lewiston, ID, where
it was loaded onto barges for movement down the Snake
and Columbia Rivers. Along the rivers, detachments es-
tablished supply exchanges, where local farming commu-
nities could receive allotments of fuel, medicine, machine
parts, and other supplies in trade for their harvests. The
intent was to maximize both the utility of the Joint Chiefs'
fuel reserves and the region's crop yield by enabling some
semblance of mechanized agriculture. The operation also
served as a supply and communications route for the 104th
and 47th IDs.
Operation Egret ensured the region's fall harvest was
mostly successful, but it also created tempting targets for
marauders. Local malcontents, a few far-ranging Soviet
splinters, and deserters from the 40th ID all converged on
the Columbia River to plunder the exchanges. Security pa-
trols consumed much of the 47th ID's attention throughout
the fall harvest. The Oregon state government threw most
of its remaining law enforcement capabilities at the problem
as well. Idaho suffered comparatively little, as marauders
there were swiftly suppressed by well-organized, well-
equipped militias.
Marauders captured by Oregon authorities were ware-
housed in Portland. This proved disastrous in early
December, as several leaders who had escaped capture
united their bands to break their comrades out. What
began as a swift, if uncoordinated, raid grew into a con-
fused brawl. The city's organized crime syndicates, which
already were the only source of stability in some neighbor-
hoods, saw their chance to throw off government authority
for good. Fearing a Milgov takeover, Governor Fields
refused to allow 1-113 Cavalry to leave its base in Eugene
and turned down repeated offers of support from the 47th
ID's commander, General Thomas Fredriksen. Unsup-
ported, Portland's police and militia forces were overrun.
The marauders withdrew into central Oregon and Portland
became a playground for the gangs. With the loss of the
city's port facilities, Operation Egret withdrew support from
northwestern Oregon and shifted its main western terminus
to Longview.
The Pacific Northwest Page 13
2000
The third winter since the nuclear exchange settled into
a now-familiar pattern of heavy snow and isolation. By
now, the Pacific Northwest's survivors had adapted to life
under post-apocalyptic conditions, resurrecting skills and
knowledge from the area's European settlement era of a
century and a half ago. For communities with working farm
machinery, Operation Egret's tithe of fuel made the spring
planting marginally easier. Other farmers got their crops in
the ground the traditional way.
After the spring planting (and the winter wheat harvest),
General Fredriksen launched an ambitious regional consol-
idation campaign in the coastal areas. Working with local
militias, 47th ID troops began relocating struggling com-
munities to centrally-planned locations where their skilled
members – identified in the previous year's survey mis-
sions – could do the most good for the region. Agricultural
and industrial machinery was likewise moved to the most
productive or promising locations. Opinion among both the
public and the troops was sharply divided between approv-
al of stringent survival measures and fear of an emerging
fascist regime.
The struggling Oregon government managed to resist
Fredriksen's plan, mainly by bluffing about its willingness
to fire on American troops. Several standoffs with Oregon
State Police detachments deterred 47th ID personnel from
carrying out their orders. Oregon otherwise continued its
slow deterioration, with O-RTF patrols in the state's east-
ern half growing less frequent as events in Washington
preoccupied the government. By fall, Governor Fields'
administration could only provide basic services within the
Willamette Valley and a few nearby western cities.
With no room to expand on Vancouver Island, the Soviet
enclave resumed active operations against the VIDF, test-
ing the Canadians' strength. The local Canadian military
government, which had previously counted on the 47th ID
for assistance against a strong Soviet push, was now un-
certain of its erstwhile ally's intentions. Preparations began
on all sides for renewed hostilities.
As the second millennium drew to a close, tensions
came to a head in both Washington and British Colum-
bia. On 12 December, General Fredriksen withdrew his
command and its area of operations from the last vestiges
of the United States, declaring himself "Proconsul of the
Northwest" and establishing the Territory of Cascadia as an
independent nation. Shortly thereafter, the VIDF launched
a decapitation raid on the 62nd MRD, triggering the Sovi-
ets' assault on the Canadians' own headquarters and fleet.
The resulting battles left both forces reeling, though still
intact and combat-capable.
2001
The year began with revolution. On 01 January, Carl
Hughes activated Plan C of the Eagle Papers via coded
shortwave broadcast. The Idaho New America cells, many
of which had already been operating independently and
clandestinely to build support among the citizenry, now
openly declared their allegiance and vision. The unified
cells moved immediately to capture Fairchild AFB and Lew-
iston, with the latter move severing Operation Egret's river
connection. They then pivoted and seized Boise, driving
out the 104th ID but stalling short of capturing Mountain
Home AFB.
Distracted by New America's sudden appearance and
events to the north, the self-declared Proconsul left him-
self open for a counter-coup. Officers of the 47th ID who
opposed his plan seized their opportunity to strike. The
division dissolved into fratricide. Units loyal to Fredriksen,
comprising nearly half the 47th's total combat strength,
fled the Fort Lewis cantonment. They moved south across
the Columbia River and occupied the Willamette Valley,
effectively seizing control of the remaining Oregon state
government in the process. As the smoke cleared, the
division's remaining officers re-established contact with the
Joint Chiefs and reaffirmed their allegiance to Milgov.
As the Rocky Mountains' passes reopened in April,
demobilized troops repatriated in Operation Omega began
to arrive in the Pacific Northwest. Some were returning
to their prewar homes, while others simply accompanied
their homeward-bound comrades or sought a fresh start in
an area rumored to not be on the verge of collapse. What
they found was anything but stability. With New America
standing astride Idaho, the 47th ID shattered and divided,
and a loyal Soviet invasion force poised to renew its war,
the region may yet be North America's last great battle-
ground.
Page 14 GDW
The Western Marches
The first patrol out of Tacoma that we met was almost
pathetically happy to see us. Their enthusiasm died down
a little when they found out we weren't the vanguard of
the reinforcements they'd been hoping to receive, but they
were still pretty friendly after the initial tail-wagging and
butt-sniffing was done. So when the captain went off with
their boss for the usual officer talk, Chao and I piled out of
the truck and wandered over to chat with the troops.
"Where'd you come from, anyway?" one of them asked.
"Poland," I said, and grinned. "By way of Norfolk." That
started a good fifteen minutes of story time, most of it about
the last few thousand miles.
When they started to run out of immediate questions,
Chao asked, "so, were you guys in before?" He didn't
need to specify "before" when or "in" what. Both are uni-
versal references these days.
"Sort of," the tall chick said. "Air Force. I use'ta be a
loadmaster on C-5s."
"Navy," said the squat dude with the burn scars. "I was
on Fletcher when she ate a coupla missiles, helped get her
back to Puget."
Chao didn't say anything but he did look pointedly at
their BDU name tapes, which said "U.S. Army," same as
ours used to.
"Ahh," said Squat Dude with a tone of resignation, "ab-
sorption. Got no more wings or waves these days, every-
one's a grunt."
"Got that right," said Chao, the best grenadier I've ever
seen, whose MOS says he should be doing laundry and
alterations. "Hey, either of you local? I'm from right down
the road and I was wondering..."
They exchanged a glance that spoke volumes. "Oh.
Oh, man," said Tall Chick. "Look..."
The Pacific Northwest Page 15
The Pacific Northwest features prominently in the Joint
Chiefs' strategic plans. It's the only area of North America
in which changing weather patterns haven't catastroph-
ically undercut crop yields. It holds the West Coast's
least-damaged port facilities. Its abundant hydroelectric
power systems are theoretically recoverable for bootstrap-
ping other industries back online. It's a glimmer of hope
in increasingly-grim SITREPs for the continental United
States. Milgov dispatches reflect this, painting the Seattle
enclave centered on Fort Lewis as the Western Redoubt
and the surrounding region as the Western Marches –
names to inspire, and to obscure the truth of the military's
ever-decreasing control here.
On paper, the U.S. Army's VIII Corps controls Wash-
ington, Oregon, Idaho, Montana, and Wyoming, with the
first three states forming the so-called Western Marches
under the aegis of the 47th Infantry Division (the "Viking
Division"). In truth, the division and its attached U.S. Navy
and Air Force components are barely able to maintain
some semblance of functioning society in coastal Washing-
ton. Revolution, desertion, insurgency, isolation, and the
sheer geographic scale of the region have chipped away at
Milgov capabilities and authority over the past year. What's
left today teeters on the precipice of collapse.
To Fight the Horde and Sing
The 47th Infantry Division entered the war in July 1997,
when it confronted the Soviet invasion of Alaska. Swiftly
pushed back to the border, it was linking up with Canadi-
an troops to form a defensive line when it suffered North
America's first tactical nuclear strikes. What followed was
ten months of withdrawal punctuated by intermittent skir-
mishes, culminating in the Battle of Seattle in late summer
1998. The Viking Division's final major action obliterated
its last heavy equipment and reduced its reported fighting
strength to 5,000 troops.
Following the Soviet retreat, the Vikings settled into can-
tonment in Fort Lewis and the surrounding Tacoma area to
lick their wounds. In early 1999, the division effectively ab-
sorbed the area's remaining Navy and Air Force personnel,
as well as several hundred Canadian troops. As the year
ground on and conditions deteriorated across the Unit-
ed States, a rift developed between the local sailors and
airmen, most of whom called the Puget Sound area home,
and the division's core of National Guardsmen who wanted
to return to their families in the Upper Midwest.
EMPIRE DREAMS
The division's commander, Brigadier General Thomas
Fredriksen, had assumed his position shortly before the
Battle of Seattle when the previous commander died of
pneumonic plague. A former history professor and U.S.
representative from Minnesota, he had resigned his con-
gressional seat and returned to federal duty to lead 1-194
Cavalry (a component of the division's 1st Brigade) upon
its activation. His troops held him in high regard as a com-
bat commander and the first year of cantonment life proved
USING THIS CHAPTER
All four major faction chapters follow the same basic format, but
the author is inordinately fond of clever section headers. In this
chapter:
• To Fight the Horde and Sing, Puget Sound and Fury, and
Essayons respectively cover the parallel histories of the 47th
Infantry Division, the Seattle-area U.S. Air Force and Navy,
and the Army Corps of Engineers in the Pacific Northwest.
• On the Knife's Edge examines current agendas and operations
in the region.
• Outposts in Darkness presents critical locations.
• The Tools at Hand lists the faction's available resources.
• Unexpected Allies introduces key leaders.
• Troops on the Borderlands presents notable military units.
him an able administrator as well. An eloquent and charis-
matic speaker, by most accounts he prevented the division
from collapsing when morale was at its nadir.
As an experienced legislator, Fredriksen had grave
concerns about the legitimacy and legality of both the re-
formed federal government in Omaha and the Joint Chiefs'
continued hold on martial law. As part of his congressional
duties, he'd been briefed thoroughly on America's continui-
ty of government plans, and the domestic political situation
fell well outside any previously-envisioned contingency.
In his view, the schism was but one of many signs of an
impending dark age, and he saw it as his duty to arrest the
slide however he could. In consultation with his closest ad-
visors, he developed a long-term strategic plan to preserve
civilization in his area of operations.
Throughout 2000, Fredriksen supervised a comprehen-
sive survey of all remaining infrastructure in Washington
and northern Oregon, along with brutal triage of surviving
communities. Any areas he deemed unrecoverable were
stripped of usable materials – often at gunpoint – and
the survivors given the choice of relocating according to
Fredriksen's plan or taking their chances on their own.
This deepened the conflict between Fredriksen's "outsider"
National Guardsmen and the "local" Navy and Air Force
personnel.
VICIOUS CIRCLE
In fall 2000, the Joint Chiefs began receiving intelligence
from deserters that was sharply at odds with General
Fredriksen's official reports. When a team from Colorado
Springs arrived to investigate rumors that Fredriksen was
sliding toward despotism, the general had them arrested,
along with all field-grade officers who he'd previously iden-
tified as skeptical of his agenda. On 12 December 2000,
he broadcast a message to both the Joint Chiefs and the
reformed Congress in which he declared himself "Procon-
sul of the Northwest," assuming plenipotentiary authority in
both the military and civil spheres until such time as a new,
constitutionally-correct federal government emerged. By
implication, Fredriksen expected no such development –
he intended his new order to be permanent.
Page 16 GDW
Proconsul Fredriksen's reign lasted two months. Amidst
further arrests, rumors of purges, and a pivot toward re-
gional fascism with neo-Roman trappings (to say nothing of
a Soviet move against Vancouver Island – see Red Maple,
Challenge #36), a cabal of Air Force and Navy leaders and
a few junior Army officers coordinated with local civil-
ians to organize a resistance. The conspiracy's security
had leaks, though. On 13 February 2001, the Proconsul
launched a hasty a counter-move before the coup was
ready. The resulting Valentine's Eve Massacre decimated
leaders on both sides, including almost every officer who
was already in the Proconsul's custody.
When the smoke cleared, the Proconsul was missing,
possibly dead, and hundreds of his loyal troops had fled
Tacoma. The Vikings' remaining officers re-established
contact with the Joint Chiefs. After a week's negotiation,
the coup's senior survivor found herself breveted to com-
mand of the division – and, by extension, all Milgov forces
in the Western Redoubt.
Puget Sound and Fury
The U.S. Navy and U.S. Air Force both were major
presences in prewar Seattle. McChord AFB in Tacoma
was home to multiple airlift units and a squadron of F-15s.
Between Naval Submarine Base Bangor, Naval Air Station
Whidbey Island, Naval Station Bremerton and its Puget
Sound Naval Shipyard, and the newly-dedicated Naval Sta-
tion Everett, Puget Sound held one of the Navy's four facili-
ties capable of overhauling nuclear reactors, the only West
Coast drydock that could accommodate a Nimitz-class
carrier, and a stockpile of strategic nuclear weapons. The
carriers USS Abraham Lincoln and USS Carl Vinson were
homeported here, as were nine Ohio-class ballistic mis-
sile submarines and numerous smaller vessels. Tens of
thousands of sailors, airmen, and civilian defense-industry
workers lived in the Seattle area.
Both carriers' battle groups and the boomers were
already at sea for the Thanksgiving Day Massacre. Those
vessels still in port sortied with frantic haste, save for a
few that were mechanically incapable of making way. By
the time the first nukes fell on Seattle's oil facilities on 5
December 1997, the port was nearly empty. Despite the
massive strategic value remaining in the naval bases, no
Soviet warheads struck them – the ICBM initially targeted
for northern Puget Sound suffered a catastrophic malfunc-
tion on MIRV release and the Strategic Rocket Forces
never launched a follow-up attack. Everett and Whidbey
Island suffered severe EMP damage, leading the Navy to
strip and abandon both facilities in spring 1998, but the
Bangor and Bremerton bases were mostly unscathed.
McChord AFB was likewise mostly empty in November
1997. Its airlift units were supporting American troops in
Korea and Alaska, and its fighter squadron had deployed
to the latter theatre. The base also escaped nuclear attack
but suffered extensive damage when an EMP-damaged
KC-135 crashed during an emergency landing. The result-
ing fires gutted McChord's operations and maintenance
infrastructure.
For the next eight months, the Puget Sound area's Air
Force and Navy personnel secured their respective bases
and provided what aid they could to local civil authori-
ties. In summer 1998, as Soviet troops moved southward
through coastal British Columbia, the bases went to what
war footing they could manage. A barely-seaworthy USS
Chosin, which had been in port for repairs when the nu-
clear attacks began, sortied at the head of an ad hoc task
force of Navy and Coast Guard patrol vessels and con-
verted civilian gunboats to interdict Soviet logistics along
the coast. Whidbey Island's P-3s, now flying from Seat-
tle-Tacoma International Airport, armed up for anti-shipping
strikes, operating alongside Oregon Air National Guard
F-15s.
The Pacific Northwest Page 17
FIREBASE BREMERTON
As the Army's 47th Infantry Division withdrew into Seattle
and began hasty preparations for the city's defense, it filled
out its battered infantry companies with Air Force and Navy
volunteers. Rather than assign individual sailors and air-
men as squad-level replacements, as was typical in some
foreign theatres, the 47th consolidated its own soldiers,
then incorporated augmentee platoons at the company
level. When possible, Air Force Security Police or Navy
masters-at-arms commanded these "patch" platoons to
provide at least some infantry expertise (receiving field
commissions as, respectively, lieutenants or chief warrant
officers). Willing but inexperienced compared to the 47th's
veterans, and woefully under-equipped, these formations
suffered some of the Battle of Seattle's heaviest American
casualties.
While the main Soviet thrust was toward downtown
Seattle, the Navy facilities around Bremerton were also
targets. Soviet commanders recognized their value – and,
perhaps, hoped to capture any intact shipping that might
help them return home. Here, the leadership of the na-
val bases' Marine Corps security units and the ingenuity
of Seabees and shipyard workers carried the day. The
120th MRD's amphibious assault across Puget Sound from
Whidbey Island easily established a foothold near the Point
No Point lighthouse, but as the invaders moved southwest
toward Bangor, they found a hornet's nest of ambushes
and boobytraps. Pinned in place and hammered by five-
inch shells from Chosin and the drydocked USS Fletcher,
the Soviet troops broke.
UNDONE IN VICTORY
The defenders of Bangor and Bremerton turned back the
120th MRD's assault but lost their battle. Amid the fighting,
a naval Spetsnaz team infiltrated Bremerton's perimeter
and emplaced several man-portable nuclear devices. The
detonations wrecked most of the Bremerton waterfront and
sank or crippled the vessels moored and drydocked there.
With every Seattle-area Navy facility except Bangor in
ruins and Bangor's boomers "still on patrol," sailors who
survived the Battle of Seattle had few remaining missions.
McChord's airmen were in similar straits, supporting a
bare handful of functioning aircraft and the last dregs of
the area's fuel. The Joint Chiefs allowed a few months for
recovery and salvage efforts, but in March 1999, all Navy
and Air Force personnel in Washington and Oregon were
subordinated to the 47th Infantry Division.
Essayons
The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers played a major role
in shaping the prewar Pacific Northwest. Thousands of
personnel, mostly civilians, oversaw a wide array of water
management, flood control, navigation, environmental,
hydroelectric power, and other civil engineering projects
across the Corps' Seattle, Portland, and Walla Walla Dis-
tricts. The latter two districts collectively owned the eight
locks that enabled shipping traffic to move the 750km from
the mouth of the Columbia River at Astoria, OR to the West
Coast's farthest-inland port of Lewiston, ID.
When the nukes fell, USACE districts across the coun-
try shifted to another familiar mission: disaster relief. The
engineers kept roads and rivers open for the movement of
evacuees and supplies, erected temporary housing and
hospitals to serve the thousands of displaced citizens,
patched together what infrastructure was salvageable
– and dug mass graves when all else failed. Alongside
Federal Emergency Management Agency and state emer-
gency management officials, the Corps also found itself
coordinating scores of private construction firms, directing
volunteers' efforts to where they could do the most good.
Many of these workers would later be absorbed into the
USACE's own workforce.
SAPPERS AND DREDGERS
As Soviet troops approached Seattle in mid-1998, the
Pacific Northwest's USACE contingent shifted focus to
the Corps' founding mission: fortification. Few had been
specifically trained as combat engineers, but as their
commander stated, "we can read the manuals and do the
math." From obstacles and infantry fighting positions to
artillery firing points and protected movement corridors, the
engineers contributed immeasurably to the city's defense.
After September 1998, the engineers returned to re-
covery operations. The following spring, the Joint Chiefs'
consolidation orders folded all three Pacific Northwest
USACE districts under the 47th Infantry Division, designat-
ing the new formation the 4th Engineer Special Brigade.
The 4th's highest-priority mission became the maintenance
of the Columbia and Snake River locks for the water leg
of Operation Egret's Western March Route – the supply
line between the Pacific Northwest and the central Milgov
enclaves. New America's seizure of Lewiston brought this
operation to a screeching halt.
On the Knife's Edge
On paper, the division is responsible for internal security
throughout Washington and Oregon. In reality, this was
an impossible task for its force strength and supply levels,
even before the Proconsul's supporters mutinied and New
America cut the Western March Route. Today, the Vikings
are hard-pressed to stabilize their immediate AOR, north of
the Columbia River and west of the Cascades.
The division's actual top priority is to maintain agricultur-
al production in western Washington. With drought crip-
pling farming throughout the continental U.S., this region
is the nation's largest remaining breadbasket and a critical
supply source for Milgov's Great Plains center of power.
The Pacific Northwest's food does the military regime little
good if it can't get to the continental center, though. As
long as New America maintains its grip on southern Idaho,
the Western March Route remains closed. If the 47th and
its counterparts in the 104th ID can't reopen that route,
Page 18 GDW

Milgov's only other means of mitigating mass starvation is

to restore another rail route across the Rockies.
The Joint Chiefs' other strategic goal for the West Coast
is to reopen a Pacific deep water port. California's ports
either suffered nuclear attacks or were destroyed in evacu-
ation and food riots. This leaves the relatively-salvageable
facilities of Puget Sound and the Columbia River as the
best options. Even these present no truly good answer.
Longview, the Western March Route's western port ter-
minus, is too small for the Joint Chiefs' ultimate goals.
Portland is too close to the Proconsular mutineers' center
of power and stabilizing the anarchic city would require a
major urban offensive. The Puget Sound naval facilities
are probably unrecoverable, and the commercial ports
in Seattle and Tacoma are only slightly less devastated.
Survey crews will complete their detailed assessments by
summer, at which time Commodore Ellis will have to com-
mit to one of these options.
In the long term, none of these efforts will be sustainable
without the Pacific Northwest's infrastructure. Despite the
valiant efforts of FEMA, the USACE, and civil authorities,
years of war, unrest, and general entropy have taken a
heavy toll on those critical resources. Getting some level
of industry back online is a high priority to arrest the con-
tinued downward slide (the Proconsul wasn't wrong about
that). The 4th Engineers are struggling to stabilize the
area's bridges, hydroelectric dams, and other key nodes,
Tacoma itself was considered a suburb of Seattle,
but there's only so much they can do without a skilled
though such characterization did little service to the com-
workforce and civilian experts. To that end, identifying and
munity's massive commercial port or the cultural revitaliza-
allying with any such survivors is essential. The Vikings
tion that was just getting under way before the war. It was
are addressing this problem by equipping small units for
a working-class city: in addition to the port, it was home to
civil affairs "hearts and minds" work, currying favor among
major pulp and paper manufacturing mills (the source of
the region's survivor communities.
the infamous "Tacoma Aroma," whose demise is one of the
war's few boons) and a small refinery.
Outposts in Darkness Through 1997, Fort Lewis and the adjacent McChord
Covering even a fraction of its officially-assigned area AFB supported the war effort in Korea with logistics and the
stretches the 47th ID thin. Patrols and convoys criscross training of replacement troops. The nuclear strikes slowed,
the region west of the Cascades and most settlements but did not end, this role. In December 1997, one of the
here get at least a monthly check-in, but points east are last Soviet launches targeted Tacoma's industries. A 400kt
largely on their own. The following communities are a se- warhead detonated off Vashon Island's southern tip. Much
lection of those in which the division has a major presence of Tacoma suffered only light blast damage but a wall of
– either a battalion-level cantonment or a strategically-vital superheated steam and radioactive water hammered into
outpost. Commencement Bay and wrecked the port and petroleum
facilities.
FORT LEWIS/TACOMA
Fort Lewis was untouched by the attack and its garrison
Sprawling across Puget Sound's southern tip, Fort Lewis spent the first half of 1998 assisting with relief efforts in
was a major U.S. Army training facility. It also was home to Tacoma. When Soviet forces neared Seattle in July, the
the 1st Infantry Division, the 1st Special Forces Group, and base's trainees filled the ranks of the 47th and 104th Infan-
the 2nd Battalion, 75th Ranger Regiment (deployed, re- try Divisions. The community was spared further nuclear
spectively, to the Twilight War's Polish, Korean, and Iranian attack when a Patriot missile battery intercepted the one
theatres). In the early 1990s, it was the main testing and Scud-B launched during the Battle of Seattle, apparently
development site for the vehicles and doctrine that would targeted at Fort Lewis.
go on to form the Army's new light motorized brigades.
This culminated in 1996's resurrection and work-up of the After 1998, the Viking Division settled into cantonment in
9th Infantry Division, which briefly called Fort Lewis home Fort Lewis and Tacoma. The base's facilities were literally
before its own deployment to Iran. ready-made for such use, save for food and fuel produc-
tion. Some damage occurred during the Valentine's Eve
The Pacific Northwest Page 19
Massacre but the division's troop strength is low enough
that there are still more empty buildings than soldiers to fill
them. Division headquarters and several support units are
located here. Base security and patrols of the surrounding
Tacoma area fall to the 62nd Security Police Squadron,
formerly of McChord AFB.
Encounters: Tacoma is a city by Twilight: 2000 stan-
dards, many of its surviving former residents having
chosen to settle elsewhere rather than returning. It is a
cantonment, while its surrounding farming settlements are
organized. Most marauder encounters are gangs roam-
ing south from Seattle proper. All military encounters are
elements of the 47th ID.
LONGVIEW
Longview, located 100km inland from the mouth of the
Columbia River, was another of Washington's industrial
centers. Its timber and chemical industries fed its interna-
tional deepwater port. The city was small enough to avoid
nuclear attack and, thanks to a vigorous (perhaps over-en-
thusiastic) local militia, was mostly spared the civil unrest
that gutted the much-larger Portland across the river.
Shipwrecks closer to the mouth of the river make it
perilous for oceangoing vessels to sail to Longview, but
the port remains essential to the 47th ID. It's the western
terminus of the Columbia and Snake River barge shipping
route, as well as the only facility the division controls that
can perform major repairs on river vessels. Since February
2001, its military importance has also increased, as it's the
closest major outpost to Oregon's Willamette Valley and
the Proconsular/Cascadian forces there.
Encounters: Longview is now town-sized. Its immedi-
ate environment on the Washington side of the Columbia
is organized, but Portland's gangs have plunged territory
south of the river into anarchy. Outside artillery range of
Longview, much of southwestern Washington is insular.
North of the river, military encounters will be with the 47th
ID, most likely the workers of the 4th Engineer Special
Brigade or Longview's 1-168 Infantry, whose cantonment
protects the port and the southern Washington stretch of
I-5. On the Oregon side, Cascadian patrols out of Beaver-
ton are the most likely troops sighted.
PORT ANGELES
West of Seattle lies the Olympic Peninsula. Its northern
shore faces Canada's Vancouver Island across the Strait
of San Juan de Fuca. Here, 35km due south of Victoria's
irradiated ruins and 150 road kilometers from Fort Lewis,
sits Port Angeles. Before the war, its main industries were
outdoor tourism in the adjacent Olympic National Park, a
declining lumber trade, and a small but stable fishing fleet.
Now it's the Western Redoubt's seaward outpost, with the
local Milgov presence centered on Coast Guard Air Station
Port Angeles.
Port Angeles' townsfolk still fish the strait (keeping
a wary eye on radiation levels) and harvest the former
national forest's resources. A small group of maritime
salvagers also works from here, recovering what they can
from wrecks along the north Washington coast. As the
point of contact for vessels entering Puget Sound, Port
Angeles welcomes strangers, albeit with a touch of healthy
paranoia. A noticeable fraction of the population is Native
American, mostly from the Quinault Nation whose reserva-
tion lies on the Pacific coast, 100km to the southwest.
CGAS Port Angeles remains active, monitoring the strait
for ship traffic and carrying messages between Milgov and
Vancouver Island's Canadian government outpost. It's also
the main operations and SIGINT base for DIA Station Seat-
tle. Missions into Canadian territory, including those areas
held by Soviet troops and marauders, usually depart from
here. Consequently, the community is disproportionately
well-defended.
Encounters: Port Angeles is of town size and its imme-
diate area is organized. Most of the surrounding Olym-
pic Peninsula is independent, albeit sparsely-populated.
Troops encountered here will either be Coast Guard or
DIA personnel or local militias. Marauders stand an equal
chance of being local renegades, Soviet deserters who've
sailed south to try their luck on American soil, or shipwreck
survivors of any remotely-plausible nationality.
The Tools at Hand
The Vikings used to be a decently-equipped mecha-
nized infantry division. That was before they left a trail of
destroyed equipment through western British Columbia in
a fight against three-to-one odds. Salvage, consolidation,
and absorption of other units have since yielded a force
composition that would drive a prewar planner to drink. It's
a testament to the troops' ingenuity that any of it works.
There is a sharp divide in troop quality within the 47th.
The division's original National Guardsmen were trained for
ground combat, whatever their civilian professions might
have been, and the survivors were smart, strong, mean, or
lucky enough to emerge from a year of constant combat
operations. They're mostly of Veteran quality. By contrast,
the sailors and airmen were almost all support troops, and
the Battle of Seattle was their first (possibly only) exposure
to land warfare. They may be of Veteran quality for mainte-
nance or construction jobs, but they're mostly Novice com-
batants, leavened with a few Experienced fast learners.
The division's reported combat strength as of May 2001
is 2,000 troops, including Air Force and Navy augmentees.
That doesn't tell the whole story, though, as another 1,800
personnel are engaged in recovery, reconstruction, and
civil affairs work. These are mainly airmen, sailors, and for-
mer USACE civilian employees. Although they have small
arms for self-defense, Viking leadership would have to be
desperate to commit them to combat. Across the division,
about 250 men and women are Canadians who linked up
with the 47th during its march south. Another 100 are Sovi-
et defectors who are serving to earn U.S. citizenship, while
several hundred more POWs are working in labor gangs.
Page 20 GDW
VEHICLES
The division is well-supplied with civilian passenger and
commercial vehicles, thanks to shipments of Japanese and
South Korean imports that were awaiting distribution from
the Port of Seattle when the nukes fell. It also has scav-
enged a wide array of construction equipment to augment
its military engineering vehicles.
The Battle of Seattle cost the Vikings all of their heavy
armor. Only a few APCs and light combat vehicles remain.
The motor pool now includes a handful of Soviet salvage
and a couple of Canadian odds and ends. With fuel
critically low, few of these vehicles see regular use. The di-
vision is salvaging battlefield wrecks from northern Seattle
and has accumulated a small boneyard at the Boeing plant
in Everett. With luck, mechanics may restore a few more
AFVs to service in the coming months.
AIRPOWER
The division has one OH-58, one UH-60, two Bell 212s
(i.e., civilian UH-1s), and a CH-54 Skycrane. All are based
at SeaTac along with the sole remaining P-3 from Whidbey
Island and an orphaned Alaska National Guard C-23 Sher-
pa. Flight crews, maintainers, and spare parts are avail-
able for all the aircraft, but fuel is so scarce that little short
of an existential threat will get any of them in the air before
the pilots' skills wither away. A return to flight is even less
likely for the pair of Oregon Air National Guard F-15s that
are tucked away in a hangar, grounded by multiple major
avionics failures. The same secure hangar holds a small
quantity of ordnance for the F-15s and the P-3.
SEAPOWER
The Pacific Northwest is not short on shipwrecks, but
functional ships are another story entirely. Two damaged
warships limped into Tacoma in early 1999 and have since
been awaiting repairs: USS John Young (DD-973) and
the Japanese frigate JDS Yubari (DE-227). Neither is
combat-ready or crewed. The U.S. Army's logistics ship
USAV General Brehon B. Somervell (LSV-3) is in port and
seaworthy, and a skeleton crew could be reassembled if
fuel were available. Absent that, though, the division's sole
usable naval asset is the patrol ship USS Zephyr (PC-8).
Most of the USACE's Columbia River assets survived
the war. These are all support vessels for navigation or
waterway maintenance, including several small survey
boats, a few barges with specialized equipment, and the
dredge ship Yaquina. Most now have improvised armor
and gun mounts but aren't true combat vessels. Finally,
the Vikings have a variety of small craft for port security, re-
connaissance, or other missions. The most combat-worthy
are three ex-Naval Reserve PBRs and a pair of M5 RACV
hovercraft.
Unexpected Allies
The 47th ID's leaders are far from the norm, even for
2001. Few had prewar careers in combat arms and none
ever expected to hold the authority they now possess. It's
an open question as to whether their successes so far
have been because of those irregular backgrounds or in
spite of them.
COMMODORE SIOBHAN ELLIS
Siobhan Ellis is an unlikely choice for command of what,
on paper, remains a U.S. Army division. She was a lieu-
tenant commander from the Navy's JAG Corps, re-tasked
to civil affairs duty in mid-2000. She avoided arrest by
playing the apolitical nebbish, despite her role in coordinat-
ing reports to the Joint Chiefs through "deserters." After
the coup, an overwhelming majority of her fellow conspira-
tors selected her to represent them to the high command,
seeing her rhetorical skills as their best chance of avoiding
further catastrophe. No one, including Ellis, expected her
to be promoted two grades and given the honorary title of
Commodore – but of a bad set of options, the Joint Chiefs
found her the least-unpalatable candidate.
Ellis doesn't pretend to be a shooter or a combat com-
mander. She's an organizer and planner, and her prosecu-
torial experience has given her an uncanny poker face and
a matching ability to read people's deceptions and moti-
vations. Consequently, her assignments to subordinate
leaders have avoided giving major responsibility to anyone
whose ambition or prejudice might lead them to undermine
her fragile authority. Her long-term strategy for the region
focuses on a gradual transfer of more responsibility to civil
authorities as soon as the region's civilians can bootstrap
themselves a government. New America's movement
toward a similar goal is costing her a lot of sleep.
GHOST FLEET
A wide array of commercial shipping is strewn across Puget
Sound and the mouth of the Columbia. Most of these vessels
suffer from a combination of structural damage, EMP effects, and
fuel exhaustion. The story is the same at Puget Sound Naval
Shipyard, where several damaged ships had been awaiting re-
pairs when the lights went out. The latter included:
• USS Chosin (CG-65)
• USS John S. McCain (DDG-56)
• USS Fletcher (DD-992)
• USS Ouellet (FF-1077)
• USS Denver (LPD-9)
• USS Sacramento (T-AOE-1)
• USCGC Douglas Munro (WHEC-724)
• USCGC Polar Sea (WAGB-11)
• USNS San Jose (T-AFS-7)
Of these vessels, only Chosin and Fletcher were in condition and
sufficiently crewed to lend their guns to Seattle's defense. All of
the above ships burned and/or sank from the Spetsnaz nukes.
It's uncertain (i.e., up to the referee) whether any are salvageable.
The Pacific Northwest Page 21
Capsule: Physically, Ellis is unprepossessing. She's in
her early forties, with a slight build, red hair beginning to
show the first streaks of grey, and a librarian's squint. She
frequently chews on her writing implements, a redirection
of a smoking habit curtailed by war shortages rather than
choice. She's at the top of her game in an administrative
or courtroom setting, but a Novice NPC in a fight. She's
only recently started practicing with the S&W Model 39 she
carries, as well as the Colt SMG she keeps in her office as
insurance against a counter-coup.
Motivations: Heart 10: Ellis' own understanding of Con-
stitutional law makes her almost as uneasy with the Joint
Chiefs' "government" as Fredriksen was, but she recipro-
cates their feelings toward her: they're the least-bad option
in the current situation. She'll continue trying to maintain
order and hold civilization together as best she can. Heart
4: Ellis is fiercely protective of Winona, her nine-year-old
daughter. Winona's existence isn't common knowledge;
the commodore obfuscates her home life as protection
against a possible hostage ploy.
LIEUTENANT COLONEL CODY WRIGHT
Cody Wright was a Des Moines restaurant and micro-
brewery entrepreneur in addition to serving as an Iowa
National Guard officer. He started the war as a company
commander in 1-168 Infantry and rose to lead the Vikings'
34th Infantry Brigade by 2000. He's not a noteworthy
tactician or combatant but he has a head for details and a
knack for identifying and nurturing talent.
Not a fan of Fredriksen for personal reasons, Wright
refused to throw in with the Proconsul and wound up in a
detention cell. After the coup, Commodore Ellis reviewed
his file and selected him as her XO, recognizing the need
for an assistant who could advise her on the Army func-
tions and missions the Joint Chiefs had dumped on her.
The two have developed a strong working partnership and
personal friendship, which casual observers often infer to
be something more.
Capsule: Wright is a tall, slim man in his mid-forties with
a nasty scar across his left temple that only accentuates
his otherwise-handsome features. His once-dark hair has
gone almost completely silver over the war years and he
reluctantly uses reading glasses. He has a soft, soothing
voice and an even-tempered command style. Wright is a
Veteran NPC who relies on his troops in combat, using his
radio before his M9 (the truth is that he desperately needs
bifocals; his marksmanship is abysmal beyond about thirty
meters).
Motivations: Heart Queen: There is a great love in
Cody Wright's life but it's not Siobhan Ellis. For nearly
two decades, Wright has been in a committed relationship
with his business partner, Malcolm Cunningham. The only
reason Wright isn't more conflicted between doing his duty
and reuniting with Cunningham is the apparent impossibil-
ity of the latter. If he saw a way to get himself back to Des
Moines – or to bring Cunningham to Tacoma – he'd prob-
ably take it. He's not actively planning desertion but his
long-term thinking does include setting up his own subordi-
Page 22 GDW
nates to take over for him if he gets a chance Diamond 6:
Wright was a fairly good businessman and he misses the
lifestyle that came with it. With material wealth unlikely to
be a thing again in the foreseeable future, he's indulging
his beer snobbery (he cheerfully eschews the label "con-
noisseur") by mentoring Tacoma's re-emerging homebrew
operations in exchange for later favors.
MAJOR DAVID HALEY
An environmental engineer specializing in flood control,
David Haley was a cornerstone of the Pacific Northwest's
disaster management community. The resulting reputation
and network led the USACE to activate his Reserve com-
mission and place him in charge of the Corps' relief efforts
in Seattle after the nuclear attacks. Drawing on a deep
well of knowledge of local politics, industry, and culture,
Haley was more successful than anyone else would have
been in coordinating the city's response. The death toll still
gnaws at him, though.
After the Battle of Seattle, Haley was the region's senior
surviving engineer officer. When the Joint Chiefs formed
the 4th Engineer Special Brigade, he inherited command
more by default than through any selection process. Since
then, he's been trying to juggle limited resources between
multiple Sisyphean tasks, and the job's impossibility weighs
on him.
Capsule: Haley came to the USACE in his early thirties,
after a divorce and a corporate layoff prompted him to hit
the career reset button. Consequently, he's in his sixties,
old for his rank even for a Reservist – he would be retired
if not for the war. Post-nuclear cuisine has trimmed a few
pounds but he's still heavyset, with a fringe of flyaway
white hair and a slightly distracted manner. He's an expert
leader and civil engineer but a Novice combatant, and he
goes unarmed unless someone orders him to tool up. He
has a history of heart problems and, with the amount of
stress he's under, is probably due for another heart attack.
Motivations: Heart 8: Haley enjoys taking care of
people – especially "his" people. He joined the USACE be-
cause it sounded like an interesting challenge, not because
he particularly wanted to be a soldier. Most of his career
was spent helping citizens in disasters. In the wake of New
America's attack on Lewiston, though, he's finding out he
can be very, very angry when someone deliberately harms
troops under his command. Spade 3: Childless through
three marriages, Haley wants to ensure he has a legacy
that outlasts him, and his work is his outlet for this drive.
He'll never voice it, but he hopes there will be a David Ha-
ley Memorial Bridge or Dam or Federal Building someday.
LIEUTENANT COMMANDER GISELA FIGUEROA
A Cuban-America intelligence officer from Miami, Gisela
Figueroa cut her teeth on counter-drug and counter-terror
operations in the Caribbean. Success there led her to be
one of the very few Coast Guard personnel seconded to
the DIA. She was on assignment in the Philippines when
the war went nuclear and, through a series of events she
doesn't discuss while sober, made it to Seattle aboard JDS
Yubari. Upon coming in from the cold, she was promoted
to her current rank and took command of DIA Station Seat-
tle. She's also dual-hatted as the commander of all USCG
assets in the Puget Sound area. As the DIA is a law unto
itself within the Joint Chiefs' regime, this means the local
Coast Guard isn't subordinate to the Army – even though
the Navy's sailors are. This greatly amuses Figueroa's
Coast Guardsmen, even if they are working for a spook.
Figueroa was running an op on Vancouver Island
when the Proconsul made his move. The Valentine's Eve
Massacre occurred before she could get back to Tacoma.
She's still kicking herself for prioritizing half-assed Russian
marauders over a genuine traitor. She knows Commodore
Ellis suspects her of having orders to remove the JAG
officer if she shows warlord tendencies. She's amused
because it isn't true – other DIA assets have that assign-
ment, and even Figueroa doesn't know who they are. She
is keeping an eye on the division's leaders but she already
has enough work between the Russians, the Canadians,
the Proconsul, and New America.
Capsule: Figueroa is a tightly-controlled, intense Latina
who looks a decade younger than her actual 31. She's
rarely in uniform, preferring civilian outdoor attire. Her dis-
proportionately strong hands and forearms are a legacy of
growing up in the family bakery (baking remains her stress
release). She's natively bilingual in English and Cuban
Spanish, can pass for a native in most of Central America,
and knows conversational Russian and Filipino. Figueroa
is a Veteran combatant and a capable intelligence officer
but a poor leader. Her preferred armament is a SPAS-15
backed up by a S&W Model 19, and she's also proficient
in escrima. For all her skills as an analyst and operator,
though, she's rusty on core Coast Guard tasks and wholly
unprepared for her command duties. She's trying to split
her time between the Coast Guard's normal operations
and the making-bricks-without-straw work of turning Coast
Guardsmen into spies and commandos, and she's provid-
ing effective leadership in neither area.
Motivations: Heart Ace: Figueroa demands that every-
one around her match her unerring moral compass and
personal integrity. She's a firm believer in order, and order
comes from law, so law must be enforced if there is to be
stability – and that's what God put her on Earth to do. She
doesn't openly profess her Roman Catholic faith but her
self-image is pretty much a personified Johnny Cash lyric.
Club 5: Figueroa knows she's carrying damage – specifi-
cally, PTSD that usually manifests as anger management
issues. Long-term, it'll be a problem, but right now, she
feels it gives her an edge that she needs.
The Pacific Northwest Page 23
Troops on the Borderlands
Most of the Proconsul's loyalists who fled Fort Lewis
were his own soldiers – the men and women of the divi-
sion's 1st Brigade, a Minnesota National Guard formation.
Commodore Ellis folded those who stayed into the subordi-
nate units of her remaining two combat elements, the 34th
Infantry Brigade (Iowa National Guard) and the 66th Infan-
try Brigade (Illinois National Guard). The brigades them-
selves are now notional, with their headquarters personnel
absorbed into division HQ or dispersed among the remain-
ing combat arms battalions. Several other of the division's
original units no longer exist, their survivors now reinforcing
other formations or having struck out on their own.
The table on p. 27 summarizes the Viking Division's
prewar force composition and the current disposition of the
division's major elements. The following profiles are not
a complete examination of every unit still operating under
Commodore Ellis' command in May 2001. Rather, they
detail some of the more notable or notorious forces that
may serve as contacts, allies, or antagonists for characters
in western Washington.
1ST BATTALION, 123RD INFANTRY REGIMENT
Formerly an Illinois National Guard unit, 1-123 Infantry
is now the Viking Division's international peacekeeping
force. It incorporates nearly a hundred Canadian soldiers
who chose to stay with the 47th after the Battle of Seat-
tle, a dozen company-grade officers of the Japan Ground
Self-Defense Force who were stranded at the Yakima
Training Center after the war went nuclear, and a Soviet
platoon from the 113th Motor Rifle Division that defected on
its first contact with an Alaska State Trooper in 1997. After
factoring in U.S. Air Force and Navy augmentees, 1-123
is a U.S. Army unit in which the U.S. Army is the minority.
Most of the troops have acquired bits of each other's lan-
guages and their radio traffic is bizarrely quadlingual.
The battalion's Bellingham cantonment is the division's
northernmost outpost. The city's citizens largely aban-
doned it after being bracketed by the nuclear strikes on the
Ferndale and Anacortes petroleum complexes, but the sur-
rounding agricultural areas and coast still support dozens
of farming and fishing collectives. 1-123 conducts constant
radiological surveys to ensure the food produced here isn't
contaminated. However, the better part of its work involves
patrolling the Canadian border, only 30km to the north, and
the adjacent northern Washington wilderness. Its AOR
reaches from the coast to the eastern side of the Cascade
crest, some 150km east. The battalion has frequent friend-
ly contact with its Canadian Forces counterparts – indeed,
both sides treat the border as a polite suggestion and regu-
larly coordinate sweeps for marauders. It has less frequent
and more antagonistic contact with the Proconsular forces
that fled to the Okanagan Country after the Valentine's Eve
Massacre. The presence of so many foreign troops in the
battalion makes 1-123 and the Cascadians more willing to
fire on one another than they would be if encountering only
fellow Americans.
Assets: Unwilling to pass up working equipment for
the sake of standardization, 1-123 fields vehicles, support
weapons, and small arms from all four of its component
nationalities. In addition to a variety of American and Ca-
nadian LAV-25/Piranha derivatives, its motor pool includes
a Type 87 reconnaissance vehicle, a Type 89 IFV, several
BTR-series APCs, and two BV-206s. Sometimes, a few
are even in working condition. Many of the battalion's
troops grew up in areas with severe winters, so the unit
is adept at using snowmobiles, cross-country skis, snow-
shoes, and pack animals to traverse the Cascades.
1ST SQUADRON, 113TH CAVALRY REGIMENT
Throughout the Alaska/British Columbia campaign,
1-113 Cav maintained the panache (or attitude problem,
depending on one's perspective) seemingly required of
all cavalry troopers. It also maintained its long-standing,
sometimes-friendly rivalry with the division's other cavalry
squadron, 1-194. Both units enjoyed seemingly charmed
existences until the Battle of Seattle, when urban defensive
fights no longer allowed their preferred maneuver warfare.
1-113 lost all its remaining aviation and armor assets and
suffered heavy casualties. Incorporating the survivors of
1-133 Infantry only barely returned it to fighting strength.
In spring 1999, 1-113 was tasked with a long-range
survey of western Oregon. Breaking into platoons, the
squadron fanned out across its AOR, making contact
with isolated settlements to show the proverbial flag. The
squadron regrouped in Eugene at the end of the summer
and established a cantonment there.
1-113's troopers were vehemently opposed to the Pro-
consul and, even before his split with the Joint Chiefs, were
uncooperative with his consolidation and relocation initia-
tives. In return, Fredriksen's regime starved the squadron
of supplies, forcing it to rely on local resources. When
word of the Valentine's Eve Massacre reached the squad-
ron, it began moving north en masse, only to encounter the
Proconsul's southbound loyalists outside Portland. After a
tense standoff, 1-113 warily made its way around the larger
force and re-established a base in Vancouver, WA. It con-
tinues to patrol the areas of northern Oregon bordering the
Proconsular forces' territories, as well as southern Wash-
ington into the fringes of the Yakima Valley. Its troopers
have a particular loathing of their fellow Iowans from 2-135
Infantry who defected to the Cascadian cause and will take
any opportunity to exchange harassing fire with that unit
when encountering patrols from its Beaverton base.
Assets: Low on vehicles, 1-113 has partially reverted to
its roots, with one mechanized troop and two horse cavalry
troops. A fourth troop, composed mainly of Navy augmen-
tees, provides riverine transport and reconnaissance on the
Columbia and its navigable tributaries. Both the boats and
the remaining AFVs make extensive use of weapons sal-
vaged from the squadron's defunct AH-1 attack helicopters.
Page 24 GDW
1ST BATTALION, 125TH FIELD ARTILLERY REGIMENT
The artillerists of 1-125 Field Artillery were the division
commander's personal hammer (along with the grid square
removers of 1-175 FA). They suffered grievous losses from
a nuclear strike in early 1998 and the survivors were folded
into 1-151 FA, supporting 1st Brigade, until the division fell
back to Seattle. During preparations to defend the city,
General Fredriksen became aware that the nearby Umatil-
la Chemical Depot retained a large inventory of chemical
munitions. He detached several ordnance specialists from
the former 1-125 FA and the 447th Chemical Company and
sent them to investigate. Although much of the stockpile
was dangerously aged, a quantity of relatively-usable nerve
agent shells and rockets remained. Fredriksen re-formed
1-125 around a battery of 203mm self-propelled guns from
the Fort Lewis training range and placed these munitions in
its charge.
Today, 1-125 FA bears the Mark of Cain. Several pivotal
moments in the Battle of Seattle hinged on timely chem-
ical fire missions from the unit. Consequently, it's asso-
ciated with some of the most horrifying battlefield deaths
the division inflicted on the Soviets. As if this weren't
enough cause for other troops to look askance at it, it also
remained staunchly neutral during the Proconsul's coup
and subsequent events. Commodore Ellis seems to have
accepted the battalion commander's argument that any
political statement involving chemical weapons would have
been a very bad idea, but the unit's former close associ-
ation with Fredriksen does its public image no favors. Its
troops rarely leave their duty station on the Fort Lewis
cantonment.
Assets: Two M110A2 self-propelled guns, now ghoulish-
ly nicknamed Schrader and Ghosh after pioneering nerve
agent chemists, survived the Battle of Seattle. These,
along with a small, well-guarded reserve of 203mm VX and
Sarin shells, are 1-125's most important assets. The unit
also has a battery of towed 105mm guns with convention-
al shells. The 447th Chemical Company is subordinate
to 1-125, concentrating the division's remaining chemical
defense capabilities here in case of an accident (or "ac-
cident") with munitions that are older than most of the
soldiers who handle them.
4TH ENGINEER SPECIAL BRIGADE
In April 1999, the Joint Chiefs consolidated the remnants
of the USACE's coastal districts into five Engineer Special
Brigades, drawing on the lineage of the Army's World War
II amphibious landing units. Each brigade was charged
with reactivating ports and clearing navigable waterways
in its AOR. For the 4th, port reconstruction took second
place to opening and maintaining the Columbia and Snake
Rivers to provide access from the Washington-Oregon
seacoast to Idaho.
To aid in this mission and other reconstruction efforts,
the 4th Engineers absorbed all Air Force and Navy en-
gineering assets in the Pacific Northwest. This included
Naval Mobile Construction Battalion 18, a Seattle-based
Seabee reserve unit now surveying seaports for possible
reopening; the USAF's 819th RED HORSE squadron,
which had been in transit from Montana to Korea via Seat-
tle when the nukes fell; and the base support elements of
the Oregon Air National Guard. The newly-formed brigade
also incorporated several civilian construction and infra-
structure businesses as auxiliaries, in keeping with the
USACE's extensive use of non-military workers. Finally,
to provide extra punch for job site security and vessel
defense, the 47th ID's 1-216 Air Defense Artillery was
attached to the brigade.
Until January 2001, the 4th Engineers oversaw the
Western March Route (see Operation Egret, p. 74) from
Lewiston, Idaho to Fort Lewis. Additional detachments
operated throughout western Washington and Oregon,
even sometimes cooperating with the Proconsul's forces
to repair or restore communities' vital infrastructure. With
New America's capture of Lewiston and the concurrent
loss of equipment and personnel, the brigade has pulled in
many of its outlying units while the 47th ID contemplates its
next moves. Rather than remaining idle, these personnel
are now working on long-deferred debris clearance in the
Seattle area, laying the groundwork for future reconstruc-
tion (and, hopefully, resettlement) in an urban core.
Assets: The brigade has a bewildering array of con-
struction equipment, much of it still in its original civilian
colors. It also inherited all USACE floating assets, in-
cluding construction barges, utility boats, and the dredger
Yaquina. It oversees most of the area's available unskilled
labor force, including several hundred Soviet POWs. Man-
ual debris clearance and road repair aren't fun, but the en-
gineers provide security, food, shelter, and hygiene that are
a cut above what the POWs or Seattle's former knowledge
workers could scrounge on their own. As an engineering
formation, the 4th Engineers are lightly-armed, though
most large vessels carry autocannons scrounged from de-
funct AAA systems. The unit's only AFVs are 1-216 ADA's
handful of M741s, now escorts for high-risk missions. All
surviving armored engineering and recovery vehicles
stayed with the division's combat engineer companies.
MARINE CORPS SECURITY FORCES COMPANY BAN-
GOR
Unlike the Seattle area's sailors and airmen, the Marines
attached to the area's naval facilities are not subordinate to
the 47th ID. This is because MCSFCo Bangor absorbed
the survivors of every other Marine detachment in Puget
Sound, and MCSFCo Bangor is still responsible for secur-
ing Strategic Weapons Facility, Pacific. In other words,
the Joint Chiefs' Navy and Marine Corps members were
unwilling to hand over control of the Navy's largest remain-
ing nuclear weapons stockpile to the Army. Despite the
extreme unlikelihood of an Ohio-class boomer ever return-
ing for rearmament, the warheads and missiles remain.
Bangor's Marines have expanded their security perim-
eter around most of the Kitsap Peninsula. They rotate
one platoon at a time through joint patrols with the 47th
The Pacific Northwest Page 25
PARTY BOATS AND PACHYDERMS
Two sets of resources assigned to the 4th Engineer Special Bri-
gade bear special mention. The first is the fleet of towboats and
barges with which the brigade moves cargo along the Columbia
and Snake Rivers. Three privately-owned vessels entered ser-
vice when their masters chose to sign on with the brigade: Badger
Mountain, Idaho Star, and Rumrunner. The latter two remain in
USACE service but Badger Mountain was in Lewiston when that
city fell to New America.
Towboats are of limited utility without barges. If a cargo traveled
in bulk in America, there was probably a specialty barge to carry
it, but the 4th Engineers opted for simplicity and utility. The West-
ern Redoubt's food shipments demanded grain barges (70 meters
long, capacity of 2,100 tons). Most other shipments used basic
deck barges (40 meters long, capacity of 850 tons) to accommo-
date containerized shipments; a single deck barge could carry
36 standard intermodal containers or 12 semi-trailers. Early fuel
shipments used double-hulled petroleum barges (85 meters long,
capacity of 4.4 million liters) but the complexity of fuel transfer op-
erations made it easier to simply park tank trailers on deck barges
and chain them down.
(Rumors that the 4th Engineers have converted a deck barge
into a floating bar/nightclub/restaurant/hotel are entirely true. The
responsible parties have gotten away with it because they make
a point to moor at as many riverside settlements as possible,
providing a welcome morale boost to isolated communities.)
The brigade's other irregular assets are four-legged and distinctly
out of place in the Pacific Northwest. In July 2000, officers of
1-123 Infantry launched a questionable foray into British Colum-
bia to obtain escaped zoo elephants (Going on Safari, Chal-
lenge #52). The concept was not entirely without merit, but the
so-called "1st Alternative Cavalry Regiment" experiment ended
when wiser heads realized the folly of deploying elephant cavalry
against heavy machine guns. Whimsicially searching for a use
for six elephants, General Fredriksen reallocated them to the
4th Engineers as "alternative heavy equipment." Although the
creatures have their own maintenance needs, they don't consume
desperately-needed diesel. They're a common sight around
reconstruction work, particularly in remote areas without usable
road networks. Their value is high enough that their handlers will
handsomely reward anyone who's able to add to the herd.
ID or neighboring Canadian forces to stay current on local
intelligence and to maintain proficiency with the full range
of infantry skills. Otherwise, they're insular and suspicious,
increasingly paranoid as the months wear on. The unit
ceased joint operations with the Army during the Procon-
sul's tenure and no Marines are known to have followed
his supporters into exile. It's a matter of faith among the
Vikings that the "Bangor Badgers" would have found a way
to set off a nuke to keep the stockpile out of the Procon-
sul's hands.
Assets: MCSFCo Bangor is actually larger in 2001 than
it was before the war, thanks to its absorption of every
other Marine in the Seattle area (along with some Seabees
and Navy support personnel, whose presence the Ma-
rines obfuscate because it's technically a violation of the
Joint Chiefs' consolidation orders). It's now effectively an
understrength infantry battalion. In keeping with tradition,
the Marines have "acquired" an eclectic mix of equipment,
including several of the 120th MRD's BTRs, a KvP-92 hov-
ercraft, an M48A5 MBT, and, perhaps just to underscore
their nickname, one of only nine Badgers (the Canadian
version of the Leopard AEV) in existence. They also stand
guard over an unknown number of nuclear warheads and,
in the name of keeping those devices secure, have turned
most of the Kitsap Peninsula into a killing ground.
USCG SECTOR PUGET SOUND/DIA STATION SEATTLE
For all intents and purposes, the DIA's Seattle contin-
gent is the former U.S. Coast Guard's Sector Puget Sound.
When Lieutenant Commander Gisela Figueroa arrived in
the area and was tasked with bootstrapping DIA opera-
tions in the Pacific Northwest, she reached for the tool she
would be best able to control. Prior to her arrival, Coast
Guard assets in the area had been operating autonomous-
ly, continuing their prewar missions more out of duty than
hope. Figueroa has consolidated them into Coast Guard
Air Station Port Angeles and the sector offices on the Seat-
tle waterfront. The former primarily supports DIA missions,
Page 26 GDW

while the latter manages lifesaving and navigation within

Puget Sound.
The combined DIA/USCG presence is resource-rich but
disorganized. Figueroa is the only commissioned officer
other than a couple of aviators, and she lacks capable dep-
uties and administrative staff. The older, saltier NCOs are
unhappy with her diversion of resources to DIA missions –
they didn't keep the area's Coast Guard out of Navy control
just to see it gutted for ethically-questionable espionage
work. Many of the younger personnel are enraptured by
the high-speed low-drag world of intelligence and special
operations that Figueroa's DIA connections represent, but
few have the right attributes to actually make good opera-
tors. The constant tension at all ranks is straining morale
and discipline. The few outsiders Figueroa has recruited
aren't helping, as they are high-profile specialists who lack
knowledge of, or respect for, the Coast Guard's unique
lifesaving-focused institutional culture.
Assets: The sector's administrative office remains on
the Seattle waterfront. The station here operates a handful
of small watercraft, the cutter USCGC Point Doran (Point-
class, WPB-82375), and the buoy tender USCGC Blue-
bell (WLI-313). CGAS Port Angeles has the good toys:
an additional quantity of small boats, USCGC Cuttyhunk
(Island-class, WPB-1322), an XM22 PCAC hovercraft, and
between one and three Coast Guard HH-65s (same game
traits as SA.365 Dauphins). No one is sure exactly how
many of the helos the DIA operates – either it's more than
one or someone is spending a lot of effort on regular re-
painting – or where the fuel is coming from. Most Coasties
are of Experienced quality, with SNCOs typically Veterans.
A few Veteran-quality DEA and BATF agents, most having
seen military service before their civilian careers, have
come over to the DIA and now serve as cadre and team
leaders for special operations in the region. The whole
operation is well-supplied with small arms and captured
Soviet heavy weapons.
The Pacific Northwest Page 27

47TH INFANTRY DIVISION TO&E – THEN AND NOW

At the beginning of the Twilight War, the Viking Division was composed of three infantry brigades, an aviation brigade, a division artillery
formation, and the usual complement of support units. 1st Brigade was slated for modernization as a heavy brigade (including 1-194
Cavalry's conversion to 1-194 Armor) but had yet to receive its M1A1 MBTs and M2A2 IFVs. 34th and 66th Brigades had recently com-
pleted their transitions from mechanized infantry to light motorized formations, to the joy of drivers and mechanics and the ire of most
other personnel. Aviation units were likewise in flux, with factory-fresh UH-60s but decrepit AH-1s (some of which still carried battle
scars from Vietnam).
Unit Composition 7/97 Status 5/01
1st Brigade (Minnesota National Guard)
1-94 Armor Tank (M60A3) absorbed by 1-194 Cavalry
1-194 Cavalry Cavalry (M113) Proconsul
2-136 Infantry Mechanized (M113) Proconsul
682nd Engineer Bn. Proconsul
147th Forward Support Bn. Proconsul
34th Brigade (Iowa National Guard)
1-133 Infantry Light Motorized absorbed by 1-113 Cavalry
1-168 Infantry Light Motorized 47th ID - Longview
2-135 Infantry Light Motorized Proconsul
224th Engineer Bn. 47th ID – Seattle
247th Forward Support Bn. absorbed by 147th & 347th FSBs
66th Brigade (Illinois National Guard)
1-123 Infantry Light Motorized 47th ID – Bellingham
1-131 Infantry Light Motorized 47th ID – Redmond
2-130 Infantry Light Motorized 47th ID – Everett
173rd Engineer Bn. 47th ID – Everett
347th Forward Support Bn. 47th ID – Ft. Lewis
47th Aviation Brigade
2-147 Aviation (MN NG) Support (UH-60) 47th ID – SeaTac
3-147 Aviation (MN NG) Attack (AH-1) absorbed by 2-147 Aviation
1-113 Cavalry (IA NG) Divisional Cavalry* 47th ID – Vancouver
847th Av. Support Bn. (MN NG) absorbed by 147th & 347th FSBs
47th DIVARTY
1-125 Field Artillery (MN NG) 155mm (SP) 47th ID – Ft. Lewis
1-151 Field Artillery (MN NG) 155mm (SP) Proconsul
1-194 Field Artillery (IA NG) 155mm (towed) marauders near Kelowna, BC
2-123 Field Artillery (IL NG) 155mm (towed) 47th ID – dispersed in cantonments
1-175 Field Artillery (MN NG) MLRS absorbed by 1-151 FA
Selected Division Support (all MN NG)
1-216 Air Defense Artillery M741/Chaparral 47th ID – attached 4th Engineers
147th Signal Bn. 47th ID – Ft. Lewis
447th Chemical Co. absorbed by 1-125 FA
47th MP Co. 47th ID/Proconsul – split evenly
47th Military Intelligence Bn. Proconsul
* Standard divisional cavalry HQ troop. Three ground troops, each with 9x M60A3, 6x M113A3 ACCV, 6x M901 ITV, 2x M106, 1x
M577A1. Two aviation troops, each with 6x OH-58, 8x AH-1.
The "Composition 7/97" column references the battalion/squadron TO&Es presented in the U.S. Army Vehicle Guide (pp. 17-20) and
the American Combat Vehicle Handbook (pp. 101-103). As a National Guard division, the 47th had few component units at full strength
when it entered the war in July 1997.
The "Status 5/01" column summarizes the unit's disposition, loyalty, and center of gravity as of May 2001. Loyalty describes majority
affiliation. Within any unit that defected to the Proconsul or remained loyal to Milgov, individual members or sub-units likely chose the
opposite course of action. Units marked as "absorbed" were deactivated in 1998 after becoming combat ineffective at the battalion
level.
(Designer's note: this TO&E aligns precisely with neither prior Twilight: 2000 canon nor real-world history. It is my intent and hope to
distribute outrage equally across both sides of any debate.)
Page 28 GDW

Arise, Cascadia!
The night after we left Coulee Dam, I couldn't sleep. we haven't seen a lot of that in the last few years. But they
Sphinx had the watch, so I went over and sat with him for don't want to bring anything back. They want to forget the
a while. He doesn't feel the need to clutter the air with un- last few hundred years of progress."
necessary conversation before I'm ready. I always appre- "The tech guys would call it a graceful shutdown,"
ciate that. Sphinx interjected. "As opposed to just pulling the plug."
"So," I started after a while. I paused to gather my I thought I heard a note of approval in his voice, and said
thoughts. "I thought the lines were pretty well drawn be- as much.
tween the Joint Chiefs and Omaha, and everyone else was
trying to keep their heads down or go full frontal Rockatan- Sphinx was silent for a long time, longer than is usual for
sky. But those guys were different." him once you've gotten him to engage with a conversation.
"Well," he said at last, with a sweep of his hand that some-
Sphinx raised an eyebrow, which is Sphinx for, "please how managed to simultaneously encompass both our little
do go on, old chap." campsite and the whole world, "they may not be entirely
"I mean, what they're doing is technically mutiny, right? wrong."
But is it really mutiny if there's no legal authority to mutiny
against?" I hadn't really thought of it that way until the cap-
tain related her chat with the Cascadian CO, but it did sort
of hang together, if you accepted that the Joint Chiefs didn't
have the legal right to maintain martial law and whatever
happened in Omaha wasn't even in spitting distance of the
Constitution. No matter how much either party was trying
to hold things together "for the good of the nation."
Sphinx shrugged, which could mean anything from gen-
tle assent to equally gentle but polite disagreement.
"And what they're trying to do... I don't know." I stared
out into the darkness. "They're organized and stable, and
The Pacific Northwest Page 29
With the breakdown of central authority and the loss
of nationwide telecommunications, the post-1997 United
States saw a swift upswell in secessionist and regional
identity movements. New America was the most wide-
spread and organized of these, thanks to its extensive pre-
war preparations, but across the county, citizens in need of
hope and stability attached themselves to a wide array of
successor governments. In the Pacific Northwest, 2001's
emerging power is the Territory of Cascadia, an unlikely fu-
sion of two distinctly different visions of the region's future.
Bioregionalism
The Pacific Northwest has spawned dreams of indepen-
dence since European explorers arrived. In the 1990s, the
Cascadia movement's dominant principles were environ-
mentalism and sustainability, opposition to globalism, and
individual civil liberties. American backing of China in the
Sino-Soviet War provided a unifying cause, something
every Cascadian adherent could oppose on some point of
their ideology. Seattle and Portland saw some of the coun-
try's largest anti-war protests. By summer 1996, nuclear
war fears melded with the grunge and punk subcultures' ni-
hilism to yield a broad base of anti-government sentiment.
This coalesced into a secession movement sufficient to
seat several independent candidates in the state legislature
and gravely concern the FBI.
The 1997 nuclear strikes, as well as the following harsh
winters and spring disease outbreaks, did not spare the
movement. The wild, anarchic counterculture fringes large-
ly died off, their fantasies of post-nuclear warlordism no
match for martial law. Their counterparts on the sociopolit-
ical spectrum's opposite end were equally unprepared for
the war years' harsh exigencies. The surviving moderates
emerged with a driving sense of apocalyptic urgency. In-
frastructure collapse and the nuclear autumn validated their
visions of scaled-down industry and environmental sus-
tainability, while the federal government's implosion stoked
their belief in its irrelevance. Cascadian leaders saw them-
selves as frontrunners in embracing the new reality. What
they lacked was sufficient strength – in both numbers and
force of arms – to enforce their vision on a populace still
blindly intent on an impossible return to prewar norms.
In 2000, they found an unlikely ally...
Imperium
Brigadier General Thomas Fredriksen considered him-
self a realist. By 2000, the United States no longer pos-
sessed the infrastructure and industries that had enabled it
to function as a continent-spanning empire. Worse, neither
the Joint Chiefs nor Omaha's reconstituted federal gov-
ernment could truly discharge a government's most basic
function: promoting its citizenry's welfare by making and
enforcing laws. With neither successor able to make this
critical claim to legitimacy, and with state governments too
disarrayed to hold Constitutionally-valid elections, America
as a nation was effectively finished.
USING THIS CHAPTER
All four major faction chapters follow the same basic format, but
the author is inordinately fond of clever section headers. In this
chapter:
• The initial material covers the faction's history.
• Building Tomorrow by Deconstructing Today examines the
Cascadian movement's current agendas and operations in the
region.
• The Okanagan Country and The Willamette Valley describe
the faction's two regions of control.
• Working With What We Have lists the faction's available
resources.
• Founding Figures introduces key leaders.
• Guardians in Pacific Twilight presents notable military units.
This was a conclusion at which Fredriksen arrived
early, but not lightly. With experience as both a peacetime
Minnesota National Guard battalion commander (he'd led
1-194 Cavalry before winning his congressional seat) and
a federal legislator, he'd doubly sworn to uphold the Con-
stitution. Nevertheless, his training as a historian shaped
his perspective on the fall of nations. His journals show he
foresaw the federal government's eventual collapse within
days of the Thanksgiving Massacre. Shortly thereafter, he
began considering what successor nations might emerge
from the chaos, even as he was in the thick of the 47th
Infantry Division's retreat through Canada.
Fredriksen's planning intensified when the division set-
tled into its Fort Lewis cantonment and assumed responsi-
bility for security in Washington and Oregon. His writings
from this time indicate increasing focus on an impending
dark age, as well as prescient musings on the later schism
between the Joint Chiefs and the Broward administration.
In June 1999, he recruited the first members of what would
become his inner circle, and this group began contingency
planning for a further disintegration of national structures.
RAISING THE DOUG FLAG
Aware that he could not raise a post-American polity
on a solely military following, Fredriksen began recruiting
local allies in spring 2000. He was aware of the Cascadian
movement from FBI briefings to Congress shortly before
his resignation from that body, and he saw some exploit-
able points of commonality with his own views. His initial
entreaties met with hostility due to lingering anti-war senti-
ment, but the combination of his charisma and carefully-tar-
geted disappearances smoothed the way. By midyear,
most remaining Cascadian organizers agreed with the
general that prewar global industrial- and information-age
civilization was dead, and with it, the United States. Their
focus on sustainability dovetailed neatly with Fredriksen's
desire to use the Pacific Northwest's remaining high-tech
resources to bootstrap a stable non-industrial civilization.
Careful long-term planning and awareness of history's mis-
takes would establish the preconditions for a second, more
responsible industrial age to emerge in the region through
the latter half of the 21st century.
Page 30 GDW
Through summer and autumn, Fredriksen and his inner
circle abandoned Milgov's focus on what they termed
"recovering the unrecoverable." They shifted to consolidat-
ing the region's population and resources according to the
needs of their own long-term vision. Cascadian-aligned mi-
litias relocated communities that were incapable of self-suf-
ficiency, using their citizens to augment more productive
agricultural and resource extraction areas. Convict work
gangs and Soviet POWs stripped abandoned towns of
tools, supplies, and raw materials. Residents who objected
to these measures were eased into exile with a bare mini-
mum of mercy. Those who resisted violently ran up against
carefully-selected troops from the 47th ID.
The group hoped for more time to lay its groundwork, but
officers outside the conspiracy grew increasingly disturbed.
Leaks to Milgov led the Joint Chiefs to investigate. On
the day after Thanksgiving, the cargo barges docking at
the Port of Lewiston brought an Inspector General Agency
undercover team from Colorado Springs. Unfortunately
for the agents, they compromised their cover within days.
Troops loyal to Fredriksen took them into custody. Once
interrogations revealed the Joint Chiefs' suspicions, the
general knew he had run out of time.
At noon on 12 December 2000, Brigadier General
Fredriksen ordered his troops to lower the United States
flag at Fort Lewis and hoist the "Doug flag" in its place.
Similar ceremonies took place simultaneously in a dozen
communities west of the Cascade Range. The Proconsul
of the Northwest had declared the Territory of Cascadia an
independent nation.
CASCADIA DELENDA EST
Convinced of his vision's inevitability but well aware of
the need for salesmanship and diplomacy, the Procon-
sul declared Cascadia's independence without violence.
Officers resistant to the plan were detained but not purged.
Given sufficient time, Fredriksen might have co-opted
many of them. However, three weeks after his break from
the Joint Chiefs, New America emerged from its chrysalis.
WITH UNITY AFORETHOUGHT
Cascadian leaders and Fredriksen understood the power of
identity and the need to demarcate a clean break from the United
States' husk. Shortly before the war, a blue, white, and green
tricolor bearing the silhouette of a Douglas fir tree had become
the movement's flag. Fredriksen co-opted this and the Cascadia
regional name, both to bind the Cascadians more tightly to him
and to appeal to the broader citizenry with familiar local symbols.
Conversely, the general chose Romanesque styling for many
organizational aspects of his new regime, deliberately discarding
American terminology and indulging his own academic leanings
as a classicist. His adoption of the title "Proconsul" defined his
own role as one with both policy and administrative authority, and
with both military and civil duties. For his loyal units, he diverged
from the Roman model and established new regimental identities,
evoking the Army's existing regimental heritage to provide a famil-
iar structure for his soldiers.
The appearance of a heretofore-unknown hostile faction
on Cascadia's eastern border distracted the Proconsul
from solidifying his base. He immediately launched recon-
naissance missions into Idaho, seeking to understand this
new threat. These assignments went to his most experi-
enced scouting unit – 1-194 Cavalry, which was also the
backbone of his support within the division.
With the Proconsul focused on outward threats and
missing a good portion of his praetorian guard, the officers
opposed to his regime had a narrow window for action.
The hastily-organized Operation Larch was intended to be
as peaceful as Fredriksen's secession, with neither casu-
alties among fellow Americans nor loss of irreplaceable
resources. However, speed compromised secrecy, and
when the Proconsul learned of the impending coup, he re-
acted with equal haste. On the night of 13 February 2001,
the Fort Lewis cantonment erupted in fratricide. What
started as a single gunfight with holdout pistols and service
sidearms spread into dozens of small-unit engagements as
both sides called for reinforcements.
Dawn on Valentine's Day brought a cease-fire as the
Proconsul's troops withdrew from the division's lines. A
small force moved east through Stevens Pass and the
BNSF Railway's Cascade Tunnel, seeking to link up with
the reconnaissance teams that had been dispatched to
Idaho. The main body moved south along Interstate 5 to
Lewiston. There, they seized the division's supply dump
at the port before continuing into Oregon. Over the follow-
ing months, a steady flow of Cascadian-aligned civilians
followed the departed troops out of the 47th ID's area of
influence. Two main centers of Cascadian power have
since emerged, each coalescing around a seed of soldiers
who chose to stay true to the Proconsul's plan.
Building Tomorrow by Deconstructing
Today
The Territory of Cascadia began as an unlikely alliance
between postnational martial authoritarianism and environ-
mentalist libertarian secessionism. The movement that has
emerged fuses aspects of both philosophies into a sur-
prisingly-coherent set of governing principles. Both major
Cascadian enclaves espouse the following beliefs, and
many Washingtonians and Oregonians find at least one or
two points of commonality.
Successor, not secessionist. Cascadians don't seek
to withdraw from the United States. The United States is
already dead. They recognize neither the Joint Chiefs nor
the Broward administration as having legal authority over
them. They will negotiate with either regime as a peer
post-American remnant-state, so long as the Milgov or
federal representatives extend the same courtesy. So far,
this hasn't happened, which means most Cascadians will
be skeptical of future overtures.
A long night is coming. Cascadians know they're
living in the twilight of an era. The world has been broken
beyond fixing. They can't waste any more time or effort
The Pacific Northwest Page 31
propping up old, doomed structures – whether physical or
societal.
If a fall is inevitable, mitigate the impact at the end.
Even in the Pacific Northwest, where the war's direct
effects were local and limited, infrastructure and industry
have broken down. Their remnants are running on sal-
vage, and that will work only as long as the salvageable
parts (and the knowledge to use them) last. Cascadians
are using what they still have, but they're using it to buy
time for setting up more sustainable systems that will get
them and their children through the end of the collapse and
beyond. Homes are being built or refitted to work without
electricity. M113s will remain in service only until breeding
programs produce sufficient cavalry horses.
Plan for generations, not election cycles. Cascadi-
ans embrace a long view. They are the founders of a hav-
en of knowledge that can outlast (and defend itself against)
the coming tides of desperation and barbarism. They're
planting seeds that they hope will, in a few decades, sprout
into a gradual and well-planned return of industry, once the
rest of the continent is stable enough to handle it.
Deliberate, sustainable progress. Cascadians are en-
vironmentalists, but realists. They understand the carrying
capacity of land under different models of agriculture, and
they know 20th-century industrial farming isn't going to be
possible for a very long time. They've already seen famine
and they know it's only going to get worse, even in the area
that currently enjoys the continent's most-favorable grow-
ing conditions. When the food stops, everything stops, so
Cascadia is an agricultural society first. This also means
resource extraction for other needs must not compromise
agricultural land. Plans for the eventual resumption of
industry will put environmental preservation first.
Societal triage. Current and imminent resource short-
ages mean the Cascadians and the other American suc-
cessor governments can't save everyone, so they shouldn't
waste their limited resources trying to do that. There's a
limited amount of room in the Cascadian lifeboat. Those
who won't align with the movement's tenets and the needs
of the day will be encouraged to go elsewhere – if nec-
essary, at gunpoint. This doesn't mean people who can't
work are exiled, though, so long as they can contribute
something (or they've earned charity through service to the
movement). A mind is just as valuable as a pair of hands.
Whether this should extend to some measure of eugenics
in a post-nuclear gene pool is a hotly-debated point in Cas-
cadian communities.
No one is coming – it's up to us. The Cascadian
sense of betrayal by the old federal government has given
way to an acceptance that there is no outside help. Ev-
erywhere is hit equally hard, so there is no untouched
elsewhere from where help will come. Cascadians are
self-reliant, seeking to solve problems at the local level
before asking for aid from the rest of the Territory. This
extends to self-defense, where the ideal (if not the current
reality) is for every adult Cascadian to be capable of militia
service. After all, sooner or later, the barbarians will be at
the gates...
The Okanagan Country
The Okanagan Country (or simply "the Okanagan") is a
geographic region spanning the Washington-British Co-
lumbia border. On the U.S. side, it occupies north-central
Washington, east of the Cascade Range and north of the
Yakima Valley. In the rain shadow of the Cascade and
Washington Coast Ranges, its deep valleys and craggy
mountains are Washington's coldest and driest terrain. Its
larger Canadian portion encompasses a swath of country
running up the Okanagan River's valley past Kelowna.
Before the war, its main industries were logging, outdoor
recreation, and agriculture. It's wild country, full of ghost
towns (some abandoned more than a century, others de-
populated much more recently) and people who generally
want to be left alone.
Today, the Okanagan is Washington's least-populated
region. About half of its scattered settlements profess
some degree of Cascadian allegiance. The rest are
apolitical and generally suspicious of newcomers. Most
residents lived here before the war, though a handful of
transplants from Seattle arrived before the Thanksgiving
Massacre.
Milgov had little presence in the Okanagan. The area
was too sparsely-settled for marauders to thrive – indeed,
Page 32 GDW
several bands that had descended from British Colum-
bia found themselves forced to return to a rough sort of
legitimacy, begging for sanctuary in villages to survive the
winter of 1999. Communities were largely self-reliant. Ab-
sent a need for greater strength, an Air Force detachment
at Omak sent small patrols in monthly circuits to provide
medical and technical assistance, postal service, and the
occasional merchant escort.
When 1-194 Cavalry moved through the area in Janu-
ary 2001 on its way to its Idaho reconnaissance mission,
it made contact with the tiny Omak cantonment to brief
the airmen there on the division's change in leadership.
Already feeling like they were on the frontier of a slowly-dy-
ing empire, most of the troops accepted the change with
equanimity. A few days later, when news of the Valentine's
Eve Massacre caught up with 1-194, the squadron abort-
ed its mission and returned to Omak to wait for any other
Proconsular loyalists.
No senior officers were in the contingent of Proconsular
forces that fled east from Seattle. Lacking any leader with
intimate knowledge of the Proconsul's full plan, the troops
who settled in Omak and the Okanagan have self-con-
sciously avoided adopting too many Romanesque trap-
pings. They have, however, followed the Proconsul's vision
for establishing new unit heritage. 1-194 Cavalry is now
the 1st Cascadian Cavalry Regiment. The local Air Force
personnel, formerly of the 62nd Airlift Wing from McChord
AFB, merged with the remnants of the 147th Forward Sup-
port Battalion to form the 4th Cascadian Defense Support
Regiment.
Since then, a steady trickle of Cascadian-aligned
Seattleites has reached the Okanagan. Many of these
came from rural backgrounds before moving to the coastal
urban areas and now seek a return to their roots in a locale
better able to support the Cascadian vision. With their
aid and the local knowledge of its ex-Air Force personnel,
the 4th Defense Support is beginning to shift the region
toward long-term sustainability. Meanwhile, New America
in the Inland Northwest has taken note of this emerging
movement and is trying to determine if it's a potential ally
(suitable for an eventual backstab) or a rival that must be
smothered in the cradle.
Encounters: The Colville Indian Reservation, including
State Route 55 between the towns of Omak and Coulee
Dam (see below), is organized. Forces encountered on
SR 55 will probably be Cascadian. Elsewhere on reserva-
tion lands, they'll likely be from the Colville Confederated
Tribes, a Native American nation which is now loosely
aligned with (albeit still suspicious of) the Cascadians.
Outside this area, the Okanagan Country is independent,
shading toward insular near the Columbia River in the east.
OMAK
The largest community in the American portion of the
Okanagan, Omak was the local timber industry's hub and
the region's economic center. Under Cascadian influence,
it's now a center for cottage industry development, with
several workshops making the tools that villages through-
out the Okanagan will need in the coming decades. The
former community college campus is now a school in
which former city-dwellers learn agriculture and trade skills.
Omak is also the region's main Cascadian military base,
home to the 1st Cavalry and the 4th Defense Support.
Encounters: Omak is of town size. Territory within a
25km radius is organized.
COULEE DAM
Coulee Dam's importance to the Okanagan far out-
weighs its size. It was founded to support the construction
of the Columbia River's Grand Coulee Dam and remained
the anchor for U.S. Bureau of Reclamation operation and
maintenance of the dam and its Lake Roosevelt impound-
ment. The dam was America's largest hydroelectric power
source before EMP destroyed its control systems. Unfor-
tunately, the lake is unsuitable for aquaculture due to high
levels of heavy metals from Canadian mining runoff.
While strict Cascadian thought calls for only technology
that can be sustained on the local level, robust renewable
energy is generally acceptable. Thus, restoring even a
tithe of the dam's generating capacity is a high priority for
Cascadian leaders – and being able to eventually offer
power exports to Seattle would give the Proconsul's suc-
cessors significant bargaining power. The Cascadians are
also monitoring water quality in the hopes that the demise
of upstream mining industry may allow safe cultivation of
fish stocks. A 1st Cavalry detachment maintains security
for the civilian workforce.
Encounters: Coulee Dam is a village by 2001 stan-
dards. Territory within a 25km radius of the town, and of
Lake Roosevelt's shoreline, is organized.
The Willamette Valley
Oregon's most fertile region begins at Portland and
runs south for 250km. Bounded on three sides by moun-
tains (the Cascades, the Oregon Coast Range, and the
Calapooya Mountains), it's an alluvial plain threaded with
rivers, including the eponymous Willamette. Its agricultural
production was storied before the war.
Despite the lack of nuclear strikes, Oregon was not
spared the general collapse of 1997-99. The overseas
deployment of its National Guard units meant the state
had few resources for relief operations. State government
never quite imploded, but its ability to aid citizens outside
the capital of Salem and the surrounding Willamette Valley
was so limited as to be nonexistent. This was not aided
by deserters from the 40th Infantry Division, who decided
they'd rather be petty warlords in Oregon than soldiers in
California.
By late 2000, steadily-increasing marauder problems
(including ex-40th ID troops and at least two bands of
shipwrecked Soviet sailors) had reduced the state govern-
ment's zones of control to the central Willamette, a small
stretch of adjacent coast, and pockets around Bend and
The Pacific Northwest Page 33
Medford. Other settlements tended to their crops and fish-
eries, hunkered down behind their small militias, and tried
to look less vulnerable than their neighbors. In Portland, a
coalition of marauders and gangs had seized control of the
city and was looking hungrily southward.
After the Proconsul's troops raided the 47th ID's supplies
at Longview, their course took them across the Columbia
River into Oregon and down US Highway 30 into Portland.
Apparently unaware of conditions in the city, the Procon-
sular lead elements ran directly into an ambush and were
massacred. The main body reacted with disproportionate
force, blasting a path through western Portland. Once the
city was pacified to their satisfaction, the formation con-
tinued south to seize Salem, Corvallis, and Eugene. With
the state capitol in their hands and the leaders of Oregon's
rump government captive, collaborating, or on the run, the
Proconsular troops were now the state's strongest orga-
nized faction.
With no effective opposition and most of the local
citizens willing to accept Proconsular authority if it meant
continued stability, the movement has undisputed control of
the Willamette Valley. Current operations focus on consol-
idating local resources to support the Cascadian long-term
vision. The next stage, planned for summer and autumn
2001, will see Proconsular troops extend their reach to the
coast, as well as south and east, with marauder clearance
operations followed by civil affairs and outreach missions.
Portland will need to be pacified eventually, but the Casca-
dians aren't above leaving the gangs as a temporary buffer
between themselves and their former comrades in Seattle.
Encounters: The entire Willamette Valley is organized,
with all military encounters being Cascadian. Marauders
and smugglers will likely be from Portland. Salem, Corval-
lis, and Eugene are cities by Twilight: 2000 standards.
SALEM
Before the Cascadian arrival, Salem's population swelled
to near its prewar numbers as citizens from across west-
ern Oregon sought state government aid in the Willamette
Valley. The result was a public health crisis, with dense-
ly-packed squatter and refugee communities becoming
breeding pits for cholera, plague, and other diseases. One
of the Cascadians' first actions was mass triage: relocat-
ing the healthy, quarantining the ill, and allocating medical
resources to those likely to recover. This policy's broad un-
popularity is tempered by grudging acknowledgement that
it did save lives. Salem is now recovering, both medically
and functionally.
Not inclined to let a perfectly good symbolic building
go to waste, the Cascadians now use the former Oregon
State Capitol as the Territory's administrative headquar-
ters. Cascadian Defense Command occupies the adjacent
Page 34 GDW
Department of Education building. Cascadian leaders also
have recruited many surviving employees of the city's three
higher education institutions, consolidating them in a plan-
ning and outreach center at Willamette University. The 5th
Cascadian Security Regiment is based in Salem, its local
defense capabilities augmented by rotating detachments
from the 2nd and 3rd Infantry Regiments.
CORVALLIS
Corvallis' government survived the war largely intact
and, unlike most Oregon cities, retained a functioning
police department that formed the core of its militia. Under
constant pressure from the state government and other
communities to share the fruits of its preparedness and
fortune, it was already halfway to Cascadian ideals before
the Proconsul's troops came knocking. Unsurprisingly,
Corvallis is now the heart of Cascadian support in the Wil-
lamette. It's also the cantonment for most of the region's
Proconsular troops. The eventual plan calls for construc-
tion of a base on the grounds of the former Camp Adair, a
WWII Army training facility now part of a state wildlife area.
For the meantime, though, the 2nd Infantry, 6th Defense
Support, and 7th Artillery Regiments are all housed in Cor-
vallis proper.
BEAVERTON
This Portland suburb was the site of some of the fiercest
fighting during the Proconsular forces' reprisals against
the city's gangs. Not content to let bygones be bygones,
the Cascadians maintain a garrison here to keep tabs on
events in Portland and to discourage any of the surviving
syndicates from casting their eyes southward. What began
as the 3rd Infantry Regiment's firebase is growing into a full
Cascadian community as Portlanders flock to Beaverton
for security. The base is on the grounds of the former Nike
corporate headquarters.
Encounters: Unlike the Willamette Valley, Beaverton
is a cantonment oasis in the otherwise-terrorized Portland
area. Beaverton itself is of town size, with survivor commu-
nities throughout Portland generally being no larger than
villages. In any Portland-adjacent area other than Beaver-
ton itself, treat any large unit encounter as slavers.
Working With What We Have
Although the Joint Chiefs consider the Territory of Cas-
cadia in a purely military light, it's a mistake to underesti-
mate the movement's civilian side – or its less-ardent but
still broad support among both Okanagan and Willamette
citizens. Unlike Milgov, the reformed federal government,
or New America, the Cascadians have a clear vision of the
future and are taking concrete local steps to ensure they
don't die alone in the dark next winter.
Broadly speaking, Cascadian civilians (who vastly
outnumber the troops) fall into two main categories. The
first is the original core of prewar political activists and
counterculture adherents who are the most fanatical about
the coming dark age. Generally well-educated by prewar
standards but lacking the survival skills necessary for the
current era, they're now playing catch-up. The second
is the broader base of rural residents from central Wash-
ington and Oregon. Most of them reached the Cascadi-
ans' conclusions independently and see the movement
as a support structure that's more relevant to them than
the Joint Chiefs or the Omaha government. Cascadi-
an citizens (even militia members) are generally Novice
combatants but Experienced or better in their respective
professions.
The movement's military side, the Cascadian Defense
Force, is composed of Experienced and Veteran troops
from the 47th Infantry Division, mostly the Proconsul's own
1st Brigade Minnesotans. A number of Iowans from the
34th Infantry Brigade also hold Cascadian loyalties, as do a
handful of Illinois troops from the 66th Infantry Brigade and
a few Air Force and Navy personnel. Surprisingly, a few
dozen formerly-hardline Soviet POWs also defected to the
Proconsul's banner, lured by the movement's socialist un-
dertones. Across the force, morale and cohesion are high.
Cascadian allegiance was a conscious choice the troops
made, rather than the loyalties their former comrades retain
by default.
Lacking the resources or the immediate need to re-equip
en masse, Proconsular troops still use their U.S. Army
equipment. Their uniforms do replace the American flag
with the Doug flag and Army unit insignia with new regi-
mental heraldry. In alignment with the Cascadian philos-
ophy of gradually decreasing reliance on prewar industry,
most units are training with black powder weapons and
bows, though they still carry standard small arms for the
time being. They've also recruited heavily from the Willa-
mette Valley's historical re-enactor subculture for lessons in
sword, axe, and polearm fighting techniques, and a grow-
ing number of troops carry their melee weapons of choice.
VEHICLES
Like the 47th ID, the Cascadian Defense Force has a
small number of light AFVs. Also like the 47th, it's working
on increasing that number. When the Proconsular loyalists
withdrew from Fort Lewis, they took several disabled ve-
hicles that were awaiting repair after the Battle of Seattle.
These included two M60A3s and an M728. Their subse-
quent plundering of the Longview supply depot netted a
shipment of repair parts from Colorado. The CDF also has
several trailers of diesel fuel from the same raid; these are
set aside for the tanks' eventual use.
1st Cavalry Regiment is the best-equipped Cascadian
unit in terms of AFVs. However, in its isolated location, it
lacks the parts and fuel from the Longview raid.
SEAPOWER
The Cascadian Defense Force holds little coastal ter-
ritory, but it does control the former Coast Guard stations
at Coos Bay and Yaquina Bay. The latter site is the new
homeport of USCGC Acushnet (WMEC-167). This cutter
The Pacific Northwest Page 35
was one of the last WWII vessels still on active duty during
the Twilight War, and her crew – mostly Coast Guard and
Navy reservists – threw in with the Proconsul. The last of
her class in commission, Acushnet was formerly a U.S.
Navy salvage and rescue vessel and makes no preten-
sions of being a warship, but her eclectic mix of heavy ma-
chine guns, light autocannon, and recoilless rifles proved
sufficient against Soviet hovercraft off British Columbia.
The CDF also has the Coast Guard stations' 52-foot mo-
tor lifeboats Intrepid and Victory, as well as several smaller
craft. All of these are crewed by former Navy personnel
from Seattle. So far, these detachments have had little
work beyond assistance of local fishing vessels, though re-
cent reports of coastal marauders may spur them to ramp
up operations. Acushnet remains moored in Yaquina Bay
due to lack of fuel, though she can sortie in an emergency.
Founding Figures
A movement like the Cascadians doesn't arise overnight,
nor without strong leadership. The following individuals
were instrumental in bringing the Territory together. Wheth-
er they can hold it together remains to be seen.
PROCONSUL THOMAS FREDRIKSEN
Scholar, professor, legislator, commander – one thing
Thomas Fredriksen was not short on was qualifications
to lead. Perhaps the most polarizing figure in the Pacific
Northwest's recent history, he was either a visionary or
a traitor, depending on one's perspective. He was pos-
sessed of unquestionable brilliance and charisma, and his
performance as a combat commander was impeccable.
Until he began laying the foundations of his own pocket
kingdom, he was one of the Joint Chiefs' most valued
subordinates.
Fredriksen was critically wounded in the Valentine's Eve
Massacre and has not made a public appearance since.
He may be convalescing, dead, or mostly-recovered but
remaining incognitio to foil assassination attempts. The
referee is free to determine his current status. This profile
is based on his capabilities at the time of the counter-coup.
Capsule: Fredriksen was a slim blond Midwesterner of
about fifty, with pale blue eyes and a neatly-trimmed Van
Dyke beard. He walked with a pronounced limp due to
combat injuries sustained on the retreat from Alaska, but
refused to use a cane despite sometimes-considerable
pain. Other than his beard, his only non-uniform affectation
was his signature Minnesota Vikings baseball cap; he also
flew a Vikings flag from his command vehicle's radio an-
tennas. Fredriksen was a Veteran tank commander and a
superb leader and politician, usually armed with his issued
M9 and accompanied by a personal security detail.
Motivations: Spade Ace: Although profoundly uncom-
fortable with public speaking, Fredriksen was exceptionally
good at it. He was more in his element in one-on-one con-
versations, where he could discern someone else's motiva-
tions within a few minutes. Regardless of the audience, he
was immensely persuasive, usually with well-constructed
rational arguments rather than the demagogue's appeal
to base emotion. Spade Queen: Fredriksen saw himself
as the man willing to do what must be done, regardless of
the personal or societal cost. He was not a sociopath –
his captured journals reveal deep regret at the sacrifices
he saw ahead – but he was convinced of the necessity of
ruthlessness for the greater good.
CASSANDRA GUZMAN
Though she lacks formal title, Cassandra Guzman is the
de facto head of Cascadian civil government. A long-time
fixture of the Seattle environmental and Cascadian region-
al identity movements, she was one of the first civilians
Fredriksen approached when he recognized the need for
support outside the military sphere. Already making her
own preparations for the imminent collapse, Guzman im-
mediately signed on. Her commitment and her reputation
born of decades-long activism were instrumental in rallying
many other Cascadians to the Doug flag.
Guzman was Fredriksen's only real equal in his inner
circle, and frequently the sole person to tell him "no" when
his military subordinates were unwilling to dispute a bad
course of action. She remains an influential advisor to the
Cascadian Defense Force, but most of her time is spent re-
organizing the remnants of the Oregon state government to
Cascadian ends. She lives in her office suite in the capitol
and sleeps about three hours a night.
Capsule: Guzman is in her late sixties, with thick glass-
es, a waist-length braid that's gone mostly gray from its
original glossy black, and sharp features that reveal her
quarter-Chinook heritage. A pragmatist with a lifelong dis-
taste for "suits" both literal and metaphorical, she typically
wears cargo pants and fishing vests and is a conversation-
al blunt implement (though a charming one). By profession,
she's a geologist and ecologist, and a lifetime spent in civil
engineering consulting roles has given her political and
corporate contacts throughout the region. She's a Novice
combatant but a well-rounded expert in her chosen fields.
She has a bodyguard; also, when she's going into a tense
situation, her fishing vest conceals the large-caliber revolv-
er she carried for bear defense in the backcountry.
Motivations: Spade 10: Guzman hears the clock ticking
whenever she isn't working. She was diagnosed with brain
cancer in October 1997, and the nuclear exchange wiped
away any hope of treatment. She is consumed with the
need to establish a stable foundation and long-term plan
for the Territory of Cascadia. She doesn't know how much
longer she has before the tumor starts affecting her mental
acuity, so she's not willing to waste any time whatsoever.
Heart 7: Guzman's strength as a leader comes from her
ability to make people feel like they belong and that she
cares about their well-being. People rarely decide to follow
her – it's more that they find themselves swept along in her
wake, anxious to not disappoint her.
Page 36 GDW
LIEUTENANT COLONEL DOUG MCCALL
The high point of Doug McCall's brief Army career was
getting out in 1984 after serving as a Ranger in Grenada.
Determined never to be in infantry combat again, McCall
went back to college on an Air Force ROTC scholarship,
eventually commissioning and becoming an F-16 pilot.
Stationed at Eielson AFB when the Soviet invasion hit
Alaska, McCall flew close air support for American and
Canadian troops, operating from Canadian dispersal sites
after Fairbanks fell. He was shot down in September 1997,
ejecting over friendly lines and linking up with a platoon
from 1-194 Cavalry. When the platoon leader was subse-
quently killed in action, McCall took over despite his better
judgement. This brought him to Fredriksen's attention and
tutelage. When Fredriksen assumed command of the 47th
ID, he placed McCall in command of 1-194 Cav (despite
McCall's strident pleas for a staff position).
Today, McCall remains in command of the 1st Cascadian
Cavalry Regiment. As the leader of the isolated Cascadian
faction in the Okanagan Country, he's trying to actualize
his commander and mentor's vision – and to re-establish
contact with the greater Cascadian presence in the Willa-
mette Valley.
Capsule: Short, squat, bent-nosed, and prematurely
balding, McCall is about as far from the cinematic fighter
pilot ideal as it's possible to get. No matter how much time
he spends on personal grooming, he perpetually looks like
he just got out of bed after sleeping in his uniform, which
also puts him pretty far from the cavalry trooper ideal. He's
a lifelong practical joker, and one of his greater disappoint-
ments with his current lot is that he can't indulge himself
because it's unfair for the commander to prank the troops.
Under no circumstances will he ever admit that he's okay
with being a ground combatant again. McCall is a Veteran
NPC. His preferred personal weapon is an M249 SAW.
Motivations: Club 10: Despite his constant requests
for reassignment (which, by now, his troops see through)
and his lack of formal training, McCall is actually a compe-
tent cavalry commander. Accustomed to thinking in three
dimensions, he uses elevation and terrain features to his
advantage and can pick routes to positions that most would
consider inaccessible. Club 9: With a fighter pilot's reflexes
and aggression, McCall is a capable personal combatant
who usually gets in the first shot. Hesitation is for losers.
Guardians in Pacific Twilight
The Cascadian Defense Force adopted new unit desig-
nations and heraldry to distance itself from its U.S. Army
origins. However, the formations themselves remained
largely intact (with the caveat that no unit defected to the
Proconsul with 100% personnel retention). The table on
the following page summarizes the current and former
identities of the new CDF regiments.
1ST CASCADIAN CAVALRY REGIMENT
As Fredriksen's former command, 1-194 Cavalry was
a favored unit even before the Proconsul declared the
Territory's independence. It was badly mauled during the
retreat through British Columbia, and by all rights should
have been folded into 1-94 Armor instead of the other way
around, but Fredriksen refused to let his old unit perish.
When the Cascadian regimental scheme was developed,
1-194's precedence as the 1st Regiment was a foregone
conclusion.
1st Regiment's final orders were to conduct reconnais-
sance against New America. The Valentine's Eve Mas-
sacre interrupted these plans, forcing it to take and hold
territory in the Okanagan. It's still aware of the NA threat
and has been trying to turn over more responsibilities to
the 4th Defense Support Regiment and local militias. In
the meantime, several small patrols are heading east to
determine just how big of a problem NA is going to be for
the Territory.
Assets: Part of the unit's reorganization after the Battle
of Seattle was a conversion from tracked to wheeled trans-
port, turning over its remaining M113s to 1-236 Infantry in
exchange for LAV-family vehicles pulled from other units
and Fort Lewis spares. It came out ahead on the ex-
change and is still able to move more than half its troops
under armor. It's also engaged in a large-scale breeding
program for cavalry mounts (and training for the troopers
who aren't already horsemen).
3RD CASCADIAN INFANTRY REGIMENT
The former 2-135 Infantry had led a charmed existence,
taking the lightest casualties of any combat battalion in the
47th ID. That changed in Portland, when the newly-re-
named 3rd Regiment's vanguard was massacred in a gang
ambush. When Cascadian Defense Command decided a
permanent outpost in Beaverton was part of its strategy,
the regiment demanded the assignment.
3rd Regiment has converted the former Nike world head-
quarters campus into a firebase from which it can strike
most of Portland (shoe jokes will meet with pointed remind-
ers that Nike was the Greek goddess of victory). Sever-
al gang assaults on the base have resulted in severely
lopsided casualties, doing little to quench the soldiers' thirst
for vengeance. The troops haven't crossed the line into
outright atrocities yet but there's a notable lack of prisoners
in their after-action reports.
The Pacific Northwest Page 37

Assets: 3rd Regiment has no AFVs, relying on FAVs,
HMMWVs, and civilian pickups. It does, however, have a
double-strength mortar complement, thanks to an early raid
in which it seized a quantity of ex-Oregon National Guard
tubes from the gang that formerly possessed them. It's
also gained strength since moving in, as it's been actively
recruiting and training local civilians who've had enough
of the gangs' uncoordinated reign of terror. Several
Guardsmen with information technology backgrounds have
restored limited solar power and some computing capacity
to parts of the Nike campus, giving the regiment not only
a modern tactical operations center but what may be the
Pacific Northwest's only LAN gaming facility.
5TH CASCADIAN SECURITY REGIMENT
The melding of the 47th Military Police Company and the
147th Military Intelligence Battalion into a single combined
internal/external security apparatus may be the Proconsul's
most ominous decision. So far, the two disciplines haven't
become a fascist secret police agency, but liberal-minded
and historically-aware Cascadians are keeping a close,
paranoid eye on the 5th Regiment.
To its credit, the regiment does try to leave most law
enforcement to the Corvallis Police Department, which is
now recruiting and training to expand its services to the
rest of the Willamette Valley. Its own policing functions
are limited to keeping order among Cascadian troops and
maintaining security at the Salem capitol complex. Its intel-
ligence component is concerned primarily with the external
threats of the 47th ID, local marauders, and the remnants
of the Oregon state government. However, aware that it
will eventually need to be more of a full-fledged intelligence
service, the regiment is developing some espionage ca-
pability, using law enforcement personnel with undercover
experience as trainers.
Assets: The regiment has a pair of M750 armored cars
and all three air defense vehicles in Cascadian service.
These vehicles are assigned to the capitol security detail.
It also has a some SIGINT and electronic warfare capabil-
ity. Its auxiliary facility at McNary Field holds two OH-58
Kiowas, two UH-1 Hueys, a civilian AS.350 air ambulance,
and several light fixed-wing aircraft, but a lack of mechan-
ics and fuel keeps all of these grounded.

Regiment Heritage Units Location 5/01

1st Cascadian Cavalry (Proconsul's Own) 1-194 Cavalry (MN NG) Omak
2nd Cascadian Infantry (Varangians) 2-136 Infantry (MN NG) Corvallis
3rd Cascadian Infantry (Winged Victory) 2-135 Infantry (IA NG) Beaverton
4th Cascadian Defense Support (Legacy Eternal) 147th Forward Support Battalion (MN NG) Omak
62nd Airlift Wing (USAF)
5th Cascadian Security (Stirges) 47th Military Police Company (MN NG) Salem
147th Military Intelligence Battalion (MN NG)
6th Cascadian Defense Support (Graven in Stone) 682nd Engineer Battalion (MN NG) Corvallis
142nd Fighter Wing (OR ANG)
7th Cascadian Artillery (Mountain Lions) 1-151 Field Artillery (MN NG) Corvallis
Page 38 GDW
The Inland Empire
One of the benefits of a street education is a pretty good
instinct for bad situations. From the moment we rolled up
to the checkpoint outside Twin Falls, I had that feeling.
The troops on the barricade were well-turned-out, all
their gear in order, alert and oriented. Fresh uniforms,
all matching. Disciplined. Professional. But those aren't
qualities exclusive to the good guys, despite what Hol-
lywood told us, so maybe appearances were not to be
trusted.
After it was over, I couldn't point to any one thing that
had cued me. But a lot of little things hung together. Their
CO was using all the right words with the captain but he
wasn't actually talking to her. He was really addressing
Sphinx. Which meant he wasn't just avoiding eye contact
with the captain, but also Keren, who, for all his laid-back
Zen leadership style, has a lot more rockers on his rank
tabs than anyone else. In this day and age, even people
who can't spell "O-3" or "E-8" generally can recognize them
as the authority figures in the room.
His guys weren't ignoring the captain, though, nor Bailey.
But they weren't paying attention in a good way. It was
more of a meat, not people, way. And they were looking at
me and Keren and Chao like meat, too, though a different
kind of meat. Specifically, the dead kind.
So, okay, I'm used to people feeling obligated to try to
to kill me for the flag on my shoulder or a line on a map.
But the way they were adjusting their positions, a little too
casually and a little too coordinated, showed me some
lines, too. They were clearing each other's lines of fire and
they were moving where some of us wouldn't have imme-
diate cover. When they threw down, which was going to
be any second now, they were going to drop the guys who
didn't look like them. I didn't know what they planned to do
about the ladies, nor the guys who happened to share their
ancestry, but I was not particularly interested in not being
around to find out.
The Pacific Northwest Page 39
The area of the Pacific Northwest from Idaho to the Cas-
cade Range's eastern slopes was sparsely-populated even
before the bombs fell. Culturally and economically distinct
from the densely-inhabited Vancouver-Seattle-Portland
megaplex, the eastern Washington and Oregon counties
were perpetually at odds with the coastal cities that dom-
inated prewar state politics. Northern Idaho likewise was
always somewhat detached from its own state's southern
majority. Centered on Spokane, the Inland Northwest was
shaped by railroads, mining, and hydroelectric power –
economic engines that built fortunes in the late 19th centu-
ry, giving the region its appellation of "Inland Empire."
The aforementioned dissatisfaction with state politics, as
well as a sense of frontier identity far-removed from Wash-
ington, D.C., made the region a fertile recruiting ground for
New America. Worse for all other parties in the region, the
climate changes brought on by nuclear autumn now make
it one of the shattered country's few productive agricultural
areas – one firmly in the hands of a power that paints itself
as the only rightful successor to American rule.
Regime Change Begins at Home
As analysts sift through reports from around the con-
tinent, the remnants of Milgov's DIA and the Broward
administration's FBI both find themselves baffled by New
America. The term had emerged in a few prewar investiga-
tions into extreme right-wing militias and arms traffickers,
but usually as a general phrase ("bringing about a new
America") rather than a proper name. The emergence
of New America cells across the country in January 2001
suggests a well-synchronized organization, but neither
Milgov nor federal government investigators have yet been
able to trace any ongoing coordination between those
cells. Moreover, individual cells appear to be conducting
widely-varied operations driven by equally-diverse agendas
and ideologies.
In truth, this is deliberate, following the master plans that
Carl Hughes set forth in the Eagle Papers. Hughes and his
upper-tier advisors were students of American regionalism
and structured each cell to exploit existing identities and
tensions in its area of operations. In the case of the Inland
Northwest cell, local citizens' live-and-let-live propensity for
individualism and personal liberty enabled New America to
gather broad support while keeping its less-savory activi-
ties out of the public eye.
BITTER SEEDS
The Idaho New America cells began subverting local
governments and identifying potential recruits long before
their activation. During the farm crisis of the 1980s, credit
unions and agricultural cooperatives backed by NA money
offered many Idaho farmers a financial lifeline, allowing
continued family ownership of generations-old properties.
This cemented personal loyalties to neighbors and local
institutions – institutions which, thanks to NA's apoca-
lypse-focused planning, were well-positioned to survive the
war where competitors might not.
USING THIS CHAPTER
All four major faction chapters follow the same basic format, but
the author is inordinately fond of clever section headers. In this
chapter:
• Regime Change Begins At Home covers the faction's history.
• Meet the New Boss examines current agendas and operations
in the region.
• New American Territories present critical locations.
• The Gem State Division lists the faction's available military
resources.
• Fathers of the Revolution introduces key leaders.
• The Other Side breaks from the standard format to present the
Milgov military units directly opposing New America's domi-
nance of Idaho.
This chapter assumes the referee is familiar with the New Amer-
ica movement as portrayed in the Airlords of the Ozarks, Kid-
napped, and Urban Guerilla adventure modules and the Howling
Wilderness sourcebook. For the sake of brevity, this sourcebook
does not reprint the foundational NA material from those works.
With a 95% white majority and Native Americans the
largest non-white ethnic group, Idaho largely lacked the
racial tensions that other New America cells exploited.
Instead, NA played on the nation's growing rural-urban di-
vide. Local newspapers and radio stations, similarly under
NA influence, subtly tilted public opinion against distant and
indifferent politicians and bureaucrats. They also threw
editorial support behind mayoral and state legislature can-
didates whose politics broadly aligned with NA's.
Finally, NA-aligned organizations and businesses
promoted self-reliance and disaster preparedness as civic
virtues. After the Mount St. Helens eruption sent ash
clouds across much of the state, and floods, earthquakes,
and grasshopper swarms followed in the early ‘80s, many
Idahoans were receptive to such messages. The state's
large Mormon population (second only to Utah's) was
particularly supportive, as were the various survivalist
enclaves that had independently moved to the Rockies in
the ‘70s and ‘80s. When nuclear war finally threatened,
leaders who'd convinced their neighbors to prepare for lean
years seemed like prophetic heroes.
HARSH RAIN
Although no Soviet warheads struck targets in Idaho,
fallout from the strike on Fairchild AFB in Washington drift-
ed across the state's northern reaches, and EMP effects
were a universal problem. With Idaho's National Guard
units already fighting in Europe and a resurrection of the
Idaho State Guard stalled in the state legislature, there
was no official force capable of leading statewide relief and
recovery work.
In an echo of the federal government's decapitation, the
Thanksgiving Massacre hit Idaho's state leadership hard.
Governor Raymond Galloway died of heart failure with-
in hours of the initial attacks, thanks to an EMP-induced
pacemaker malfunction. Lieutenant Governor Martha
Page 40 GDW
Sellers had been visiting the Idaho Air National Guard's
124th Fighter Group in Germany when tactical nuclear
strikes began in October, and was still trying to arrange
transportation back to the U.S. She was presumed killed
in a nuclear attack on the 124th's base in early December.
Immediately afterward, Idaho Senate President Kenneth
Ortega was killed in a car crash while en route to the state
capitol to be sworn in as governor. With no further guber-
natorial succession defined in its constitution, Idaho's state
government was effectively paralyzed. Individual cabinet
members took charge of their own departments but there
was no central coordination.
(New America would later hint that one of its agents
sabotaged Ortega's car to cause his death, implying that
the state government's decapitation was part of its master
plan. The Idaho State Police investigation, however, indi-
cated that Ortega struck an elk.)
Well-prepared for such an opportunity, the region's New
America cell didn't wait for formal activation to begin the
next phase of its work. Communication via prearranged
courier routes, message drops, and shortwave radio acti-
vated a long-standing contingency plan. Within a week of
the Thanksgiving Massacre, New Americans across Idaho
and western Washington and Oregon were rallying and
aiding their shocked and fearful neighbors. None made
mention of New America or a deeper agenda behind their
individual work, but all spread and reinforced the belief that
no federal assistance would be coming to the area. By the
spring of 1998, "you're on your own" was already a domi-
nant meme across the region.
POISONED FRUIT
Throughout 1998, attempts to reconstitute Idaho's state
government failed – only rarely with New American en-
couragement. Most of the state was more concerned with
day-to-day survival, especially in the face of the bubonic
plague outbreak, which began in Boise among Californians
resettled there under the Emergency Relocation Decree.
In the face of nationwide breakdowns of law and order,
local militias kept the peace through much of Idaho. In
eastern Washington and Oregon, detachments from the
104th Training Division served the same role until that
unit entered active service for Seattle's defense. The only
remaining federal presences in the region were the handful
of caretaker units left behind at Mountain Home AFB when
its tenant wing deployed to Europe and their counterparts
securing the ruins of Fairchild AFB.
Even with the collapse of industrial agriculture in 1999,
Idaho and its immediate western neighbors were able to
generate a small agricultural surplus (relative to the needs
of their surviving populations, at any rate). When the
central Milgov enclaves requisitioned these crops, many
farmers, primed by NA propaganda, resisted with startling
fervor. The 104th Infantry Division, redeployed here after
the Battle of Seattle, won no friends with its harsh enforce-
ment of anti-hoarding measures or its large number of
accompanying dependents.
By 2000, no effective governance above the local level
existed in Idaho, eastern Washington, or northeastern
Oregon. Marauders were a growing problem, composed of
equal parts coastal urban evacuees gone feral, survivalists
who'd stockpiled more ammunition and aggression than
seeds and skills, and far-ranging deserters from all sides
of the Pacific Northwest's battles. In the most successful
locales, civil society was held together by a few capable
and charismatic leaders – usually military retirees, prewar
farmer-activists, or New America members.
BLEAK HARVEST
On 01 January 2001, Carl Hughes activated Plan C of
the Eagle Papers. For New America in the Inland North-
west, this marked an evolutionary, rather than revolution-
ary, shift in its operations. NA came into the open and
began organizing. Formerly-compartmentalized elements
made contact with one another, shared inventories of sup-
plies and skills, and started figuring out what their locales
needed.
In a military, what followed would have been termed "civil
affairs." For New America, it was nothing short of estab-
lishing legitimacy. Medical assistance, infrastructure repair,
agricultural aid, bandit suppression, restoration of postal
service – NA began bringing back the services that neither
the Joint Chiefs nor the reconstituted federal government
could offer.
Out of public view, New America also launched two ma-
jor strikes against Milgov forces in the area. The first was
a pyrrhic victory that wiped out Fairchild AFB's defenders
but netted NA nothing. Any remaining material of value
had long since been secured and transported to Seattle,
and the remaining garrison, abandoned and forgotten, had
been halfway to petty warlord status itself. The second
strike was far more successful, capturing the port of Lew-
iston, ID. With Lewiston's loss, Operation Egret collapsed,
isolating the Washington Milgov enclave and cutting the
eastward flow of foodstuffs.
The Pacific Northwest Page 41
Emboldened by their success and the capture of a sig-
nificant amount of Army matériel at Lewiston, New Amer-
ica's leaders immediately pivoted toward Boise, hoping
to overrun the 104th Infantry Division's western outposts
and capture Mountain Home AFB. However, unexpected-
ly heavy resistance from units along the Western March
Route delayed the offensive long enough for the 104th to
withdraw in good order from Boise and fall back on Moun-
tain Home.
Meet the New Boss
At its heart, New America in the Inland Northwest is the
same mélange of fascism, racism, theocracy, and paranoia
that exists in every other NA enclave. The difference is
that here, the organization cloaks its extremism beneath a
veneer of respectability. Its provision of essential services
has averted catastrophe for no few survivor settlements.
Many of its high-tier members were pillars of their commu-
nities before the war, active in politics, business, agricul-
ture, or religion, and moderate in their publicly-held views.
The organization is introducing its agenda's more extreme
elements gradually, framing each one as a necessary sur-
vival measure in the face of increasingly-harsh conditions.
The split between the Joint Chiefs and the Broward ad-
ministration plays into NA's hands, too, as does the 104th
ID's brief role as locusts stripping the land for the benefit of
distant armies. Every NA cell promotes an outside enemy,
an "other," as a reason for unity and a justification for the
Security Division's actions. Here, NA says, the Omaha
government is impotent and irrelevant, composed of the
same career politicians who led the nation into nuclear
war in the first place, and reconstituted with casual dis-
regard for the Constitution it claims to uphold. Milgov is
even worse, a regime of generals who will feed every last
resource into the cauldron of a war that every side has
already lost.
Here, perhaps as nowhere else in the United States,
New America is winning the propaganda war. It makes no
overt claims to governance, but every day, it acts as if it
were the government, and those actions imply that it's the
least-illegitimate successor to the title. If left unchecked, if
its excesses and inequities stay hidden long enough, that
appearance may become reality.
INLAND IMPERIALISM
New America is playing a long game here. It's using its
members' skills to save lives, to restore infrastructure, to
stabilize and secure communities – and, in doing so, to win
hearts and minds. Its leaders want the Inland Northwest's
citizens to feel they owe New America something. In doing
so, NA gains the proverbial benefit of the doubt, which will
make potential resisters hesitate before opposing later,
more extreme changes.
The hierarchy of Natural Aristocrats, Citizens, and their
class inferiors is in place only in NA's most secure strong-
holds. Elsewhere, only the lowest tier of the new order
has been introduced. People classified as Long Contract
laborers ("Elsies") are exclusively outsiders, mostly evac-
uees from the coastal cities with no useful trade skills, and
they're conspicuously assigned to projects that benefit the
collective good.
Also unique to this cell is New America's success in
recruiting ex-Army troops. Mostly, these have been desert-
ers from the 47th and 104th Infantry Divisions as former
members of each unit pass through Idaho in attempts to
reach their respective prewar homes. In general, ex-mili-
tary personnel receive respectful treatment, thanks for their
service, safe passage through NA-held territory, and may-
be even resupply. All New America asks is that they think
on the movement's role in local stability and the nation's
future. That goes for the white troops, anyway. Veterans
of color trying to make the same journeys mostly get un-
marked graves unless they enjoy a particular combination
of rare skills and high gullibility.
New American Territories
It's difficult to draw a line on a map and say, "this is New
America territory." The movement prefers to influence,
then control, the people first. The land will come later.
However, NA's influence is strongest in western Idaho from
Coeur d'Alene to Lewiston, in eastern Washington between
the Idaho border and the Okanagan Country, and in far
northeastern Oregon. Here, it provides or supports the
providers of many essential services, and most residents
are somewhere between politely neutral and actively sup-
portive. It has the same level of capability in Boise and the
areas north and west of Idaho's largest city, but enjoys less
popular support.
LEWISTON
The West Coast's farthest inland port is the heart of New
America's paramilitary power in the Inland Northwest. Until
January 2001, this was the point at which shipments of Mil-
gov's Kansas fuel embarked on barges for transport down
the Snake River, and where Washington's food was trans-
ferred to trucks for the reciprocal journey. New American
forces timed their attack for when a barge string was in port
for loading and unloading, hoping to capture the maximum
possible amount of supplies. Surprise and targeted assas-
sinations of key leaders put the city and the port in NA's
hands without significant collateral damage.
Seizing Lewiston also gave NA control of its CCI/Speer
ammunition plant. The facility had been shut down follow-
ing the city's loss of electrical power in 1998, but a U.S.
Army Corps of Engineers detail had done most of the work
to restore it to limited operation. All NA had to do was
change the locks and follow the USACE's plans to finish
the job. Production is a fraction of prewar volumes and
supplies are running low, but the plant is still more than
sufficient for NA's small arms needs and is capable of pro-
ducing limited quantities of munitions for the organization's
few heavy weapons.
Page 42 GDW
Security in Lewiston is as tight as might be expected.
NA's hierarchy is fully implemented here and the remaining
population is under close Security Division scrutiny. Credi-
ble witnesses could damage the organization's image else-
where in its northwestern holdings, so no one but Natural
Aristocrats, Citizens, and vetted soldiers gets out.
Encounters: Lewiston is a city by 2001 standards.
Within a 10km radius, the area is a cantonment. For an-
other 20km, it's controlled. Beyond that, insular conditions
reign.
BOISE
Idaho's capital and largest city (before the war, holding
an eighth of the state's citizens) is a test of New America's
ability to control an urban population without overplaying
its hand. The city suffered little damage from the war and
civil unrest, but several years without maintenance or basic
utilities have taken their toll, most notably in the burned-out
blocks where cooking or heating fires got out of control.
Boise's main industries were computer component man-
ufacturing, food processing, and lumber. The tech sector
is dead and NA has limited interest in its resurrection, but
the other fields are invaluable in 2001. NA has commit-
ted much of its outreach capability to Boise to determine
which of Boise's former knowledge workers (and several
thousand Californian relocatees) can be re-trained to more
productive trades – and which are valuable only as Elsies.
NA also has a strong paramilitary presence in Boise, as
the city is its easternmost rampart facing Milgov's central
power base. The city is ringed in fortifications, and there's
limited mingling between the troops and the citizenry. The
Natural Aristocrats in command here don't want their sol-
diers getting too cozy with the future Seconds and Thirds in
case it becomes necessary to suppress civil unrest.
Encounters: Boise remains a major city and, within
the old city limits, a cantonment. The surrounding area is
controlled out to 30km. Beyond that, it's insular – except to
the southeast, where it's disputed thanks to Milgov forces'
dogged hold on Mountain Home AFB.
The Gem State Division
Grandiose name notwithstanding, New America's para-
military forces in Idaho are relatively strong by the stan-
dards of 2001's warlords. Embracing the appearance of
legitimacy, they wear uniforms, operate under NA's version
of military discipline, and drill under professional instruc-
tors. However, they are not soldiers by the U.S. Army's
standards, even in the postwar era. Their foremost mission
is controlling the populace, not protecting a nation's inter-
ests and citizens.
New American militiamen are typically of Experienced
or Novice quality. Most Veteran NA troops served in the
U.S. military in Vietnam or the smaller actions of the 1980s.
Age or injuries mean most serve in cadre or adminis-
The Pacific Northwest Page 43
trative roles. Only a bare handful of Elite personnel are
present in NA's ranks. Almost all of these are disaffected
retirees from the 19th Special Forces Group who moved
to northern Idaho as part of a group survivalism strategy.
They now serve as trainers for recruits deemed worthy of
advanced instruction and indoctrination.
Due to fuel scarcity, most New American units are
dragoons, combining mounted mobility with foot infantry
tactics. "Mounted" may mean either horses and pack an-
imals or mountain bikes, depending on the terrain and the
available forage for beasts of burden. Accordingly, troops
tend to travel light, living off the land or the "generous sup-
port" of local settlements.
PERSONAL EQUIPMENT
The New America uniform in the is the same woodland
camouflage BDU in use across the U.S. military, with a
boonie hat in the field or a royal blue beret in garrison. A
patch or armband bearing the NA flash of a white star on
a royal blue field is worn on the left shoulder and on the
beret. Web gear and other kit is older Vietnam-era sur-
plus. Body armor and helmets are very rare, as all of NA's
stocks of personal gear were bought on the civilian market
in the 1980s. Radios, NVGs, and other electronics are like-
wise rare and issued only to special units.
ARMAMENT
The New America Idaho cell uses the FN FAL as its
standard infantry rifle, preferring a cartridge that's also us-
able for hunting game in the Inland Northwest wilderness.
NA's FALs are Brazilian-manufactured rifles bought on the
Uruguayan black market and smuggled into the country
in the late ‘80s. A limited number of M16s and M177s,
captured from U.S. forces in early 2001, are available for
reconnaissance troops who need to pass themselves off as
Milgov personnel. Snipers use personally-owned hunting
rifles. Sidearms are typically prewar personal property,
though there's some prestige associated with owning one
of the Browning HP-35s stolen from a Canadian armory in
September 2000. The same raid netted NA a quantity of
L1A1s, but magazine and parts incompatibility with the Bra-
zilian FALs has relegated these rifles to recruit training.
NA has very little heavy ordnance. A smattering of M72
LAWs, M67 recoilless rifles, and M79 grenade launchers
were captured in early 2000, but these are far from stan-
dard across the force. A few units possess one or two
81mm mortars, either Canadian L5s or American M29s.
NA's only known artillery is four M116 pack howitzers of
unknown provenance.
VEHICLES
Civilian pickups and cargo trucks are plentiful in the
Inland Northwest but fuel is not, so NA avoids using these
when draft animals or human strength will suffice. A
handful of M750 and Peacekeeper armored cars fell into
NA hands at Fairchild AFB, along with one or two M113s.
More worryingly, the organization captured four Cadillac
Gage Stingrays at Lewiston and a fifth from the 104th
ID. It's unknown how many of these remain operational,
though. No more than two at a time have been sighted,
and NA regularly repaints their tactical markings to confuse
the issue. The good news, such as it is, is that the Sting-
rays appear to be completely out of main gun ammunition.
AIRPOWER
When New America took over Boise, it acquired the
Bureau of Land Management air fleet based there, as well
as a small fuel stockpile. It's kept four planes airworthy: a
de Havilland Twin Otter, a C-23 Sherpa, and a pair of OV-
10 Broncos. The latter are the most concerning to Milgov,
as the BLM had acquired them from the Marine Corps and
operated them in their unmodified military configuration –
including ordnance hardpoints. While NA has not yet flown
the OV-10s with armament, it's certain the organization is
exploring the possibility. All four aircraft can deliver small
numbers of paratroops, and unconfirmed intelligence sug-
gests NA may be training an airborne commando force.
SEAPOWER
Lewiston's capture also yielded the "Snake River Navy."
New America now possesses one of three towboats for-
merly assigned to Operation Egret, the Badger Mountain.
Without trade to conduct, the vessel is laid up in port along
with a collection of grain, petroleum, and general freight
barges. NA does operate a half-dozen former recreational
vessels to patrol the Snake River and its tributaries. It also
seized a motley collection of construction and service ves-
sels, which are in use maintaining the locks at the Lower
Granite, Little Goose, and Lower Monumental dams.
Fathers of the Revolution
Carl Hughes selected New America's leaders for an
optimum mix of ideological purity and ruthless hypercom-
petence. The Idaho branch's upper echelons exemplify
these criteria. Individually, they'd be forces to reckon with.
Collectively, they're among North America's most lethal
threat in 2001.
GLENN MCINTYRE, 38TH-TIER REGENT
Glenn McIntyre may have been prewar Idaho's closest
equivalent to uncrowned royalty. Hailing from Snake River
Valley farmer heritage, he was an environmental attorney
and lobbyist. He made his mark on state politics during the
1980s' farm crisis, organizing financial and legal aid that
kept many farm families in the black. In the early 1990s,
his prominence rose with several lawsuits that saw de-
structive resource extraction practices outlawed in favor of
agricultural, tourism, and environmental interests. He was
many pundits' pick for the 1994 gubernatorial election but
declined to run, stating that the time wasn't right. Instead,
he refocused on local economic development, using his
now-considerable fortune to bankroll a succession of small
businesses and technology startups across Idaho and
western Washington. Simultaneously a man of power and
Page 44 GDW
a man of the people, McIntyre was seemingly at the apex
of his career when the war erupted – and he vanished.
McIntyre resurfaced in mid-2000, leading what was
apparently a private militia in repelling a marauder attack
on Coeur d'Alene. Throughout the year, he and his fol-
lowers traversed northern and central Idaho, often arriving
just in time to aid to imperiled communities with medical
support, food, or firepower. By 1 January 2001, when
he announced his association with New America and his
assumption of state leadership, many Idahoans already
considered him their de facto governor.
Hand-picked by Hughes himself in the early ‘80s, McIn-
tyre rose steadily through New America's tiers. Since then,
his vision has shaped New America's Idaho strategy, even
before he assumed control of the region's coordinating cell
in 1993. As New America's Regent in Idaho, McIntyre en-
joys absolute control over all the movement's assets here.
The seat of his power is Lewiston, but he frequently travels
throughout New America's territory to keep his finger on the
pulse of his domain.
Capsule: McIntyre was always a ruggedly-handsome
man, well-groomed and well-attired, and his position at
the top of the pyramid enables him to maintain his prewar
standards as he approaches fifty. His personal style is
carefully calculated to blend the archetypes of the success-
ful western frontiersman and the populist politician. He
detests speaking in front of crowds, so he keeps his ad-
dresses blissfully laconic, but he has an excellent radio (or
courtroom) voice and is dangerously charismatic in smaller
settings. Despite his considerable leadership skills, he's
only an Experienced fighter; New America's paramilitary
trainers ensured he can take care of himself, and he was a
notable bar brawler in his younger days, but he's short on
actual gunfight experience. He usually carries the en-
graved Colt Python he received when he ascended to the
30th Tier. At the insistence of his security detail, he also
wears a concealed Kevlar vest when he's in public, but he
hates what it does to his tailored shirts.
Motivations: Club King: At heart, McIntyre is a sadist.
He'll settle for crushing his opponents in the political arena,
but his greatest pleasure comes from physically dominating
a subject, hearing them beg for mercy – and refusing. His
original outlet for these urges was bar fights in neighbor-
ing states, far enough from Idaho that he had anonymity.
When his public profile began to rise, he turned to more pri-
vate pursuits. In his current position, he frequently takes a
hand in the interrogation of high-value prisoners. Diamond
Queen: McIntyre has a fine appreciation for women – most-
ly as brutalized conquests. He and his wife are predators
of increasing appetite now that their position means they
don't have to hide the evidence any longer.
SHARON CAMPBELL-MCINTYRE, 37TH-TIER ADMINIS-
TRATOR
New America's brand of religious conservatism makes
it a largely patriarchal and sexist movement, but there are
avenues for a woman to ascend its tiers. Sharon Camp-
bell-McIntyre exploited two of these: she married well, and
she is aggressively capable in a vital field. Her first career
was in broadcast journalism for a Boise television station,
where her work in uncovering a statewide web of bribery
and corruption among mining regulators earned her a Pulit-
zer Prize for investigative journalism.
After she married Glenn McIntyre, her focus shifted
to public relations. With intimate knowledge of the local
media markets and how Idahoans' opinions were shaped,
she masterminded an incessant series of advertising and
lobbying campaigns. Together, she and her husband were
Idaho's foremost power couple, personally inseparable
even on the rare occasions when their political agendas
appeared to conflict.
Campbell-McIntyre is New America Idaho's lead nego-
tiator and publicist. She shapes the talking points that NA
deploys to sway settlements to the movement, she authors
the broadcasts that exhort Idahoans to rise from the old
America's ashes into something greater, and she softly
murders the credibility of witnesses to NA atrocities. More-
over, she's a gifted instructor, and her corps of spokespeo-
ple and seditionists (which, with ironic glee, styles itself as
the Press Gang) is ubiquitous throughout the Pacific North-
west and beyond. Her agents provocateur operate from
Seattle to Cheyenne, spreading doubt and planting seeds.
Capsule: Aging gracefully into her late forties, Camp-
bell-McIntyre is a tall, slim woman whose fractional Nez
Perce heritage lends her a faintly exotic air. Her public
persona is cooly professional and calculating, a straight
razor in a charcoal-grey pantsuit, but she's a social cha-
meleon who can adapt in the blink of an eye to whatever
evokes the most favorable reaction in a listener. She's an
Experienced NPC in combat. Although she doesn't take
her husband's pleasure in winning fights, she grew up on
a ranch and honed her marksmanship on varmints and
trophy game before New America polished her skills. She
rarely goes armed but her security detail keeps a case with
her scoped Winchester 1894 close at hand.
Motivations: Spade Ace: Campbell-McIntyre is a gifted
manipulator with the patience to play multiple simulta-
neous long games. When she brings her full attention
to bear on someone, she can break or gaslight them in
a matter of days. At this point, though, the only people
deserving of her full attention are those who are particular-
ly obstinate problems or especially interesting challenges
(like high-Charisma player characters). Club 10: Camp-
bell-McIntyre is an accomplished sadist and sexual preda-
tor in her own right. Where she diverges from, and com-
plements, her husband is in her style. While she's happy
to savor violence, her pleasure comes from the light fading
from a victim's eyes at the moment they utterly submit to
her will.
The Pacific Northwest Page 45
MERLIN WINTERS, 31ST-TIER PROVOST
Merlin Winters was the CIA's first casualty of Afghanistan
– not in body but in loyalty. A junior case officer, Winters
was among those who facilitated the purchase of Israel's
captured Soviet-built equipment and subsequently trans-
ferred it to the mujahideen for use against Soviet forces.
His experiences among the Afghanis, and with Central
American revolutionaries during later assignments, turned
the stomach of a man whose ultra-right-wing upbringing
had predisposed him to despise the very people upon
whom his country was relying. By the mid-'80s, Winters'
once-fervent patriotism had soured. He was convinced
that reliance on foreign catspaws was but one of many
signs that the United States government was irredeemably
corrupted by liberals and lesser cultures.
Unlike most New America recruits, Winters found the
organization on his own and approached a Florida cell to
offer his services. The movement's leaders were initial-
ly cautious, fearing Winters was a plant, but a year-long
series of loyalty tests convinced them of his earnestness.
He cut ties to the CIA in 1986, vanishing into New Amer-
ica's network. When the Idaho cells activated, Winters
re-emerged as the regional head of the Security Division,
New America's secret police.
Winters' remit is intelligence and counterintelligence. He
often takes a personal hand in operations, leaving coor-
dination and administration to the headquarters staff he's
trained to his exacting standards. A professional paranoid,
he never moves precipitously and always has multiple
escape plans. His ideology is not so much racist as cultur-
alist – his vision of New America is the archetypal mid-
dle-class small town or suburb that existed only in 1950s
and ‘60s popular entertainment. He'll happily accept New
Americans of any race who act "properly," but will venom-
ously turn on even the most pure-blooded Caucasian who
shows signs of foreign or lower-class influence.
Capsule: An unremarkable middle-aged man in un-
remarkable working-class clothes, Winters is eminently
forgettable. With his thinning hair, reading glasses, and
soft voice, he could be any displaced office worker striving
to find a place in the post-nuclear world – until his delicate
hands sign another death warrant. Winters is a Veteran
NPC who's never without a micro-cassette recorder, a
miniature camera, a radio link to his nearby agents, and at
least three concealed weapons.
Motivations: Spade 10: In his own quiet, cold-blooded
way, Winters is a fanatic. Nuclear fire was just the first
step in purifying America. His task is to be a more selec-
tive filter, carefully removing the elements that threaten to
corrupt the new order. New America is the framework that
enables him to actualize this vision. Club 6: Winters is a
firm believer in the adage, "if you want to lose a fight, talk
about it first." Monologues are for the cinema. He lives by
(and has survived by) speed, surprise, violence of action,
and striking while the other side is still deciding whether it's
in a conversation or a fight.
FELIX YOUNG, 27TH-TIER MARSHAL
New America Idaho departs from the movement's stan-
dard structure in separating its paramilitary forces from the
Security Division's intelligence and police functions. The
resulting Militia Division, also styled the Gem State Division
in mimicry of the U.S. Army's divisional and regimental
nicknames, falls under the command of Felix Young.
Young's military career began in Vietnam, where he
served three tours in the 11th Armored Cavalry Regiment.
After the war, he returned to his native Louisiana, where
he took over his family's faltering motorcycle dealership.
Financial exigencies led Young to explore dealing in black
market military weapons, which connected him to an out-
law biker club with New America ties. An NA-backed bail-
out was enough to return the dealership to solvency – and
to cement the loyalty of an experienced armor officer. Now
free from the need to move guns for profit, Young main-
tained a respectable public persona through the 1980s,
though he remained in contact with white supremacist
gangs across the Deep South.
In 1994, an FBI investigation into a Georgia-based do-
mestic terrorist group drew uncomfortably close to Young's
brief career as an arms dealer. Tipped off by a sympathiz-
er within the Bureau and unwilling to lose Young's services,
New America relocated him and his family to Idaho, where
he was tasked with organizing the region's militia groups.
Given a clear goal and the freedom to pursue it, Young
excelled, and he was promoted to lead the Idaho Militia
Division shortly before New America went public.
Capsule: Young likes to believe that he was born a
century too late for the war he should have fought in. In
his mind's eye, he's a dashing, flamboyant cavalryman,
a transplanted flower of Confederate nobility. His auburn
facial hair is spectacular despite the first specks of grey,
and he plays up his Southern accent. He wears New
America militia uniform with the addition of a black Stetson
bearing a Confederate battle flag patch (specifically, that of
the Army of Trans-Mississippi). He flies the same flag from
any vehicle he personally commands. Young is a Veteran
NPC, usually armed with a rare Colt Scamp machine pistol
(and a hand-picked personal security detachment).
Motivations: Heart King: Young subscribes to the clas-
sic "Southern gentleman's" code of honor. He's chivalrous
toward ladies, generously hospitable to guests, gracious to
defeated enemies (so long as they're white), steadfast in
his freely-given oaths, painstakingly polite, and bloodthirsty
and prompt in avenging any insult. Club 3: A combat vet-
eran who knows insurgency from both sides, Young is com-
fortable with violence as a problem-solving method. He
has a keen eye for terrain and prefers maneuver warfare
with overwhelming firepower and artillery support.
Page 46 GDW
USING NEW AMERICA'S LEADERS
New America Idaho is more insidious and capable than some
other branches of the organization, partially because it does so
much ostentatious good for the people living under its rule (at
least, the white right-wing Christian majority and the token Native
Americans it deigns to recognize). Characters encountering it
without this sourcebook's omniscient perspective may consider it
a functional, acceptable successor government until they uncover
its atrocities. Its leaders are much the same: superficially noble
and working for the greater good, but irredeemably terrible in
private. Each leader's proclivities are designed to give players a
sense of dawning horror as they realize what they're dealing with,
dread if they fall into the enemy's hands, and righteousness upon
taking them down. These same qualities are also vulnerabilities
that canny players can exploit.
The McIntyres are serial rapists, abusers, and occasional murder-
ers. Their shared appetites make them inseparably loyal to each
other because together, they can get anyone they desire and get
away with anything they want. The referee should approach this,
and any other story element touching on abuse, with extreme
caution and sensitivity to players' tolerances. However, for the
right group of players (and characters), a reverse seduction that
plays on the McIntyres' hunger for psychological and physical
dominance may be the best way to get an agent into their confi-
dence or past their security.
Winters has an assassin's heart and an accountant's mind. He
plans so deeply that his plans have plans of their own. If he has
time to build a profile of an opponent, he can anticipate their most
likely actions and have measures in place to counter each one –
or to channel it where it'll do him the most good. Largely immune
to the sunk cost fallacy, he's not afraid to abandon a failed course
of action rather than ride it down in flames. If pressed, he will fall
back until he can reset. He expects professional opponents to do
the professional thing and amateurs to do the obvious thing, so
showing him what he expects and suddenly changing course will
throw him off balance.
Young is a capable commander and individual combatant, and
he's made the Gem State Division a credible regional threat. He
wants a decisive war with the 104th ID – though not necessarily
one of glorious open battle. Raids and deception are intrinsic to
his cavalry background and he's willing to use any means at his
disposal. On a personal level, though, he's a prisoner of his own
mythology. He's so deeply and publicly invested in his honor
code (which many of his troops have begun to adopt) that de-
parting from it would drive him into depression and undermine his
soldiers' loyalty. He's also a thoroughly-predictable racist.
The Other Side
In public, New America is careful to avoid referring to the
Joint Chiefs, the Broward administration, or their respec-
tive forces as "the enemy." Painting fellow Americans as
outright opponents will alienate too many citizens who still
cling to old allegiances. As a matter of policy, though, as
well as one of simple survival, NA needs to co-opt or de-
stroy the old order's last myrmidons as soon as possible.
104TH INFANTRY DIVISION (LIGHT)
The main Milgov formation facing New America in the
Inland Northwest was one of several training divisions that
the Joint Chiefs brought into active service in mid-1998. In
the case of the 104th ID (the "Timberwolf Division"), this
redesignation threw it straight into combat against three
Soviet divisions of armor and mechanized infantry. Lacking
heavy equipment (its training portfolio was primarily infantry
and military police), the unit suffered severe casualties
during the Battle of Seattle.
Once Seattle was secure, the 104th was ordered east
to secure Milgov's lines of transportation and communi-
cation to the Pacific Northwest – and to ensure the Inland
Northwest's farmers turned over their harvests. Neither the
104th's troops nor those of the 47th were pleased with this
development, as it left the 47th's National Guardsmen far
from their homes and forced the 104th's away from their
own. However, on paper, the 104th's TO&E made it more
suitable for conducting security operations in rough terrain
(and the Joint Chiefs wanted to ensure the 104th's local
loyalties didn't conflict with its assigned missions, particu-
larly when maintaining order or reapportioning resources).
The division initially moved by barge to Lewiston, lo-
cating its headquarters in nearby Pullman, Washington to
take advantage of Washington State University's facilities.
However, increasing marauder problems over the winter of
1998-99 drew more divisional assets into the Snake River
Basin. When the Joint Chiefs rejected the Broward admin-
istration's legitimacy, WSU leadership (which was function-
ing as Pullman's government) informed the 104th's com-
manders that it was no longer comfortable hosting what it
termed "supporters of an unconstitutional military junta."
Stung by the sentiment, the division relocated its center
of gravity to Boise and focused on its Montana and Idaho
areas of responsibility, leaving only token elements in place
to continue security patrols in the Palouse region.
The 104th's poor military-civil relations continued
through 1999 and into 2000 as its orders from Colorado
Springs put it increasingly at odds with local citizens. The
situation never quite dissolved into insurgency, but open
resentment, malicious or minimal compliance, and occa-
sional sabotage sapped morale and fed a steady trickle of
desertions. Operation Egret was something of a mercy:
tasked with securing the entirety of the Western March
Route, the division was able to move its headquarters
(again) to Cheyenne, Wyoming, and to remove most of its
remaining forces from Idaho. This may have preserved the
The Pacific Northwest Page 47
Timberwolves as a functioning division but it also provided
New America the opportunity to seize control of much of
Idaho.
Today, the division is spread thin between its headquar-
ters in Cheyenne, its main supply and support facility in
Pocatello, Idaho, its forward bastion against New America
at Mountain Home AFB, and its route security mission.
Division leadership is eager to retaliate against NA and is
all but begging the Joint Chiefs to relieve the Timberwolves
from their latter commitments so they can concentrate their
combat power in Idaho. The troops are less enthusiastic,
as memories of their poor relations with Idaho's citizens are
still fresh.
Assets: The 104th's only heavy equipment was what
it could misappropriate from Washington National Guard
stockpiles (i.e., what the 81st Mechanized Infantry Brigade
left behind when it deployed to Europe in 1997). Most
of these scattered assets died in the Battle of Seattle or
succumbed to poor maintenance over the following years.
The division now is down to one barely-functional M60A4,
one M728 CEV, and a handful of LAV-25s and ex-Air Force
armored cars. Civilian pickups have replaced many of
its original HMMVW squad carriers. Its fuel supply is not
abundant, but it is sufficient for limited mobile operations. It
also retains a full battery of 105mm towed howitzers, which
form the core of Mountain Home AFB's defenses.
58TH TRANSPORTATION BATTALION
At the beginning of the war, the 58th Transportation
Battalion ran the truck driver schoolhouse at Fort Leonard
Wood, Missouri. In addition to the obvious, its training
portfolio also encompassed recovery specialists and heavy
engineering equipment operators. It was attached to the
35th Engineer Brigade when that Missouri National Guard
unit was federalized in August 1996, and spent the follow-
ing two years supporting the 35th's operations in Illinois.
During this time, it drew on the Vietnam experience of its
senior NCOs, resurrecting their gun truck conversions for
convoy security and infantry support.
The 58th remained loyal to Milgov, breaking away
without conflict when the 35th declared its support for the
Broward administration. It briefly attached itself to the
194th Armored Brigade when that unit entered Illinois in
1999, but the 58th's personnel refused to fire on their for-
mer comrades in the 35th Engineers, earning the 194th's
contempt. When the 194th settled into its cantonment in
Cairo, Illinois, the Joint Chiefs ordered the 58th west to join
recovery efforts in Colorado and Wyoming.
The 58th went on to form Operation Egret's Idaho in-
termodal backbone. It operated the railhead in Cascade,
the barge port in Lewiston, and the 300-kilometer highway
link connecting the two via Route 95. When New Ameri-
ca seized control of Lewiston and Boise in early 2001, its
leaders expected the battalion's truckers to fold without
resistance. Instead, the Battle of Sawtooth National Forest
saw those truckers and their improvised AFVs blast a
bloody path through New American light infantry forces.
Withdrawing in good order, the 58th fell back to Pocatello,
where it has since operated alongside (but avoided absorp-
tion into) the 104th ID's support elements.
Assets: True to its origins as a training unit, the 58th has
been steadily inducting civilian recruits and bringing them
up to speed on its various missions. Consequently, it's one
of the rare units in 2001 that isn't hurting for personnel,
though the best new blood keeps getting poached for other
units throughout Milgov's central region. Its motor pool
has a good selection of trucks, both military and civilian,
ranging from basic cargo vehicles to specialized transports,
heavy wreckers, and various utility service vehicles. It has
no assigned AFVs but most of its trucks have at least a
GPMG and improvised cab armor, and it currently operates
a dozen gun trucks (2.5-ton, 5-ton, and HEMTT chas-
sis). Morale has been poor since the loss of the Lewiston
detachment and Battle of Sawtooth, despite the battalion's
performance in the latter. This is largely due to the loss
of charismatic commander Major Tom Blanchard. His
successor, Captain Gary Styles, is the epitome of a rigid
peacetime administrator unable to adapt to the needs of
combat command.
366TH SECURITY POLICE SQUADRON
The 366th was the U.S. Air Force's security unit for
Mountain Home AFB, 55 kilometers southeast of Boise.
The F-15s, F-16s, and KC-135s of the base's 366th Wing
deployed to Europe early in the war, which likely prevented
Soviet nuclear targeters from expending a warhead on a
mostly-empty facility. In addition to its base security mis-
sion, the 366th spent the war supporting Boise-area civilian
authorities in maintaining order and providing emergency
services. This yielded unexpected dividends when irate
local sources tipped off the squadron that a New America
attack was imminent, and the 366th successfully held the
base until a relief column from the 104th ID arrived.
Since then, the 366th has served as Milgov's reconnais-
sance and raiding force in the area. While such a mission
is a far cry from the usual Security Police taskings, the
unit enjoys intimate knowledge of the local area, thanks to
a large contingent of avid hunters, hikers, and mountain
climbers among its airmen. It's also well-connected with
the local civilian population, many of whom are no friends
of New America. Insofar as any Milgov unit in the Inland
Northwest is conducting special operations, it's the 366th.
Assets: The 366th is effectively a light infantry com-
pany, indistinguishable from its Army counterparts to the
casual observer's eye. It's short on support weapons and
it recently handed over its remaining armored cars to the
104th ID. Patrols move mainly by horse, though a handful
of HMMWVs and civilian 4x4 trucks are available for wilder-
ness use and base security. The squadron's greatest asset
is its local knowledge of both physical and human terrain.
Its intelligence flight has recently begun inserting teams
into Boise in civilian attire to gather information on New
America activities.
Page 48 GDW
The Bears of Vancouver Island
I remember when I heard about the Soviet landings in
Canada. It didn't make any sense then – why invade the
Canucks? It seemed like a waste of perfectly good troops,
but at least I didn't have to deal with them in Poland. Since
then, I've heard a few explanations, none of them making
any more sense than the last. Epic-scale psy-op, re-enact-
ment of Sherman's march to the sea, reclaiming Alaskan oil
for Russia?
Word is, the divisions the Kremlin sent over were
Category C conscripts and superannuated reservists, the
bottom of the barrel. Someone wasn't willing to commit
good troops to what they had to admit was a one-way mis-
sion. And the local remnants were supposed to be holed
up on Vancouver Island anyway, contemplating their dismal
futures after having painted themselves into a corner.
So when we headed up across the border to commit
some diplomacy, I wasn't expecting much action, and if we
did see any, I definitely didn't expect the other side to be
an actual threat. My mistake. Those Siberian farmboys
we ran into outside of Chlliwack may have started off as
the leftovers, but three years of surviving in hostile territory
have freshened them right up.
Those were no raggedy marauders. Ivan is off his island
and looking for trouble. The war might be over in some
places, but here? Someone definitely failed to give that
memo to the other side.
RED MAPLE
This sourcebook is set after the events of Red Maple, an adven-
ture published in Challenge #36 in which the player characters
are tasked with assassinating Major-General Timoshenko and
stopping his attack on the Vancouver Island Defense Force. This
chapter assumes partial success: Timoshenko escaped death
(though he was gravely wounded) and the attackers caused
enough collateral damage to impair the assault's coordination.
The Soviets were able to seize a few vessels, making themselves
more of a credible regional threat, but they failed to cripple the
Vancouver Island Defense Force.
The eponymous Red Maple organization, a Canadian commu-
nist underground cell, did not survive the events of the module.
Exposed as collaborators, its members were subject to ruthless
purges by the Vancouver Island Defense Force. Its head, Roger
Kirsch, died while resisting arrest. The survivors fled the region –
or sought refuge with the Soviets and have since been integrated
into the 62nd MRD.
If a group has played through that scenario before engaging with
this material, it's possible that the operation had a wildly different
outcome than the one presented here. The referee should adapt
or ignore as needed.
The Pacific Northwest Page 49
Operation Trubach ("Trumpeter"), the 12th Soviet Army's
invasion of the Pacific Northwest, was never intended to be
a campaign of conquest. Its military focus was on severing
American supply lines to Alaska, thereby supporting Soviet
efforts in that theatre. Politically, it was conceived as a
grand cavalry raid, a psychological assault to confront Ca-
nadian and American citizens with the war and undermine
their will to fight. The military objective was an unqualified
success, though circumstances prevented the Soviet Union
from capitalizing on the Aleutian Front's gains. The polit-
ical intent might have had some impact if the conflict had
remained a conventional one, but for most Canadians and
Americans, nuclear strikes were a far greater concern than
a few Soviet divisions on the Pacific coast.
In May 2001, there is no 12th Soviet Army. Two of its
major commands, the 120th Motor Rifle Division and the
76th Tank Division, have turned warlord, seizing control of
the coastal areas and islands between Ketchikan, Alaska
and Prince Rupert, British Columbia. The third, the 62nd
Motor Rifle Division, remains nominally loyal to Soviet ide-
als, though no government remains to give it orders. The
62nd MRD now occupies the northern half of Vancouver
Island, where it is still a threat to Canadian and American
interests in the region – or, from its soldiers' perspective,
where Canadian and American forces continue to threaten
its existence.
The Pacific Coast Campaign
A Category C reserve formation, the 62nd MRD was
activated on 1 November 1996 in Chita. Its reservists and
conscripts were originally slated to reinforce the Chinese
front, but in January 1997, Moscow sent it into action
against the 12th Motor Rifle Division, which had mutinied
shortly after its own reactivation in Divizionnaya. Bet-
ter-supplied and better-led, the 62nd pinned the 12th MRD
against Lake Baikal and put down the mutiny in short order.
The swift, intense campaign provided the 62nd's troops a
valuable first blooding. When Soviet commanders dis-
banded the 12th, reverting it to a logistics unit, the 62nd's
leadership appropriated their pick of the 12th's former
combat equipment, as well as those members of the 12th's
training cadre who the GRU deemed salvageable.
In March 1997, the division came under the command
of the newly-activated 12th Soviet Army and moved by rail
to Sovetskaya Gavan. It spent several months in training
for Operation Trubach, preparing for extended operations
in North America. In July 1997, it boarded a motley flotilla
of military and civilian transports and set sail under total
emissions control, screened by a skeletal task force from
the Soviet Pacific Fleet.
While the main Soviet thrust into Alaska focused on
Anchorage, selected units were laying the groundwork for
Operation Trubach. Spetsnaz units, supported by ele-
ments of the 2nd Arctic Mechanized Brigade, conducted
reconnaissance and raids along the Alaska panhandle and
into northwestern Canada, tying up the few defending units
and obfuscating the defenders' next moves. On the night
USING THIS CHAPTER
All four major faction chapters follow the same basic format, but
the author is inordinately fond of clever section headers. In this
chapter:
• The Pacific Coast Campaign covers the faction's history.
• The Second Pacific Coast Campaign examines current agen-
das and operations in the region.
• The Soviet Far, Far East present critical locations.
• Tools, Hard-Used But Still Sharp lists the faction's available
resources.
• Ambassadors of the Motherland introduces key leaders.
• The Bear's Teeth presents notable military units.
• The Other Side adds a section to the standard format to
introduce the Canadian forces opposing Soviet occupation of
Vancouver Island.
of 19 August, submarine- and ekranoplan-launched cruise
missiles struck several coastal cities and regional defense
headquarters with a mix of conventional and chemical
warheads. Spetsnaz troopers and the 2nd Arctic moved
in to mop up scattered defenders and seize control of port
facilities. By dawn, the 12th Army was coming ashore in
Prince Rupert, British Columbia.
Simultaneous with Operation Trubach, the parallel Oper-
ation Arfist ("Harpist") targeted Juneau, Alaska. The force
for this thrust was the 10th Soviet Army, composed of the
41st and 114th MRDs and the 14th Internal Defense Rifle
Division. These units had assembled at Petropavlovsk and
embarked simultaneously with the 12th Army and their own
rag-tag escort. Initial assaults focused on communities
throughout the Alexander Archipelago, clamping down on
the population and seizing the local fishing fleets before the
10th's main body disembarked at Prince Rupert.
The twin operations strained the surviving Pacific Fleet
and Soviet logistics throughout the Far Eastern Military
District – to say nothing of the credulity of NATO analysts,
who struggled to explain how the Soviets had assembled
the strategic sealift for a movement of this size. However,
the reality of six divisions hitting the Canadian and Alaska
coasts could not be denied, no matter how untrained and
understrength those formations were. The deployment of
thousands of troops on what was ultimately a grand-scale
raid underscored the vast depth of reserves upon which the
Soviet Union could draw.
MARCHING SOUTH
The 120th MRD landed in Prince Rupert first. Once
it had secured the city, the 62nd MRD came ashore and
moved inland, seizing anything of value. 12th Army's
orders were for an extended mobile campaign which would
culminate in evacuation from whatever seaport it managed
to seize. Living off local resources was part of the plan to
stretch its supplies.
Initial opposition was minimal, limited to local militias and
a few inconclusive skirmishes with Canadian reconnais-
sance troops. In early September, the 62nd MRD made
Page 50 GDW
contact with the cavalry screen of the U.S. 47th Infantry
Division, which 10th Army's seizure of Juneau had pushed
out of Alaska. Shortly thereafter, the Americans were rein-
forced by the fresh troops of Canada's Korean Command,
whose imminent deployment had halted when the Soviet
landings occurred. Initial exchanges were firmly in the
allies' favor, thanks to the Americans' undisputed air superi-
ority and the Canadians' home-field advantage.
After a month of steadily bleeding troops, 12th Army's
commander requested permission to employ his limited
number of nuclear-armed Scud-Bs. Far Eastern Theatre
leaders authorized nuclear release against military targets
only, calculating (correctly) that Canada would not permit
reciprocal American nuclear strikes on Canadian soil if
civilian population centers were spared. A flurry of atomic
warfare evened the airpower scales. The enemy had been
braced for a nuclear battlefield, though, and casualties
were lower than hoped outside the aviation units.
Though it failed to break American and Canadian op-
position entirely, 12th Army's use of nuclear weapons did
force 47th ID and its Canadian allies to continue moving
away from Alaska, isolating the American forces there
from further reinforcements. Over the autumn of 1997, the
62nd MRD advanced steadily south, while the 120th MRD
and 76th TD moved inland. The latter mission went poorly
for those divisions: poor synchronization between the Far
Eastern Theatre's headquarters and Moscow's strategic
nuclear targeting caught their lead elements in the mid-De-
cember strike on Prince George's oil facilities. Halting
for the winter, the divisions licked their wounds and took
out their frustrations on Price George's surviving citizens.
Meanwhile, the 62nd MRD settled into a slightly less-un-
comfortable cantonment in Bella Coola.
1998's spring thaw brought new orders – though not
from Moscow. The leaders of the 10th and 12th Armies
chose not to inform their subordinates that the Soviet
Union's government had effectively disintegrated and a
return home was unlikely. Instead, they agreed to contin-
ue as if their orders still came from home, maneuvering
to establish themselves as regional powers. In the north,
10th Army tightened its hold on Juneau. In the south, 12th
Army's targets were Vancouver and Seattle. The Soviet
advance was slow but inexorable. By late July, the invad-
ers had invested Vancouver, whose defenders were too
strong to bypass but too weak to pose a major threat, and
were pushing toward Seattle's suburbs to break America's
military strength in the Pacific Northwest.
The Battle of Seattle was supposed to be 12th Army's
final victorious push. Instead, the unexpected arrival of
the U.S. 104th Infantry Division and heavy use of chemical
weapons tipped the balance decisively in the Americans'
favor. Worse, as 12th Army was retreating, a Canadian
raid on 10th Army's headquarters captured evidence of the
commanders' deception. Under a flag of truce, Canadian
authorities passed copies of the incriminating documents
to the division commanders, hoping to negotiate a surren-
der. This gambit partially succeeded, with the 14th IDRD
and the 41st MRD eventually defecting to NATO after being
driven out of Juneau.
RETRENCHING
After the Battle of Seattle, the 12th Soviet Army retreated
up Highway 97. It was encamped at Williams Lake when a
Canadian negotiating party approached. All three divisions'
officers were publicly appalled at their superiors' treachery
– even if they had privately suspected something of the
sort, the lie's magnitude was staggering. Reprisals were
immediate, starting with the 62nd TD's political officers' ex-
ecution of their superiors and spreading swiftly through the
force. Few of 12th Army's headquarters staff survived.
The Pacific Northwest Page 51
The subsequent division commanders' conference was
an abject failure, though not a violent one. Colonel Utkin of
the 120th MRD and Major-General Bogdanov of the 76th
TD argued that any mission beyond their men's survival
was folly. Major-General Timoshenko, though, maintained
that the invasion's original objectives were still attainable.
The Pacific Northwest's strategic value to the American mil-
itary government now far exceeded the region's importance
to prewar America. Consequently, further action could
have far-reaching repercussions for the postwar world or-
der. Though persuasive, he was unable to sway his peers
to continue prosecuting a war they saw as unwinnable.
The divisions parted ways on 16 October 1998. The
62nd MRD moved west, retaking its previous winter can-
tonment of Bella Coola (to the displeasure of residents
who'd hoped the Soviets were gone for good after the last
time). From there, a series of coastal raids netted suffi-
cient boats and fuel for an amphibious assault on northern
Vancouver Island. However, no available vessels had
the capacity for the division's heavy equipment, which the
Soviets reluctantly cached on the mainland.
Life as an occupying force was not something for which
the division had prepared. The island's citizens had little
love for their new masters, and only the harsh imperatives
of post-nuclear survival elicited any cooperation. The
south half of the island remained under Canadian control
thanks to the Vancouver Island Defense Force. To make
matters worse, the division had isolated itself on an island
but lacked the capacity to project power by sea. It was
safe from most of its enemies, but it was equally unable to
act against those same foes.
The 62nd spent most of 1999 and 2000 securing its new
base area for the long term. Few of its troops had been
professional soldiers before mobilization, and their civilian
skills enabled them to establish a comfortable (by post-nu-
clear standards) existence. The greatest problem facing
Major-General Timoshenko was his troops' reluctance to
continue the war. A strategy of aggressive patrolling and
occasional supply raids proved a sufficient irritant to the
Canadian troops remaining in the area. The Canadians
obligingly reciprocated the provocations, ensuring Timos-
henko's soldiers remained alert and motivated.
The division's lack of heavy equipment meant it was un-
able to mount a conclusive campaign against Duncan, the
center of local Canadian resistance, much less the Ameri-
can troops remaining in Seattle. In late 2000, it began pre-
paring for a two-pronged operation against the Vancouver
Island Defense Force. One assault would target the Cana-
dian headquarters, while a second would seize key vessels
in the Canadian fleet, including several ferries capable of
transporting AFVs. This would set the stage for the 62nd to
recover the heavy equipment and supplies it had cached in
late 1998. Unfortunately for Timoshenko, a joint Canadian
and American commando raid on his own headquarters
crippled his command and control capabilities at the pivotal
moment, and the operation yielded only marginal gains.
The Second Pacific Coast Campaign
Today, the 62nd MRD is looking to the future for the first
time in two years. The raid in late 2000 cost it several key
leaders and gravely wounded Major-General Timoshenko,
who has only recently returned to duty. Overall losses
were relatively light but they have galvanized Soviet troops
who had been sliding toward complacency. Morale is high
and the division is ready to take the fight to the enemy
again.
Few soldiers want to return to the former Soviet Union.
Even in the Pacific Northwest's relative isolation, three and
a half years in North America have shown them the war's
Page 52 GDW
effects on civilian populations. They know things are no
better back home than they are here – in fact, for some,
their current material wealth and comfort exceed what they
had before the war. A few are intent on re-crossing the Pa-
cific, and Timoshenko encourages such dissenters to trans-
fer their allegiance to the 120th MRD, whose leaders are
contemplating such a move. In return, he receives a trickle
of former marauders who've found they prefer relative
stability under military discipline to the anarchic freedom of
the warlord lifestyle.
For Timoshenko, Operation Trubach's intent (if not its
precise plan) remains in his sights. The Pacific Northwest
is vital to the American military government's stabilization
efforts. If he can disrupt operations here, he'll set the
Joint Chiefs' plans back months, if not years. The longer
America remains divided and destabilized, the less likely it
is to ever re-emerge as a global superpower. Timoshen-
ko doesn't expect to live long enough to see a new world
order take shape, but he'll do everything he can to ensure it
isn't dominated by the inequities and injustices of American
imperialism.
Any military operation will need to preserve the can-
tonment that the 62nd has established over the past two
years. Farming in Vancouver Island's mild climate and
fishing the local waters provide a slight food surplus. This
drives trade with the 120th MRD and 76th TD, who hold
the remnants of 12th Army's logistics base at Prince Rupert
and operate two small cargo vessels. Most of the division's
spare parts and ammunition come from there, but combat
expenditures and the marauders' own operations have all
but exhausted those supplies. Timoshenko has a limited
window of opportunity for decisive action. If he believed in
a god, the recent schism within the American forces and
the appearance of New America would be a sign...
The Soviet Far, Far East
On paper, the 62nd MRD controls the northern two-thirds
of Vancouver Island, divided along a line running from Co-
mox's ruins through the Canadian-held town of Port Alberni
to the coastal village of Tofino. In practice, "control" is
much too strong a verb for most of this territory, which was
home to only 15% of the island's total prewar population.
Attrition and evacuations after the nuclear strike on Comox
further reduced this number, and the civilian population
under Soviet rule is now only about 40,000. Most of these
are concentrated on the eastern coast. Except for the
coastal patrol base at Winter Harbor, the surviving villages
on the island's north and west coasts are largely on their
own, a situation which their First Nations inhabitants greatly
prefer.
Even amidst a nuclear autumn, Vancouver Island enjoys
one of the mildest climates in Canada. The central Van-
couver Island Ranges run along the island's long axis,
creating a rain shadow that leaves the eastern reaches
considerably drier than the western region. The Pacif-
ic Northwest's recent weather patterns and the Soviets'
farming expertise have actually increased local agricultur-
al production, resulting in a slight surplus relative to the
local population's needs. Much of the land west of the
mountains is new-growth forest, now so unpopulated as to
effectively be untamed wilderness.
Encounters: Campbell River is the only settlement large
enough to qualify as a town. All other population centers in
the occupied territory are villages. Campbell River and its
immediate surroundings are a cantonment. The rest of the
occupied area is organized for encounter purposes, albeit
with little civil-military cooperation. The southern border,
where the Soviets skirmish with the Vancouver Island De-
fense Force, is disputed.
CAMPBELL RIVER
The town of Campbell River is physically in good condi-
tion, though EMP from the Comox and Nanaimo nuclear
strikes savaged its infrastructure. Its main industries were
aquaculture, which continues today, and paper production,
which does not. It is the largest population center in Van-
couver Island's Soviet sector. Major-General Timoshenko
established his headquarters here shortly after seizing
control of the area, making it the de facto capital of the
occupied territory.
Campbell River is home to the majority of the 62nd
MRD. The division's troops are quartered in three sep-
arate cantonments, close enough that each can support
the other two with a quick-reaction force or pre-registered
mortar fire. The first, containing Timoshenko's headquar-
ters staff, is centered on a former commercial strip and the
adjacent city marina. The second, where the majority of
the division's troops are quartered, spans a once-exclusive
housing estate and a country club now used as a training
facility. The third was once the Duncan Bay barge terminal,
now the motor pool for the division's remaining vehicles
and the location where two recently-captured heavy ferries
are undergoing militarization.
After two years of occupation, Campbell River's citi-
zens have settled into a rough equilibrium, but few have
accepted the Soviet presence as any sort of new normal.
Compliance with the military government and its subor-
dinate quasi-civilian administrators is the bare minimum
necessary to prevent harsh measures. The locals are well
aware that Timoshenko's troops come first in any resource
allocation, and the deliberately-visible rows of graves along
Highway 19 contain most of those who were once willing to
engage in outright sabotage or resistance.
COMOX
This city was home to CFB Comox, a Canadian Forces
airbase with both Maritime Command and Air Command
tenant squadrons. In addition to hosting coastal patrol and
air defense units, CFB Comox also was a major transpor-
tation hub for American and Canadian transport flights in
support of the Sino-Soviet and Korean fronts. This latter
function placed it on the short Soviet list of Canadian nucle-
ar targets. On 29 December 1997, it received a 750-kiloton
warhead, destroying the base and most of the city.
The Pacific Northwest Page 53
The Canadian government evacuated the survivors to
the mainland, leaving a light infantry force in place to deter
looters from entering the hot zone. The 62nd MRD ex-
pelled this garrison in early 1999 and established its own
radiological monitoring. By mid-2000, radiation levels out-
side the crater's immediate area were low enough that brief
forays into the ruins were an acceptable risk. A company
of the 1099th Motor Rifle Regiment occupies a firebase
on the city's west side, in the former Driftwood Mall, and
is surveying CFB Comox for items of military value. It has
the division's only NBC reconnaissance vehicle, a BRDM-2
RKhB (for game purposes, a BRDM-2 with no KPV and a
fourth seat for a chemical/radiological sensor operator).
GOLD RIVER
Gold River remains a logging community. Its pulp mill
is shuttered but its timber mill still operates, providing raw
materials for construction and repair throughout Soviet-held
Vancouver Island. Its central location also makes it a base
for internal security patrols throughout the 62nd's territo-
ries, and it's home to a disproportionately large garrison.
Early conflicts did not endear the Soviet occupiers to the
local residents and the mood remains sullen on both sides.
The local timber industry, as well as seagoing and sea-
plane tour operations, made extensive use of a small port
facility on Nootka Sound, 12 kilometers from the village
proper. The site is now abandoned and ignored by the So-
viets, its waters choked with logs that were awaiting export
when the nukes fell. Most of the facilities remain intact and
could provide both shelter and concealment. Moreover,
though the sound is far too dangerous for the occupiers'
rudimentary seamanship, a skilled coxswain could thread
the needle through these hazards, delivering a small party
to the Soviets' back door. Local inhabitants are aware of
this fact and the Department of Reconnaissance and Inves-
tigations has exploited it on occasion.
Tools, Hard-Used But Still Sharp
The 62nd MRD's current strength is just under 2,000
personnel, of whom 1,700 are its original troops. This
number is split evenly between young conscripts and
reservists in their forties and fifties. The remainder in-
cludes defectors (if they can be labeled as such) from
other ex-Soviet formations in North America; the survivors
of Red Maple, a local Canadian communist underground
movement exposed in late 2000; and a contingent of North
Korean maritime commandos who were shipwrecked in
January 2001 aboard a disabled vessel of questionable
provenance. Unlike most contemporary units, it includes
almost no defectors from opposing militaries, nor has it had
much success in local recruiting beyond Red Maple.
The division has another 500 demobilized troops who
are unfit to fight due to injuries or chronic illness. These
form the core of the cantonment's civil administration.
Many are reservists who were were active in local Com-
munist Party chapters before the war, giving them practical
experience in politics (if not governance) in addition to their
trade skills. Although technically civilians, they retain their
personal weapons and kit as both a badge of office and a
preparedness measure for last-ditch defense.
Regardless of current status, all troops are of experi-
enced or veteran quality. Most wear a mixture of uniform
remnants and locally-acquired civilian attire. The same
holds true for personal equipment and even armament.
Almost half the division now carries captured Canadian
and American weapons. Weapon issuance is standard-
ized at the company level, ensuring that each rifleman
can exchange ammunition with his immediate unit. This
widespread local procurement occasional causes problems
in determining whether a newly-encountered patrol is friend
or foe, so the 62nd has evolved a complex rotation of sig-
nals to aid in target identification.
The division's overall supply situation is poor. Fuel re-
serves for both land and water vehicles are very low. Am-
munition levels are adequate for small arms but critical for
heavy weapons. Spare parts are limited to what machin-
ists can improvise. The bright spots are food and medical
support – between a few hobbyist gardeners among the
reservists and two former drug dealers in Red Maple's
ranks, the division has a surprisingly-capable cottage phar-
maceutical industry.
Page 54 GDW
VEHICLES
The limits of available sealift capacity forced the division
to abandon or cache any vehicle weighing more than 15
tons before invading Vancouver Island. What remains is
a medley of Soviet and NATO light AFVs in a roughly 2:1
ratio, with the heaviest hitters a pair of BMP-1s. A steadi-
ly-growing boneyard of derelict vehicles is a parts source
for keeping the less-unreliable ones running. The same
holds true for cargo carriers, and the 62nd has confiscated
most civilian vehicles in its territory.
Reconnaissance surveys of the mainland – infrequent to
avoid leading observers to the treasure – confirm that the
major caches remain untouched. Collectively, these con-
tain the greatest weight of AFVs in the Pacific Northwest,
as well as artillery and heavy cargo and support vehicles.
Mechanics drained the vehicles' fluids, disconnected bat-
teries, and otherwise hastily prepared them for long-term
storage, leaving the appropriate tools in the caches too.
SEAPOWER
The division controls about 30 small fishing vessels,
using a mix of local labor and troops on sea details to bring
in the catch. A handful of the fastest have been converted
to gunboats, used both for maritime patrols and to prevent
fishermen from making a break for freedom. This fleet's
upkeep is a high priority, less for its security functions than
for its importance in keeping the cantonment fed.
Until late 2000, total "heavy" sealift capacity was a single
small rivergoing auto ferry. The raid on the VIDF netted
two roll-on/roll-off ferries, MV Powell River Queen (maxi-
mum 400 passengers and 240 tons of vehicles) and MV
Quinitsa (300 passengers and 180 tons). Both vessels are
being fitted with weapon mounts, scrap metal armor, and
other adaptations to the 62nd's sealift needs.
The division has two other recently-acquired naval
assets, neither of which is yet known to outsiders. The first
is the wrecked cargo ship that brought the North Korean
special operations troops to Vancouver Island. It's irrepa-
rable but its half-full fuel oil tanks are available.
The second, and more potentially destabilizing, resource
is the Krivak-class frigate Rezkiy. An escort for Operation
Arfist, Rezkiy spent the remainder of the war supporting
Soviet operations near Anchorage. Its officers turned
marauder in 1999 and spent the following year plundering
coastal communities until they lost an artillery duel with an
unusually-well-armed village militia. The surviving crew
decided to come in from the cold and turned south, seek-
ing allies who might not shoot them on sight. It's a miracle
Rezkiy made it this far – of its original complement of 181,
only 44 survive, and none of them are trained navigators.
Its bridge is trashed, its electronics long ago succumbed
to EMP, and it's in deplorable mechanical condition... but it
still has two functional 100mm guns. The survivors haven't
yet thrown in their lot with Timoshenko, but if he can make
them a better offer than the warlords to the north, Rezkiy
could change the balance of naval power in the region.
BURIED TREASURE
The number, contents, and location of the division's caches
are left to the referee's discretion. Based on the other Soviet
units remaining in British Columbia, the 62nd probably had no
more than four to eight tanks remaining after Seattle, most likely
older designs (T-55s and T-62s). A handful of BMP-1s are likely
present, as well as towed tube artillery, multiple rocket launcher
systems, and heavier support vehicles such as SPAA, ARVs, or
AEVs. A cache may also contain captured NATO vehicles, which
the division would have deselected due to maintenance needs.
Possible cache locations include:
• a rail tunnel, collapsed at both ends to deter trespassers
• a mine, similarly blocked from casual investigation
• a remote logging yard, with timber piled over the heavy equip-
ment
• a derelict auto ferry, hard aground but more structurally intact
than appearances suggest
• a marshy island, readily-accessible only during winter's deep-
est freezes
Ambassadors of the Motherland
The 62nd MRD would not have stayed a cohesive fight-
ing force without strong leadership. The following person-
alities have been instrumental in making that happen.
MAJOR-GENERAL JOSIF TIMOSHENKO
Josif Timoshenko was a veteran of both combat in
Afghanistan and relief operations in the 1988 Armenian
earthquake before he assumed command of the 107th
Tank Regiment. The former experience made him an avid
student of asymmetrical warfare despite his professional
focus on armor operations. The latter gave him an equal
appreciation for resource management and civil-military
relations. He was one of the first officers tapped for the
planning of Operations Trubach and Arfist.
Expecting an even longer campaign than the official
plans called for, Timoshenko was a cautious combat
commander, minimizing losses of troops and equipment.
He maintained this practice after attrition elevated him to
division command, and encouraged the use of captured
American and Canadian equipment and the exploitation of
local resources. Consequently, the 62nd both entered and
exited the Battle of Seattle with more intact combat power
than either of its sister divisions in 12th Army.
Timoshenko has little desire to be a warlord, but the
unlikelihood of a return Pacific crossing has forced him into
the role. Since seizing northern Vancouver Island, he's
focused on building a long-term base for the division. He
knows the war is effectively over but his strategic focus
remains on preventing America from using the Pacific
Northwest's resources to re-emerge as a great power.
The martial romantic in him wants to reclaim the division's
cached equipment and lead the war's climactic armored
assault into America, but the pragmatist knows how quixot-
ic this is.
The Pacific Northwest Page 55
Capsule: Formerly a heavyset but fit man in his late for-
ties, Timoshenko is now gaunt and sallow from the injuries
he sustained in late 2000. He's missing his spleen and one
kidney and needs a cane to walk. The deaths of several
close advisors and key headquarters staff have forced him
to take on many administrative tasks he'd formerly delegat-
ed, and he's trying to train replacements so he can focus
on planning his campaign against the Washington Milgov
enclave. He remains an excellent combined arms com-
mander but his injuries reduce him to only an Experienced
NPC in personal combat. These days, he's never without
bodyguards, who are far more dangerous than his own skill
with his Makarov.
Motivations: Club Ace: Timoshenko's combined experi-
ences make him better suited for today's war than the war
of five years ago. From a pure military standpoint, he's
the most capable commander in the Pacific Northwest.
He grants his subordinates far more flexibility than Soviet
doctrine allows, and never punishes failure if it involved an
honest mistake and a learning opportunity. Combined with
his conservative attitude toward combat losses, this engen-
ders fierce loyalty. Spade 4: Timoshenko knows he's good
and isn't afraid to acknowledge it. He frequently teaches
with war stories rather than doctrinal lessons, and these
takes feature him as the central, infallible hero. Most of the
troops eat this up, but veterans with equal experience find
the boasting a constant irritant.
MAJOR VERONIKA LAGUNOVA
Briefly an Mi-24 pilot, Nika Lagunova ended her Soviet
Air Force career in a field outside Bella Coola, courtesy of
a Canadian Javelin team. By the time she recovered from
her injuries, the scant aviation forces assigned to support
12th Army were out of helicopters, and she found herself in
a staff position with the 62nd MRD. Hard work and careful-
ly-calculated self-promotion brought her to Major-General
Timoshenko's attention, resulting in assignments of in-
creasing importance and prestige.
By the Battle of Seattle, Lagunova was a key player in
the division's operations planning – and one of Timoshen-
ko's proteges. Under his guidance, she scripted the am-
phibious assault that seized northern Vancouver Island with
only a handful of Soviet casualties. After the near-disas-
trous raid on headquarters in December 2000, she stepped
into her dead superior's shoes to become the 62nd's
operations officer. However, her real role is as Timoshen-
ko's personal envoy and troubleshooter, and she's one of
the very few officers he allows to conduct diplomacy on his
behalf.
Capsule: Lagunova is a diminutive blonde in her
mid-twenties, barely half a centimeter over the minimum
height requirement for Hind pilots. Only recently has she
begun letting her hair grow out from its helmet-compati-
ble crop, and it's currently an untidy mess that's not quite
Page 56 GDW

long enough for her to braid. She's a natural diplomat and

most observers miss the shark behind the pleasant smile.
Lagunova is a Veteran NPC, usually armed openly with a
Makarov and covertly with a vz.61 Skorpion in an attache
case.
Motivations: Diamond King: Lagunova lives in a world
of transactional relationships. She's always looking for
a price tag and is suspicious of anything offered freely
or out of charity. Her loyalty to anyone, including Timos-
henko, extends only as far as that person's utility to her.
Spade 8: The war is over but most of the people fighting
it haven't figured that out, so military strength remains the
surest route to personal power. Lagunova's vision is to be
anointed as Timoshenko's designated successor, laying
the groundwork for the day when she can succeed him as
commander of the 62nd and a regional warlord.

VASILY IGNATIEV
Vasily Ignatiev is the oldest soldier in the 62nd MRD.
Once a T-34 gunner on the Eastern Front, he was erro-
neously re-conscripted in 1996: somewhere in the Soviet
Army's bureaucracy, his birth year was recorded as 1971
rather than 1917. He claims he went along with it because
the absurdity was so archetypically Russian, but his real
reason was to keep an eye on his three grandchildren who
were also bound for service in the division. He quickly
became a divisional mascot – and despite his failing eye-
sight, there was nothing wrong with his ability to teach the
principles of gunnery and marksmanship.
the division's enlisted troops but he'll just as happily drink
Against all odds, Ignatiev survived the war, including and trade stories with American or Canadian veterans – or
several incidents where he seized command of IFVs after even serving soldiers, if they aren't actively trying to kill him
their assigned commanders were killed. Once the division or his comrades. The one exception is Germans; Ignatiev
settled into its Vancouver Island quarters, he was among occasionally laments that the division wasn't sent to the
the troops demobilized. He's now in charge of civil admin- Polish front where he could have killed a few more.
istration in Soviet-held territory.
Capsule: Ignatiev is a bald, bent, wrinkly, liver-spotted
frog-man. His blue eyes are clouded with cataracts and
he'll likely be blind in a couple of years, but his mind and
tongue both remain sharp. Between his military careers,
he was a factory manager and fire chief, skill sets which
now lend themselves to civil affairs. He rather likes most
Canadians and governs with a light touch, though his
conflict resolution technique starts with impatience and
ends with scorched earth. Despite his temper, Ignatiev
is a skilled leader, but he is combat-ineffective due to his
eyesight and other infirmities. He's rarely seen without an
adjutant/scribe/protector, a rotating position that's a prized
reward for highly-literate soldiers.
Motivations: Heart 10: Ignatiev feels he's mostly ac-
complished his self-assigned mission, as all three of his
grandchildren in the division have survived to date. Vanya
now commands a company in the 1099th Motor Rifle Reg-
iment, Ustinya is a radio operator in Major-General Timos-
henko' headquarters, and Vadik is one of the division's
two remaining doctors. Heart 9: Ignatiev's broad sense
of martial brotherhood embraces almost anyone who's
served under arms. He's a fixture of off-duty social life for
The Pacific Northwest Page 57
The Bear's Teeth
Most of the 62nd's units retain their original designations,
structures (adjusted for attrition), and roles. The following
are among those most likely to interest player characters.
4TH DISBAT
This unit's name, short for Distsiplinarnyi Batalyon
(literally "Disciplinary Battalion," usually synomymous with
"Penal Battalion"), is pure misinformation. Formerly 1st
Battalion of the 1100th Motor Rifle Regiment, 4th Disbat is
a company-strength reconnaissance force equipped en-
tirely with captured equipment. It performs the majority of
the division's scouting on the mainland, its patrols passing
themselves off as American or Canadian as needed.
The opportunity to escape Vancouver Island, even if it's
into nominally-enemy territory, is enticing to many of the
division's younger troops. Discipline is mostly strict but the
unit does have the freedom to trade freely with the locals,
which makes it a prime source for both licit luxury goods
and contraband. Its troopers lack the advanced training
and language skills of true Spetsnaz operators, but profi-
ciency in fieldcraft and at least minimal English or French
are requirements for entry.
Assets: Rare for the 62nd MRD, 4th Disbat is fully
mechanized. First Platoon has a Cougar, two Grizzlies,
and a handful of Iltises. Second Platoon operates a LAV-
25, a LAV-PIVAD, and several HMMWVs. Third Platoon
is mounted on civilian light 4x4 trucks. The unit includes
several former members of Red Maple, who serve as inter-
preters and cultural instructors.
FAR EASTERN PACIFIC FLEET
The Far Eastern Pacific Fleet's name began as a joke
but has stuck, taking precedence over its official desig-
nation (3rd Battalion, 1092nd Motor Rifle Regiment) to
the point that even Major-General Timoshenko uses it. A
mechanized unit turned naval infantry, it's responsible for
maritime patrols around Vancouver Island, and for ensuring
the loyalty (or at least cooperation) of the local fishermen.
Timoshenko hopes the skill these troops have gained in
small boats will transfer to operating MV Powell River
Queen and MV Quinitsa once the ferries' militarization is
complete.
The Fleet's home port is the former Campbell River ma-
rina. From there, it patrols Johnstone Strait and Georgia
Strait, which separate Vancouver Island from the mainland.
A two-boat detachment sails from Winter Harbour on the
island's west side, covering the seaward approaches.
Assets: Most of Vancouver Island's fishing boats remain
in their original owners' hands, but the Fleet frequently
embarks security detachments to ensure good behavior
– and to soften the imposition by lending a hand with the
catch. The Fleet also has seven former recreational craft
which it's refitted as patrol boats. Six have been equipped
with military radios, pintle mounts for DShKs or dual PKs,
and light armor around the cockpits and gun positions. The
seventh, a larger motor yacht sardonically named Little Po-
temkin, also boasts a SPG-9 recoilless rifle and a Vasilek
automortar; it's on call to support units in coastal firefights.
818TH SPECIAL COMMUNICATIONS COMPANY
Like the 4th Disbat, the 818th Special Communications
Company hides a lethal purpose behind an innocuous
name. It's a North Korean naval commando unit that ar-
rived on western Vancouver Island in January 2001, com-
ing ashore on Spring Island near the village of Kyuquot.
The Vietnamese-flagged freighter aboard which it arrived
remains grounded there, and the 62nd's logisticians are
scavenging its fuel oil and other consumables.
The 818th remains tight-lipped about what it was doing
aboard that freighter or how it wound up on this side of
the Pacific. It's equally unforthcoming about the contents
and current location of the crates it removed from the
ship immediately after its commander met privately with
Major-General Timoshenko. On other subjects, the com-
mandos are more open, though they resist integration into
the 62nd. They are interested in returning to the DPRK
eventually, though there seems to be no particular urgency.
Assets: The 818th's 31 survivors are all Elite NPCs.
Several speak Russian, most are fluent in Mandarin, and
all have native proficiency in Japanese. In addition to the
unit's North Korean kit, it has a full set of Japanese uni-
forms and small arms.
Page 58 GDW

an Command remained in British Columbia and have also

The Other Side been integrated into the VIDF, as have a few thorough-
The 62nd MRD doesn't enjoy uncontested dominion over ly-vetted Soviet defectors.
Vancouver Island. Vancouver Island Command, headquar-
Today, the force is organized as an armoured reconnais-
tered in Duncan, represents Canadian national interests in
sance squadron, two light infantry companies, and support-
the area. Formed after the nuclear strikes on the island, its
ing elements. It also has a coastal patrol squadron, which
original charge was relief work and evacuation of survi-
suffered significant losses in the December 2000 Soviet
vors, mainly around Victoria's still-smoking ruins. During
raid.
the Soviet push on Seattle, it deployed to the mainland,
bulldozing Vancouver's rubble into a series of defensive Assets: The VIDF has a small assortment of Canadian
strongpoints. This tied up a measurable fraction of the AFVs, the heaviest of which are two Cougars and a trio
invaders' strength, as it forced them to secure their supply of Lynxes. Two disabled Leopard C1s are dug in to cover
lines against a potential Canadian sortie. After the Soviet the main road approach and the harbor at Ladysmith,
withdrawal, the force returned to its quarters on Vancou- the home port of the coastal patrol squadron and most of
ver Island, only to find itself back in combat with the same Vancouver Island Command's other marine assets. After
adversaries when the 62nd MRD doubled back and landed the recent Soviet raid, all that remains are two roll-on/roll-
on the island's northern shore. off ferries and a handful of armed civilian craft. The force's
heaviest naval combatants, the Kingston-class patrol craft
Today, Vancouver Island Command numbers roughly
HMCS Nanaimo (MM 702) and HMCS Yellowknife (MM
800 troops, including several village militias that claim in-
706), were set ablaze and scuttled by Soviet saboteurs.
dependence but operate with Canadian Forces advisors in
It's uncertain if either is recoverable.
exchange for access to military supplies. Its commander is
Lieutenant-Colonel Christopher Campbell, who the Cana-
dian federal government has also appointed the island's
military governor. In practice, Colonel Campbell has his
hands full with military affairs, leaving day-to-day civil
administration in the hands of his deputy, Mayor Leighann
Hamilton of Duncan.
Encounters: Duncan and Ladysmith are cantonments.
Nanaimo and Victoria are devastated. The rest of southern
Vancouver Island is organized. Military encounters will be
with the VIDF.

VANCOUVER ISLAND DEFENSE FORCE

Vancouver Island Command's military arm, the VIDF,
was formed around the survivors of CFB Esquimalt (Mar-
itime Forces Pacific HQ), CFB Comox (a maritime patrol
airbase, and briefly a staging area for troops headed to Ko-
rea), and CFB Chilliwack (Canada's combat engineer train-
ing facility and lower British Columbia's military logistics
hub). To these troops, the VIDF added surviving Canadian
Forces regulars from other sites in the region, as well as
former law enforcement officers of both local departments
and the Royal Canadian Mounted Police.
In June 1998, the VIDF was augmented with the survi-
vors of the British Columbia Regiment and the Seaforth
Highlanders of Canada. Both reserve regiments had been
preparing to deploy as part of Korean Command when the
Soviet amphibious landings shifted Canada's Pacific focus
to self-defense. Under the newly-redesignated Northern
Command, these units had been the first Canadian forma-
tions to make contact with the invaders in September 1997
and had remained engaged until Alberta's secession, after
which they retreated to the Vancouver area.
The regiments brought with them a few American strag-
glers who'd become separated from their units; several
chose to remain under Canadian command. A handful of
South Korean liaison officers who were working with Kore-
The Pacific Northwest Page 59

DEPARTMENT OF RECONNAISSANCE AND INVESTI-
GATIONS
A creation of Canada's postwar government, the DRI
is charged with gathering intelligence on hostile powers
on, and adjacent to, Canadian soil. Its original focus was
the Quebecois secessionist movement, but it has since
expanded to include New America, the American military
and federal regimes, and the Soviet invasion forces. The
agnecy's Vancouver Island Command incorporates person-
nel from the now-defunct Canadian Security Intelligence
Service, the RCMP, and the 4th Canadian Ranger Patrol
Group, as well as Canadian Forces regular troops and a
few American stragglers, Soviet defectors, and British and
Japanese troops who were stranded in Canada when the
war went nuclear. More controversially, it also has recruit-
ed several non-violent criminals whose skill sets transfer
well to intelligence work.
Capsule: Jernigan styles himself a doddering, ab-
sent-minded professor, but it's camouflage originally
developed to avoid scaring his fellow academics and now
maintained in case he needs a Soviet assassin to un-
derestimate him. He's a walking historical library on the
golden age of espionage. Much of his original tradecraft
was obsolete by the time of his retirement, but with the
near-extinction of technical methods, old-school human
intelligence collection is back in vogue. Secretly, he's
delighted to be relevant again. Jernigan is in surprisingly
good health for a man in his late seventies, but age has
still reduced the once-forrmidable agent to an Experienced
combatant. He walks with the aid of a sword-cane and
conceals a custom HP-35 in a shoulder holster. He also
possesses a few 1940s-vintage suppressed firearms and
other disguised weapons and tools, which he may lend out
to favored proteges.

The DRI's Vancouver Island Command contingent is one
of the agency's more aggressive branches. It conducts
intelligence operations and direct action against not only
the 62nd MRD, but also New America Idaho and the ex-So-
viet marauders in the Prince Rupert area. Additionally, it
cooperates with the Americans' DIA Station Seattle, using
that particular definition of "cooperation" shared by allied
intelligence services that sometimes means "help" and
sometimes means "spy upon."
Assets: The DRI has an extensive armory of small
arms, infantry equipment, and surveillance gear, including
items of Soviet and Chinese origin. Beyond that, it owns
little but can borrow much, having priority claim upon just
about any resource Vancouver Island Command possess-
es. Its most important asset, though, is its province-wide
network of couriers, agents, and reporting sources.
Motivations: Spade Queen: Jernigan came of age
fighting Naziism and spent the best years of his life fighting
Communism and Socialism. He's fanatically anti-Soviet,
a stance which made him few friends among SFU's liberal
faculty but which now gives him the drive to keep going.
He's the ideological force behind DRI's missions. Heart 9:
Jernigan enjoys teaching and seeing his students come
into their own. He's equally happy lecturing at length on
economic drivers in a barter- and salvage-based economy,
the formative effects of the Great Game on Soviet foreign
policy, or the proper employment of a crossbow for covert
sentry neutralization.

GORDON JERNIGAN
As a young student and confidence artist, Gordon
Jernigan was recruited into the Special Operations Execu-
tive. After wartime service in Nazi-occupied France, he be-
came an instructor for, and later a Canadian liaison to, the
British intelligence services. He retired in 1983 and settled
into a comfortable second career as a political science
professor at Simon Fraser University, where he planned to
spend his twilight years shaping the country's future lead-
ers and gleefully infuriating the Canadian academic left.
Jernigan survived the war by being on a writing retreat at
his cabin in the Canadian Rockies when the bombs began
to fall. After several escapades involving local militias and
marauders, he made his way back to the Vancouver area
in the summer of 1999 and made contact with Major Mark
Anderson, the area's senior surviving intelligence officer
and one of his former students. Anderson quickly put his
one-time mentor to work as an instructor and mission plan-
ner. While Anderson is the Officer Commanding of DRI's
Vancouver Island Command, Jernigan is the leader who
usually devises the DRI missions to which player charac-
ters are assigned, and their most likely briefing officer.
Page 60 GDW

Petty Warlords and Pocket Kingdoms

We smelled them before we saw them. The wind whip-
ping over the lip of the valley carried their engine noise, but
also their exhaust. My salivary glands spurted as Keren's
stomach audibly rumbled. We looked at each other in-
credulously and he took a hand off the wheel to scribe an
arching "M" in the air.
The first vehicle to crest the rise was a LAV-25, the first
one I'd seen in years that wasn't carrying battle damage. It
was striped in tawny shades that blended with the tall prai-
rie grass, and the flag flying from the radio antenna was a
crimson field with a snarling cat head on it. The command-
er was riding out of the hatch, no helmet, and his hair was
a riot of bright blue spikes under the commo headset.
America is big. Comparing the classic Twilight: 2000
setting of Poland to this sourcebook's geographic focus
makes this abundantly clear. The combined area of Wash-
ington, Oregon, and Idaho is 2.1 times that of Poland – but
before the Twilight War, Poland had 4.4 times the popula-
tion of those three states. No corner of Poland escaped
the war; the Pacific Northwest's only major battle was
Seattle, and the Inland Northwest has yet to undergo more
than company-scale actions. All of these factors mean this
setting's map has a lot more blank spaces. In turn, smaller
local powers have more room to flourish away from North
America's major conflicts. This chapter examines several
of these small factions.

He took us in with a glance and politely slewed the turret

a few degrees away from us as his driver eased down the
incline and came to a halt. The next vehicle was an up-ar-
mored Hummer with something big and belt-fed behind a
gun shield, and it halted on the crest, not exactly covering
us. Bailey slowly eased the Ma Deuce down onto its travel
rest and lifted her hands from the grips.
We sat there for a second eyeing one another – us shot
to hell but clearly not done yet, and them freshly-washed
and fragrant. Keren broke the silence. "Hey, man. I think
we're glad to see you but why's your ride smell like french
fries?"
The Pacific Northwest Page 61
Palouse Autonomous Region
The Palouse region spans north-central Idaho and
southeastern Washington. Lying north of the Snake River,
its fertile prairies supported abundant wheat and dairy
production. During the war years, its isolation from urban
areas sheltered it from the worst of the civil disorder and
emergency relocation measures. Supply chain disrup-
tions and refugee-borne diseases took their toll, but by
mid-1999, most of the Palouse had stabilized at a 1930s
standard of comfort and technology.
Governance and defense above the local level were of
little concern until late 2000. The only need for organiza-
tion was the convoy system that took agricultural products
to Snake River port towns, bartered with the Milgov barge
strings of Operation Egret, and returned with spare parts
and medicine that couldn't be produced locally. As winter
drew nearer, though, increasing marauder activity required
a coordinated response. On Thanksgiving weekend, the
Palouse Autonomous Militia formed around an orphaned
company of the 104th ID.
New America's emergence a month later raised the
stakes even further. Suddenly, the Palouse was confronted
with a fanatical, well-armed neighbor casting an acquisitive
eye toward the region's fertile hill country. Under threat of
absorption at gunpoint, mayors from a score of communi-
ties braved the northern prairie winter to convene at Wash-
ington State University in Pullman. After a week of intense
debate, the Palouse Autonomous Region emerged as a
nominally-independent polity. The move toward unity came
none too soon – with New America massing in Lewiston,
the threat was at the Palouse's very doorstep, less than
40km from Pullman.
PULLMAN-WSU
A college town and the Palouse's largest population
center, Pullman was home to Washington State University.
Its isolation served it well after the Thanksgiving Massacre,
as many students remained on campus rather than return
to home cities that might be nuclear targets. Conventional
classes halted by the end of 1997 as university leadership
shifted to a survival stance, but those students who stayed
found themselves learning on the job as professors led
them in shoring up local infrastructure and resurrecting
cottage industry.
By late 1998, WSU had effectively supplanted Pullman's
municipal government, which had been far less able to
adapt even before a cholera outbreak killed most of its
leadership. The university also absorbed many assets of
long-term rival University of Idaho, located only 13km to
the east, which the same outbreak had also decimated.
WSU's long-standing agricultural and engineering exten-
sion programs were key to its stabilization efforts through-
out the Palouse. Fearing backlash, though, university
leadership was hesitant to use the resulting political power
until New America became the region's unifying threat.
Today, the merged city-university government of Pull-
man-WSU leads the PAR. The university resumed a
limited amount of classroom and laboratory instruction
after the 2000 harvest, with a freshman class composed of
equal parts youths from Palouse settlements and former
white-collar professionals seeking skills more relevant to
postwar realities. Aggressive (and desperate) innovation
during the war years left the community with a number of
resources atypical for a settlement of its size. Most no-
table to outsiders is the ability to produce biodiesel fuel
from local surplus crops, a situation possible only because
Palouse farmers are no longer selling to Milgov – but which
gives the PAM exceptional mobility. Campus radio station
KZUU broadcasts news, weather, live and recorded music,
literature readings, and anti-New America and anti-Joint
Chiefs political commentary.
Encounters: Pullman-WSU is the Palouse's only
town and its immediate area is organized. The rest of
the Palouse is mostly independent or insular, with some
outlying areas terrorized by marauders or New America.
Military encounters here may be the PAM or New America
incursions. Rolls for settlement attitude throughout the
Palouse receive a -1 modifier if the characters are openly
aligned with the Broward government, but a +1 modifier if
they are pro-Milgov.
PALOUSE AUTONOMOUS MILITIA
From September 1998 to August 1999, Pullman-WSU
hosted the headquarters of the 104th ID, which had moved
east from Seattle to "keep order" – a thinly-veiled euphe-
mism for ensuring the Palouse's farmers turned over their
harvests in accordance with government directives. The
assignment was popular with neither the troops nor the
local population, and while low-level discontent never quite
spiraled into insurgency, civil-military relations were in-
creasingly strained. The turning point came in July 1999,
when the Joint Chiefs broke from the re-formed federal
government. In response, Pullman-WSU authorities in-
formed the 104th that they would not harbor mutineers and
ordered the division out of the city.
To the surprise of both the division's and Pullman-WSU's
leaders, a number of troops were profoundly uncomfortable
with this turn of events and chose to side with the local
government. Rather than risk a confrontation that could
turn fence-sitters against him, the 104th's commander ac-
quiesced, saving face by framing his decision as "leaving a
military advisory force in place to assist with local defense."
Local sentiment was initially suspicious, fearing that the
troops might turn marauder, but the unit swiftly integrated
into the community once it was free of its agricultural sei-
zure mission.
On paper, the stay-behind unit was C Company, 1-414th
Infantry. It has since expanded to a nominal battalion. A
Company ("Axemen") is a training unit under the remnants
of WSU's ROTC instructors. B Combat ("Bearkillers") is a
reserve defense force for the Pullman-WSU area. C Com-
pany ("Cougars," adopted from WSU's mascot) remains an
active-duty motorized infantry force. When the PAR was
Page 62 GDW

former in early 2001, the battalion also became the com-

mand authority for about fifteen local militia units ranging
Yakama Nation
in size from a half-dozen grizzled gun collectors to a full Located in Washington's Yakima Valley east of the
platoon of survivalists and their closest associates. Cascades, the prewar Yakama Indian Reservation was
home to over 30,000 Native Americans of the Confeder-
Assets: Thanks to WSU's College of Mechanical Arts
ated Tribes and Bands of the Yakama Nation. Like many
and Engineering, C Company has not only maintained its
tribal governments, the Yakama Nation recognized the
inherited equipment, but recovered several derelicts that
coming collapse early and started preparations well before
the 104th ID left behind as unsalvageable. Its motor pool
America's general population. In addition to self-sufficien-
contains mainly LAV-25s and variants, including several
cy in medical services, food production, and other critical
locally-engineered Franken-AFVs pieced together from
areas, the tribal council quietly pursued the means for
salvage. All are running on biodiesel. A and B Compa-
self-defense in widespread civil unrest, assuming (correct-
nies have few heavy weapons and carry M1 Garands and
ly) that the United States government would be unable or
Springfield 1903s from the WSU ROTC armory and private
unwilling to fulfill its legal duty to protect Native American
collections. Most irregular militias muddle along with what-
tribes. Among these latter measures were the expansion
ever privately-owned weapons their members had before
of the tribal police force and the acquisition of a quantity of
the war, though some have American, Canadian, or Soviet
military small arms from the estate of a Nevada-based col-
military armament of questionable provenance.
lector. Training began in mid-1997 under the supervision
of several Yakama Vietnam veterans.
CAPTAIN KENNETH SHIMIZU
The first test of Yakama defenses came in January 1998,
Ken Shimizu began the war as an Army Reservist and
when exaggerated (albeit not entirely inaccurate) rumors
an avionics programmer for Boeing. He also was a WSU
of the tribe's emergency stockpiles led residents of nearby
graduate (M.S. Computer Science ‘94), which significantly
Richland to organize a reconnaissance in force. Police
aided his troops' acceptance into the community when they
easily turned back the probe with a volley of CS gas and
broke with the 104th. Shimizu commanded a mortar pla-
less-lethal projectiles. When a follow-on raid two nights lat-
toon in the Battle of Seattle, subsequently taking company
er replied to gas with gunfire, a platoon of the newly-com-
command and leading an anti-marauder task force along
missioned Yakama Scouts deployed with night-vision gear
the Canadian border. He now leads the PAM.
and battle rifles, wiping out the raiders while suffering only
Shimizu's decision to leave Milgov service was based on minor injuries of their own.
family history. Both his parents were born in WWII intern-
Two similar incidents served to convince the Yakama's
ment camps and he profoundly mistrusts military forces
neighbors that the reservation was serious about its prop-
that lack strong civilian oversight. He's strongly apolitical in
erty rights. Several survivors attempted legal action but
the Palouse – so long as the Autonomous Region remains
the Bureau of Indian Affairs supported the tribal attorneys'
loyal to the Broward administration or its legitimate suc-
position that the YNPD had acted within its authority. By
cessor. He considers New America a personal existential
mid-1998, the issue was moot, with the survivors of the
threat and shamelessly uses local fear of the movement to
local BIA office absorbed into the tribal government.
garner recruits and resources for the PAM.
The tribal council never adopted a hardline isolationist
Capsule: Shimizu is a self-styled "battle nerd" – a
stance (though it seemed that way to outside observers in
capable infantry tactician and software engineer and an
1998 and 1999). With no effective federal government and
unapologetic anime fan. He's ethnically Japanese, a san-
the Joint Chiefs barely aware of Native American affairs, it
sei – third-generation Japanese-American – with a runner's
did press its sovereignty far beyond the intent of its prewar
build, a casually-disarrayed spiky haircut just within regu-
"domestic dependent nation" status. By 2001, it's a de fac-
lations, and a charming smile. He is an Experienced NPC.
to independent nation – with arguably more cohesive gov-
In the field, he carries an M203PI grenade launcher as
ernment than Milgov or the Omaha capital. The tribal legal
his primary weapon (an unbroken string of Expert quali-
system is the sole justice system in force on Yakama lands,
fications attests that this isn't just an officer's pretentious
with jurisdiction now applying outside tribal citizens. In
affectation) and an M177 as a close-quarters backup.
terms of trade, the nation offers its surplus goods – main-
Motivations: Diamond 8: Shimizu likes comfort and ly livestock, timber, and grain – for manufactured goods,
convenience, and he's in denial about the state of the prewar salvage, and technical assistance in maintaining its
world outside the Palouse. While he intellectually knows infrastructure. It's recently reached out to the 4th Engineer
things are bad everywhere, he can hide from it as long as Special Brigade to explore the possibility of restoring power
he remains inside the Pullman-WSU bubble of functioning generation at the John Day Dam.
infrastructure. His fervent defense of the community is as
The Yakama Nation remains neutral in the split between
much out of self-interest as altruism. Heart 7: Shimizu is
the Joint Chiefs and the Broward administration. It has
well aware of the status he enjoys as a heroic military lead-
been coolly polite and professional in its dealings with the
er with boyish good looks. He's a fixture of the local social
47th ID, and has not yet contacted New America or the Ter-
scene, which centers on former WSU students desperately
ritory of Cascadia. The re-formed federal government has
clinging to the university's prewar party school culture.
The Pacific Northwest Page 63
yet to reach out any Native American nation or to re-form
the BIA. This is perhaps for the best, as the Yakama have
expanded their territorial claims outside reservation bound-
aries. The nation's southern border is now the Columbia
River from The Dalles to Arlington. Having assimilated
most of the area's surviving residents, the Yakama popu-
lation is closer to its prewar numbers than any other local
community.
Encounters: Wapato is of town size, as is Toppen-
ish. Yakama Nation lands are organized, while most of
the surrounding Yakima Valley is independent or insular.
Military encounters will be Yakama Scouts or local militias,
with all military convoy or large unit results treated as patrol
results.
WAPATO
Standing at the reservation's eastern border near I-82,
Wapato has become the Yakama Nation's primary venue
for contact with its neighbors. Its population is split evenly
between Yakama citizens and Latino residents who worked
in the area's prewar agricultural industries. Wapato's fruit
packing industry still serves the reservation's orchards,
having undergone extensive modifications to run on limited
wind power and to preserve crops with minimal or no refrig-
eration.
Most of the tribal council's committees have satellite
offices here, though their primary offices are in Toppen-
ish, deeper within tribal lands. A small detachment of the
Yakama Nation Police Department is stationed in the town.
Two former BIA federal agents and several of their admin-
istrative staff members also maintain an office in Wapato,
though at this point they're effectively YNPD auxiliaries.
The Indian Health Service's former Wapato Health Station
has likewise been subsumed into tribal government and
serves as the closest thing to a local hospital.
THE YAKAMA SCOUTS
The Yakama Scouts are a light infantry formation with
one active-duty company and one reserve company.
They're technically subordinate to the YNPD; all founding
members were sworn law enforcement officers to maintain
the polite legal fiction while it still mattered. The active-duty
company is of Experienced quality with a few Veteran lead-
ers; the reserve company is mainly Novices with Veteran
cadre. The Scouts are a defensive force with a preference
for skirmish tactics, hitting opponents from multiple direc-
tions with coordinated long-range fire to fix them in place
for a mortar salvo. Recruited entirely from tribal citizens,
they know Yakama Nation territory intimately. When hunt-
ing marauders outside their borders, they are still capable,
though much more tentative and casualty-averse.
Assets: The Scouts' equipment is older – Vietnam-era
for the active-duty personnel and WWII-vintage for the
reservists. There is no "standard" infantry weapon due
to the armory's eclectic origins, but the Scouts do try to
maintain commonality at the squad level. Heavier-caliber
battle rifles are favored, with at least one scoped marks-
man rifle per squad. The motor pool includes three HM-
MWVs, a BV-206, and an M8 Greyhound (without its main
armament). For heavy weapons, the Scouts have a trio of
60mm mortars and an M67 recoilless rifle, though ammu-
nition is in painfully short supply. The unit is well-supplied
with modern chemical and radiological protective gear, a
legacy of living near the Hanford Nuclear Site and Umatilla
Chemical Weapons Depot.
GEORGE MORRIS
"Smilin' George" is the Yakama leader who newcomers
are most likely to encounter in Wapato. Morris sits on
the tribal council and several of its standing committees,
including those charged with economic development, veter-
ans' affairs, and cultural preservation. As the self-appoint-
ed one-man welcoming committee, he makes it a point to
personally meet anyone seeking any sort of business or
diplomacy with the Yakama Nation. He's also likely to be
the lead negotiator when anyone wants something from the
Yakama.
A lifelong Yakima Valley resident except for his university
years, Morris is well-known throughout the region. Be-
fore entering semi-retirement in the mid-'90s, he was the
business manager for Yakama Nation Forest Products, the
reservation's timber management and lumber company.
He was also a fixture (and steady winner) at local poker
games.
Capsule: Morris is a genial, folksy Native American
man in his sixties, craggy-faced and balding. He's always
friendly and welcoming; very little can crack his apparent
good nature. At the negotiating or poker table, he'll keep
smiling while he bleeds his opponent dry. Morris is a cut-
throat negotiator and an Experienced fighter. He doesn't
habitually go armed but pump-action shotguns are close at
hand in his home and office.
Motivations: Diamond King: An expert economist,
Morris will never give away Yakama resources to outsid-
ers, and he'll use every dirty trick in the book to ensure the
greatest possible profit for his people. He's only slightly
less parsimonious with tribal citizens. If there's a tribal
resource, Morris is intent on ensuring the Yakama people
squeeze the absolute greatest possible advantage from
it. Club 5: In his misspent youth, Morris was a locally-re-
nowned bar brawler. He's a mean drunk.
Page 64 GDW

Encounters: By current standards, Bend is a city. Its

Oregon Recovery Task Force immediate area is organized thanks to a competent local
Oregon's state government never quite collapsed during militia, but nearby territory is independent or insular. Treat
the war, though its ability to support, or even to commu- all military convoy and large unit encounters as patrols.
nicate with, its citizens steadily dwindled. It was able to
send a congressional delegation to Omaha in 1999, though MEDFORD
all the members were hand-picked by the governor in lieu
A regional healthcare hub, Medford began receiving
of holding statewide elections (and have not been heard
large numbers of disease-stricken refugees in mid-1998.
from since). Well before the Joint Chiefs split from the
Its hospitals quickly collapsed, as did its agricultural sector
Broward administration, Oregon had accepted that it was
as those same refugees stripped the orchards and fields
on its own.
bare. Residents who didn't die of plague fled before they
The Oregon Recovery Task Force was Governor Janelle could die of starvation. By 1999, Medford's living popula-
Fields' attempt to restore government services across the tion was outnumbered by the bodies in mass graves.
state. Operating under the state's Emergency Manage-
One of O-RTF's priorities was to re-establish healthcare
ment Division, O-RTF scraped together the last shreds of
infrastructure. Initial surveys found Medford's hospitals in
the Oregon Military Department, State Police, Department
good physical condition. They'd been overrun with patients
of Justice, and Health Authority, along with the American
and exhausted of supplies, but never looted or substantial-
Red Cross, several utility companies, and the Oregon State
ly damaged. The remaining residents and refugees were
University Extension Service. O-RTF field teams fanned
pathetically grateful for any outside assistance and, with
out from the Willamette Valley to contact cut-off communi-
direction, strove to restore the community.
ties, assess local needs, and provide immediate medical,
judicial, and agricultural assistance. In theory, follow-on Medford's five field teams are continuing operations
teams would bring more robust aid to areas in need. throughout their region, though they're in contact with Bend
and are considering a stand-down until more information
O-RTF was well-intentioned but met with mixed results
from the Willamette Valley is available. Of equal concern
at best. Some communities welcomed any aid, but many
to RTF-3 is the recent silence from communities and Mil-
had already turned insular and were suspicious of anyone
gov contacts to the south. Teams along the border have
claiming to be from the government and here to help them.
received reports of an alleged federal government offshoot,
Where residents did accept assistance, O-RTF's own limit-
New America, emerging in northern California.
ed resources were sufficient only to mitigate problems, not
to solve them entirely. Still, it seemed to be stemming the Encounters: Medford is town-sized, though it's growing
tide in some locales. as word of local stability spreads. Its immediate area is
organized. Surrounding areas are insular or terrorized due
By the end of 1998, O-RTF had established three field
to severe marauder problems; before recent events, RTF-3
divisions to serve as regional hubs for relief efforts: RTF-1
was coordinating a large-scale militia operation to deal with
in Bend, RTF-2 in La Grande, and RTF-3 in Medford. RTF-
the worst offenders. For the meantime, treat all military
2 went off the air in early February 2001. O-RTF was pre-
convoy and large unit encounters as marauder results.
paring to investigate when the Proconsul's forces seized
Salem. With the loss of state authority and support, RTF-1
RTF-34
and RTF-3 were barely able to maintain operations in their
respective regions, and completely unable to respond to Oregon Recovery Task Force Team 34 is a typical
the Cascadian takeover. O-RTF field team. It's large enough to take care of itself
in most circumstances, small enough to be mobile and
BEND self-supporting, and packed with the best people the
remnants of Oregon's state government could recruit in the
A lumber town and outdoor tourism hub before the
summer of 1999. Its circuit stretches from Klamath Falls to
war, Bend was far enough removed from cities to see few
Adel, near the Oregon-California-Nevada border.
refugees. Consequently, the diseases that swept Oregon
largely bypassed it. With these factors and a tiny but func- A field team's ideal staffing totals 27 personnel. The
tional hydroelectric power plant, Bend was a logical place leadership team is an Emergency Management Division
for O-RTF to plant its first field division. Citizens were case officer, a state attorney, and an Oregon National
initially skeptical but quickly warmed to the presence of Guard NCO, supported by an admin assistant. The med-
competent officials who weren't taking supplies at gunpoint. ical section includes an M.D., a physician's assistant, a
paramedic, a dental hygienist, and a counselor. The engi-
Six field teams were based in Bend. RTF-14 was re-
neering section has a civil engineer, an electrician, and an
cently wiped out by marauders near Wagontire and RTF-16
auto mechanic. Six State Police officers and militia troops
was in Salem when the Proconsul's troops arrived. The
comprise the security section. The extension section is a
remaining RTF-11, -12, -13, and -15 are trying to gather
veterinarian and two agronomists. Finally, the unit support
more information on the Cascadians and are collecting
section includes three driver/scouts, a radio operator, and
state government officials who managed to flee the capital.
two cooks.
The Pacific Northwest Page 65
Assets: On paper, RTF-34 is an impressive collection
of talent. However, many of its personnel were pulled
from retirement or had just graduated from college or other
training when the war began, so skill levels and fitness are
variable. The team travels in two HMMWVs (repainted in
Oregon State Police colors), two 5-ton trucks towing tool-
and supply-laden trailers, and a 5/4-ton pickup.Everyone
is armed for self-defense, though only the security section
and a couple of veterans have automatic weapons. Both
HMMWVs mount M60s.
JOANNA FIELDS
RTF-34's co-leader was an assistant district attorney in
Multnomah County before the war, known for her victim
advocacy and her aggressive prosecution of domestic
violence cases. Fields escaped Portland's descent into an-
archy and landed in Salem, working in the state emergency
operations center to coordinate logistics for relief efforts.
Her appointment to RTF-34 was both a reward for her work
there and a way to get her out of the capital before she and
her mother, Governor Janelle Fields, killed one another.
Since the Cascadian takeover, Fields has kept RTF-34
in Medford in case RTF-1 calls for a coordinated operation
against the Proconsul's adherents. She spends an inordi-
nate amount of time within shouting distance of the base's
radio room, hoping news of her parents will come in. As
the weeks stretch on, her desire to take matters into her
own hands increases, and only the counsel of RTF-34's
other leaders has kept her from precipitous action.
Capsule: Fields is thirtyish, with an average build now
that the war has enforced cardio and planed off her swiv-
el-chair weight. She wears hiking boots and men's jeans
and work shirts (they have usable pockets), and confines
her sun-streaked dark hair in a bun pierced with ornament-
ed hairsticks. She's often quiet – not in an unassertive
way, but in the manner of a trapdoor spider – but has a
loud, cackling laugh. She is an Experienced NPC, usually
armed with an H&K P7M13 and a ceramic punch dagger.
Motivations: Heart 8: Fields cares deeply about justice,
both generally and in the specific application of helping vic-
tims. She's highly empathetic, perhaps a little too much for
her past or current job. Before the war, she relieved stress
by drinking heavily and picking up guys or girls, depending
on her mood, in Portland nightclubs. Her current assign-
ment and Medford's condition don't afford that outlet, so
she's taking increasing risks in the field. Club 7: A domes-
tic violence survivor, Fields is determined to never again
be a victim herself. She used to take hapkido lessons and
has been picking up self-defense pointers from her security
section, but her fighting style and her marksmanship are
both more frenzied aggression than skill. Still, she doesn't
freeze up, and she has an exceptionally high pain thresh-
old.
Page 66 GDW
The Mustang League
Southeastern Oregon is far removed from the popular
image of the Pacific Northwest. Here, the forests and prai-
ries give way to high desert, rugged and arid. Most of the
sparse prewar population was involved in cattle and sheep
ranching, the cornerstones of the region's economy after
the local timber industry collapsed in the 1980s.
When the bombs fell, someone had to be at the end
of the list for help. That distinction fell to the citizens of
Malheur and Harney Counties. Being ignored by the state
government in Salem was something of a proud tradition
for the locals, who hunkered down and took "you're on your
own" to heart. In the short term, self-sufficiency won out:
local death rates in the first year after the nuclear exchange
were the lowest in the Pacific Northwest.
No great calamity ever befell the area. No nuclear
strike, no invasion, no plague, no drought (at least, not one
particularly noticeable here), no revolution. Instead, south-
eastern Oregon slowly withered. Most residents never
saw a representative of the federal government after 1997
and precious few had contact with the state. By 1999, the
"Oregon Outback" was as autonomous as it was invisible,
a blank spot on the map. County governments quietly
faded away from lack of resources and purpose, leaving no
organizational structure above the town level.
The need for renewed coordination became sharply
evident in April 1999, when a loose coalition of marauder
bands migrated north from Nevada. Evicted from the com-
munities they'd occupied over the winter by what would be
the state government's last meaningful action, they sought
fresh hunting grounds in Oregon. As villages and ranches
along the border went silent, their neighbors sent out scout-
ing parties, many of whom were picked off before reporting
the incursion. The marauders enjoyed several months of
easy predation before a hastily-organized militia took the
fight to them. Casualties were high on both sides but the
marauders' unwillingness to cooperate allowed the Orego-
nians to isolate and defeat individual bands.
As the dust settled, the ranchers who had formed the
militia's backbone saw the opportunity to seize (or at least
gently grasp) the unattended reins of power. What began
as a meeting to formalize processes for militia call-ups
turned into a two-week summit in Burns. On the first of
September, some three dozen prominent ranchers signed
the charter of the Mustang League, pledging their support
for its mutual defense, contract enforcement, and land
rights arbitration powers. Presented with a fait accompli,
most nearby towns signed on by year's end.
Today, League members can be found across Malheur,
Harney, and Lake Counties. As a practical matter, the
League's greatest strength lies with its establishment of a
virtual monopoly on regional ranching. Its self-assigned
power to enforce grazing rights across the high desert's
open range means that anyone wanting to raise crops or
livestock had best do so with the League's consent. The
collapse of most irrigation has seen a shift from cattle to
sheep as the dominant herds, especially with increased
demand for wool. Many ranchers have also leaned into
the League's name by establishing captive horse breeding
populations from the area's wild herds.
BURNS
The Mustang League's de facto capitol is the former
Harney County seat. The town's population of 3,000 is
unchanged from before the war, though about a third of
its current residents are refugees from Boise who were
hardy enough to survive the 300-kilometer trek and skilled
enough in a needed trade to earn a place in the commu-
nity. It's the primary meeting point for outside traders and
League ranchers, and arguably the League's "big city." Its
amenities and central market also make it the sole point
of contact with the outside world for several survivalist en-
claves deep in the Malheur National Forest and the Steen
Mountains wilderness reserve.
Several area ranchers were early adopters of solar pow-
er and have donated their arrays to Burns. This enables
the community to maintain electricity for essential facilities,
including the hospital, the water treatment plant, and the
League offices. The city uses golf carts for official trans-
portation. In the summer months, surplus power is avail-
able to local businesses.
New America's Idaho cell recently received permission
to establish a small office in Burns. So far, the organization
has restricted itself to showing the flag, being good neigh-
bors, and trading for wool and horses. It has yet to find a
compelling argument for the League to align itself with NA,
and ongoing conflicts with the Palouse and the 104th Infan-
try Division make subverting the organization a low priority.
Encounters: Burns is a town by 2001 standards; its
immediate environs are organized. The rest of southeast
Oregon vacillates between independent and insular, with
the Nevada border still terrorized by marauders and des-
perate refugees fleeing the drought-stricken state. With no
major military presence, treat all military convoy and large
unit encounters as either militia patrols or marauders. Any
characters who enter the region claiming to represent an
outside government will probably be the first people to do
so since 1997. If they try to leverage any sort of official
status, rolls for settlement attitude suffer a +1 modifier (+2
if they're pushy about it).
MUSTANG LEAGUE MILITIA
Like the League itself, its militia is more a loose sugges-
tion than a well-defined organization. Its tactics are com-
parable to those of a kicked beehive: chaotic and not wide-
ly damaging, but painful enough to drive off most attackers.
A cadre of about twenty brave souls is stationed in Burns to
provide some semblance of planning and coordination, but
they find out about most militia deployments only through
after-action reports. Their ability to command a full-scale
call-up is questionable at best.
Practically speaking, the League's militia is composed of
The Pacific Northwest Page 67
whichever ranchers and enthusiastic townsfolk are within
range to respond to a problem. Armament is limited to
personally-owned weapons, which in most locales means
hunting rifles leavened with a scattering of obsolete police
and National Guard long guns and perhaps an illegal-
ly-imported souvenir from Vietnam, Korea, or even WWII.
Almost every militia member is mounted on horse or ATV.
Most are Experienced combatants, the Novices having
either learned or died off in 1999's marauder suppression.
CECELIA VILLALOBOS
Suspicious of centralized authority, the Mustang League
has no chief executive. However, Cecelia Villalobos is
arguably first among equals. The formidable matron of the
Villalobos family was among the region's wealthiest ranch-
ers before the war and leveraged her holdings to become
something akin to local aristocracy. The loyalty Villalobos
Enterprises commands stems from its ability to take care
of its employees' most fundamental needs: food, shelter,
medical care, and protection.
Although she'd long lobbied the Bureau of Land Man-
agement to cull the area's wild horses and open up their
territories for cattle grazing, Villalobos was the first rancher
to recognize and exploit the mustangs' value in a world
without petroleum fuel. She now owns three horse ranch-
es, one of which produces cavalry mounts which she sells
to the Joint Chiefs' Idaho forces, the Cascadians, and New
America. She has no particular political loyalty and is a
strong proponent of keeping the League independent until
the United States is functional again (a stance which even-
tually will place her on NA's hit list).
Capsule: A gracefully-aging (and vain) Latina, Villalobos
avoids looking her true age of 64 through subtle but thor-
ough use of cosmetics and dye. She typically dons riding
attire when at home or traveling and turns up the osten-
tation for important meetings. She wears authority like a
second skin, matter-of-factly assuming she's in charge of
any given situation – though she's fully capable of being
gracious and diplomatic about the fact that she's in charge.
She is a Novice combatant and avoids personal violence;
she has several strong sons and grandchildren and a le-
gion of ranch hands to take care of that for her.
Motivations: Spade 10: Cecelia is the fourth-genera-
tion owner of Villalobos Enterprises. She takes the family
name seriously, having never changed her own surname in
three marriages. Family lore has the Villalobos line de-
scended from Spanish nobility and Cecelia's foremost am-
bition is to regain that status for her dynasty. Diamond 10:
In the post-nuclear era, wealth is power and food is wealth.
Cecelia sees Villalobos Enterprises' agricultural production
as the key to her vision and most of her business decisions
hinge on long-term stability and sustainability.
Prince George
In the 1990s, Prince George was the economic heart of
northern British Columbia, as well as the province's sec-
ond-largest city. Its site at the confluence of the Nechako
and Fraser Rivers made it a key transportation hub, and
later rail and highway construction reinforced this role. As
with other cities in the region, the post-WWII demand for
timber and wood products made Prince George's fortune.
Another resource made the city a target for the Soviet
12th Army despite being some 500 kilometers inland from
the invaders' landing site at Prince Rupert. Prince George
was also home to an oil refinery, both a strategic asset for
Canada and a supply source if the Soviets could take and
hold it. In late autumn 1997, the 120th Motor Rifle Divi-
sion and 76th Tank Division turned east, advancing down
Highway 16. Reconnaissance units began skirmishing with
the city's defenders at the end of November. By mid-De-
cember, Soviet forces had crossed the Nechako River and
were moving to envelop Prince George.
Meanwhile, the war had gone nuclear. Soviet Strate-
gic Missile Forces planners were unaware of 12th Army's
decision to seize Prince George, and the refinery was on
their target list. On 26 December, a 500-kiloton warhead
detonated above the refinery. Both Soviet divisions' north-
ern elements were caught in the blast. The city's outnum-
bered defenders suffered worse disruption, though, losing
all cohesion – a state of affairs which the Soviets' southern
forces exploited ruthlessly. By New Year's Day 1998,
Prince George was in Soviet hands.
The Soviet occupation was as harsh as the winter.
Refinery and wood pulp fires burned for weeks. Most of
Prince George rested in the river valley known as the Bowl,
which was a pollution trap under normal circumstances.
Now soot and fallout joined the miasma. Respiratory
illnesses ran rampant among citizens and occupiers alike.
With the refinery in ruins and the very air sapping their
forces, Soviet leaders abandoned the city in the spring.
Four months of occupation were more than enough for the
soldiers to run amok, though, and few officers tried to halt
them from taking out their frustrations on their "hosts." By
April, when the Soviets began moving out, two-thirds of
Prince George's population had fled or perished.
The exodus continued as many surviving residents tried
to become farmers in outlying communities or sought ref-
uge in Alberta. By mid-1998, the city held less than 20% of
its prewar population of 75,000. The remnants clustered in
the southern College Heights neighborhood, farthest from
ground zero and on higher ground. As summer storms and
the lack of industrial pollution cleared the air, they began to
reclaim their city block by block. The Soviets had stripped
Prince George of portable wealth and supplies of imme-
diate military value, but much of its physical infrastructure
remained intact. Meanwhile, those who'd left in the spring
spread stories of total devastation and poisonous air, which
discouraged travel to Prince George and likely spared it the
worst of 1998's disease outbreaks.
Page 68 GDW
The stories only kept outsiders away for so long. In
early 1999, salvagers and bandits alike began seeking
quick and easy scores in Prince George's industrial areas.
Citizens saw that the city would remain theirs only as long
as they could hold it. Skirmishes with Soviet renegades
nearly shattered the nascent militia before a desperate
night raid captured the marauders' AFVs and killed their
leaders. As surviving RCMP officers and Canadian Forces
and U.S. Army troops made their way back to the city, the
militia recruited them, further bolstering local defenses.
Over the subsequent two years, a pattern of seasonal
migrations has emerged. In late autumn, nearly 15,000 for-
mer residents return to Prince George, where they spend
the winter months engaged in salvage, light manufacturing,
and rebuilding. In the spring, they disperse to towns and
villages across the region, where they bolster northern Brit-
ish Columbia's agricultural capacity from planting to har-
vest. Week-long festivals mark both departure and return;
no one is able to explain why they've taken on aspects of
Celtic Beltane and Samhain celebrations. Beyond the un-
fettered celebration of survival, these events also are major
trade foci, drawing merchants from across the region.
Encounters: Prince George itself is organized, with in-
dependent territory extending 30 to 50 kilometers from the
city before giving way to insular areas. Marauder bands
are rare by 2001, but their hunting grounds remain terror-
ized. Military encounters here will be the Prince George
Light Horse, village or tribal militias, or reconnaissance
probes from Alberta.
PRINCE GEORGE LIGHT HORSE
The local defense force styles itself in the manner of a
Canadian Forces armored reconnaissance regiment, but
it's closer to a village militia writ large. Civilian volunteers
comprise the majority of its 500-odd troops. Most of its
minority of professional soldiers are survivors of the 1997
battle, including South Alberta Light Horse and Regina Rifle
Regiment troopers, U.S. National Guardsmen from several
states, and a handful of Soviet deserters who've earned
the Prince Georgians' trust.
The unit is organized into a headquarters section and
three understrength "squadrons." The headquarters sec-
tion owns the city's artillery: three heavy mortars and an
ex-Montana National Guard 155mm howitzer. A Squadron
is a light mechanized formation, mounted on trucks and
reinforced with four AFVs: a Cougar, a Lynx, a BTR-60,
and a private collector's Sherman M4A3E8. B Squadron
includes a number of former RCMP officers, is structured
as light infantry, and is responsible for security and law
enforcement within Prince George. C Squadron is a re-
connaissance formation led and trained by a trio of retirees
from the Canadian Rangers; its scouts and skirmishers op-
erate as ski troops in winter and as cavalry the rest of the
year. About half the unit is armed with civilian hunting and
sporting rifles, with most military small arms concentrated
in A Squadron. Most personnel are Novice or Experienced
NPCs, with the few Veterans also in A Squadron or head-
quarters.
The Pacific Northwest Page 69
DAMIEN MCCRACKEN
The mayor of Prince George, Damien McCracken stum-
bled into his current role unintentionally. Before the war, he
was an environmental enforcement officer for the Cana-
dian federal government, a role in which he was mainly
concerned with minimizing pollution from northern British
Columbia's heavy industries. After the nuclear strike on
Prince George, he threw himself into relief efforts, where
he became an accidental leader through sounding more
competent than he felt. He never actually collaborated with
the occupying forces, but Soviet leaders quickly recognized
his expertise and prevented their staff from interfering with
his work. Following the Soviet withdrawal and the migra-
tion to College Heights, McCracken continued to fill the
city's leadership vacuum until an assembly of survivors
appointed him mayor by acclaim.
One of the first people to openly admit that Prince
George can't expect any outside help, McCracken has
spent the past two years guiding the city's stabilization
based on that principle. One of his first priorities was to
reconstitute the city government and develop a staff to
whom he could delegate most of the decisions that people
wanted him to make. This freed him up to coordinate long-
term strategy. The walls of his office in the city government
building are covered in timelines and project management
charts laying out an ambitious 20-year plan for regional
recovery.
Capsule: Big, blond, bearded, and moderately dishev-
eled, McCracken looks more like a stereotypical lumber-
jack than a forty-ish civil servant. He's mostly accepted
his unsought role in Prince George, though the weight and
absurdity of his situation still occasionally sneak up on him
and render him momentarily speechless. He's a quietly
competent scientist and leader with a touch of impostor
syndrome. A Novice combatant, he's unarmed but usually
has a minder/driver from B Squadron nearby.
Motivations: Heart Jack: Insightful and unencumbered
by illusions, McCracken is capable of cutting straight
to the essence of nearly any situation. This, more than
anything else, is responsible for the effectiveness of his
stabilization efforts as well as his successful leadership of
the Prince George community. Spade 9: McCracken is a
problem-solver – he wants to fix things. He's perpetually
frustrated by the fact that the world is fundamentally broken
unfixable now, and he has spent every day since the nucle-
ar strike throwing himself at elements of the situation that
he can solve.
Pend Oreille Freehold
Nestled on the eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains'
Cabinet Range, between Pend Oreille Lake and the Mon-
tana state line, the town of Clark Fork is doing surprisingly
well – thriving, even, by 2001's standards. It is agricultur-
ally self-sufficient, possesses clean drinking water, and
is well-organized. Off major routes, it has escaped New
America's notice and sees few other travelers, but its
tavern, mechanic, municipal still, doctors (yes, plural, two),
and traders' exchange offer comfort, respite, and resupply
for those road-weary visitors who do find their way into
town.
Its neighbors are not doing nearly so well. There's a
reason for that.
The combined effects of EMP, civil disorder, an ear-
ly-season blizzard, and the Idaho government's effective
decapitation meant Clark Fork was on its own from the first
nuclear strikes. The community had no outside contact
from November 1997 until April 1998, save for fragmentary
radio broadcasts picked up by local amateur radio opera-
tors and conveyed around town via word of mouth. Ex-
aggerated reports of the Emergency Relocation Decree's
effects primed Clark Fork's citizens to see any outside
visitors as the vanguard of a locust-like horde of urban
refugees. The first Idaho State Police attempt to re-estab-
lish contact met barricades; the second was turned away
by a volley of well-aimed warning shots. There was no
third attempt, as the fragmentary state authorities wrote off
the town as not worth the risk or resource expenditure for
reintegration.
Word of the federal government's collapse finally
reached Clark Fork on 4 July 1998. To the town's isolated
survivors, this crystallized their worst hazily-defined fears.
They were on their own in a howling wilderness, surround-
ed on all sides by the Other: predatory outsiders waiting
to exploit the first moment of weakness. Clark Fork was
determined never again to be weak.
GOING FERAL
Clark Fork's self-guided descent was gradual. It began
with reconnaissance and raids, pushing out the town's pa-
trolled borders and intercepting the occasional supply con-
voy over the summer and autumn of 1998. This secured
most of the resources the community needed to weather
the winter in good condition. Rumors of stability reached
neighboring communities that were barely hanging on
(undercut, in some cases, by the town's acquisition of relief
supplies meant for them). Clark Fork's leadership turned
away all diplomatic overtures, having convinced itself that
no outsider would negotiate in good faith. When desper-
ate citizens of Garfield launched a food raid across Pend
Oreille Lake, Clark Fork's worst fears were confirmed.
By spring 1999, Clark Fork considered itself a lone light
in the darkness. Seeking a clean break from their former
Idahoan and American identities, the residents overwhelm-
ingly voted to rename their community the Pend Oreille
Page 70 GDW
Freehold. Community leaders launched an aggressive
campaign to secure the local area and ensure uncontested
access to the resources the community would need for
the future. Throughout 1999, the newly-christened Pend
Oreille Rangers raided neighboring towns around the lake
and up the Clark Fork River into Montana. Once stripped
of usable assets, most communities were put to the torch
to deter resettlement.
Early 2000 brought news of greater powers stirring in
the darkness beyond the Freehold's borders. Rumors
of military rule, a resurgent federal government, and an
emerging new American empire all fell on disbelieving and
fearful ears. The Freehold had seen nothing but barbar-
ians (never mind that many of its enemies were of its own
making). Any sort of recovery seemed impossible, a lie
told by impostors or warlords to gain a veneer of legitimacy.
And yet... the Freehold needed information. Thus a new
mask was forged, a friendly and hospitable smile layered
over a wild-eyed glare of desperation and xenophobia.
Today, the Pend Oreille Freehold is a welcoming waysta-
tion for those rare travelers who cross the Idaho-Montana
border. Everything is just fine here. Everyone knows their
place and plays their role. And all news of the outside is fil-
tered through a mythology that steadfastly and desperately
rejects hope, trust, or any semblance of genuine human
connection.
Encounters: The Pend Oreille Freehold is a town, the
only functioning community in the immediate area. The
region teeters between insular and anarchy, depending on
how aggressive the freehold has been lately. Treat any
large unit encounter here as a Rangers raid either en route
to a settlement or returning from plundering one. Most ma-
rauders are former citizens of other towns, now displaced
by the Freehold's actions.
PEND OREILLE RANGERS
The Pend Oreille Rangers are a militia in the American
Colonial sense, a citizens' defense force (though their
operations have been largely offensive) composed of
every able-bodied man in the community and a significant
percentage of the women. They're far from an organized
and disciplined military force, but most of them grew up
as hunters or recreational shooters. Training led by the
town's two Vietnam veterans has focused on patrols, raids,
ambushes, and skirmish tactics.
All Rangers supply their own gear. The force has only
three assault rifles and no support weapons. Usual arma-
ment is hunting rifles and shotguns. About two-thirds of
Rangers also own bows or crossbows, which are preferred
for harvesting game but also work well as an ambush's
initial silent volley against the militia's normal opponents.
There is no uniform; civilian hunting camouflage works well
enough and all members know one another. Most Rangers
The Pacific Northwest Page 71

are Experienced NPCs who have never faced competent Capsule: Jones is a self-made post-apocalyptic Re-
military opposition, but they're fanatically dedicated to pro- naissance man. With disheveled attire, thick glasses,
tecting their community. and a dirty blond beard and ponytail competing for bald
The Freehold ensures any visitors interact only with spot compensation, he looks every inch the eccentric
militia members. This enables the Rangers to keep a close genius. Decades of work on his homestead have made
eye on the outsiders and to extract the maximum amount him surprisingly strong but his self-image is still that of the
of usable intelligence. Any Ranger tasked with being a boy he was, which shapes much of his behavior. Although
community "face" is armed with a concealed handgun. If a skilled marksman with rifle and bow, he's only a Novice
visitors make trouble, snipers will pin them in place while combatant, as he freezes when facing violence. When he
a heavily-armed (by local standards) quick reaction force must go armed, he carries his father's M1A1 carbine.
maneuvers to their most vulnerable side. If a group seems Motivations: Spade Queen: Jones is living his worst
like it's seen through the Freehold's mask, or if it has a nightmare, which fuels his determination to preserve a
resource the Freehold can't acquire via trade, the Rangers tiny seed of civilization at all costs. He's utterly ruthless in
will set up an ambush on the group's route out of town. defense of the Freehold, and a force of nature if a threat
confronts the supplies, tools, and libraries that he and the
MANFRED JONES town's other survivalists amassed before the war. Spade
Clark Fork Junior-Senior High School was small enough 7: Jones wants others to understand his reasoning and
that no one had just one job. Manfred Jones typified this. goals so they can appreciate his brilliance – and so they
The school librarian since the late 1960s, he also taught will remember him as one of civilization's guardians. He's
civics, chemistry, and shop classes and coached the ar- the community leader most likely to speak to (or mono-
chery and ski teams. By the war's outbreak, virtually every logue at) outsiders at length. This is the chink in his armor:
local resident under the age of 50 had a fond story of a les- as an intellectual, he's also open to new data. Incontro-
son "Professor Jones" had taught them. He was reclusive vertible evidence of legitimate recovery elsewhere com-
outside the classroom and his home life was the subject of bined with an appeal to his vanity might convince him to
much speculation – little of which was accurate. refocus his considerable intellect on a cause greater than
his tiny enclave.
Jones was the son of an American paratrooper and
a war bride from Berlin. He grew up on stories of unre-
stricted warfare and the savage continent that emerged
from it. A shy, unathletic, and oft-bullied prodigy, he was
a constant fixture of the local library, where he retreated
into science and science fiction – respectively, a realm he
could control and the realm of imagination. Influenced by
the Foundation series, Fahrenheit 451, On the Beach, and
similar works, he became obsessed with the inevitability of
nuclear war – and the possibility that it was survivable with
sufficient preparation. By the time he first met like-minded
counterparts in the late 1970s, he was well on his way to
mastering independent homesteading, austere medicine,
tanning, glassblowing, renewable power generation, and a
half-dozen other useful trades.
Through the '80s and early '90s, Jones was a fixture of
Idaho and Montana survivalist circles and a prolific con-
tributor to newsletters and 'zines. When the war came, he
was as prepared as a paranoid sixtyish nebbish could be.
Despite his disinterest in seeking elected office or formal
leadership, he enjoyed far more influence in the community
than he truly understood. His perceptions – and his reports
of what he was hearing on his home-built radio rig – were
instrumental in shaping the Freehold's collective mythology
of a hostile and hungry outside. Today, Jones remains the
low-key mastermind behind the Freehold's success and
mindset, though in his own mind, he's still just a teacher
and librarian.
Page 72 GDW
The White Bats
The fragmentation of the Soviets' Alaskan invasion pro-
duced dozens of small roaming bands of former Red Army
troops. Most turned marauder, but the survivors of one
combat engineer platoon from the 114th Motor Rifle Divi-
sion decided to make the most of their newfound freedom.
Several of their members spoke fragmentary English from
bootleg action and Western movies, which gave them a
tragically-distorted view of American and Canadian culture
and suggested a brilliant and desperate plan. Branding
themselves as a vigilante group, the White Bats (the name
itself is a mistranslated corruption of "white hats") set out
to defend the people of British Columbia from their former
comrades turned bandits. The people's gratitude, they
thought, would feed them better than the people's fear.
Surprisingly, not only did they avoid being shot by their
intended beneficiaries, they've actually prospered. Over
1999 and 2000, the White Bats slowly migrated south, do-
ing good deeds along the way. They've freed villages from
marauder occupation, put down packs of rabid feral dogs,
rebuilt bridges over flooded rivers, escorted merchant con-
voys, performed emergency appendectomies (sometimes
successfully), and generally been a strange and unexpect-
ed light in the darkness. They currently operate around
the Washington-Idaho-Montana-British Columbia border
region, where they've recently fought New American forces
for the first time. They enjoy good relations with most non-
NA survivor communities, as their reputation has spread
throughout the area.
A CAULDRON OF BATS
The White Bats total 14 ex-Soviet troops, all Veteran
NPCs. About half their number are from Maxim Melnik's
original pioneer platoon. The rest are a mix of stragglers
and deserters who Max recruited after the group's flight.
Most were conscripted out of the Soviet workforce, so they
collectively boast an esoteric array of skills and knowledge
in addition to their military training.
The group uses whatever vehicles it can acquire in run-
ning order. Currently, its motor pool consists of its original
MTU-20 (a bridgelayer built on the T-55 hull), a BTR-60,
and two off-road motorcycles. All are painted matte black
with prominent white bat insignia.
The Bats have abandoned their original uniforms in favor
of Canadian digital camouflage fatigues with patches bear-
ing the same chiropteran logo. Thanks to last year's string
of successful anti-marauder operations, they are well-
armed with Soviet small arms and heavy weapons. Their
supply situation is generally favorable, as they can obtain
fuel, food, and other consumables from the many commu-
nities they've helped out.
The Pacific Northwest Page 73
MAXIM "MAX" MELNIK
The White Bats' leader was a television factory worker
and a black-market dealer in bootleg videocassettes before
his conscription. He was cunning enough to stay out of
trouble and competent enough to rise swiftly through the
ranks, making starshiy serzhant (staff sergeant) before the
114th MRD's military discipline blew apart like a turbine
ingesting a goose. Not wanting any part of his former
commanders' warlord aspirations, he gathered a band of
like-minded clever counter-revolutionaries and fled before
the inevitable power struggles began.
Until the war went nuclear, Max harbored vague dreams
of defecting and, after a period of polite interrogation by the
CIA, entering the Witness Protection Program and savoring
a life of anonymous leisure in small-town America. Now
he's fully invested in the image of an itinerant post-apoca-
lyptic frontier hero. If he can't have the corner soda shop
and the white picket fence, he'll settle for riding into the
sunset with his name on the lips of everyone in the town he
just saved.
Capsule: Max is a square-jawed Slavic everyman hero
in his mid-twenties. He's smarter than he looks and saner
than his facade might suggest, but he knows the White
Bats' image and legend are priceless both for surviving in a
potentially-hostile foreign land and for maintaining morale
and cohesion among the group. Like most of the Bats,
he speaks broken English and has an unrealistically high
opinion of his linguistic skills. Also like most of the Bats,
he wears CADPAT fatigues when "on duty," but his casual
attire is a sanity-blasting pastiche of American pop culture
and cowboy imagery filtered through a sketchy Betamax
dub. In Max's case, this consists of jeans, high-top sneak-
ers, hair metal band t-shirts, a one-armed black leather
jacket, a ten-gallon hat with a rattlesnake hatband, and
mirrored aviator sunglasses. He's a Veteran NPC who fa-
vors an AKM/BG-1 combo and a cut-down double-barreled
shotgun.
Motivations: Heart Ace: Max recognizes the impossibil-
ity of saving the whole world, but he's determined to save
his little corner of it. He's an idealist of the sort that's nearly
extinct by 2001. He holds his followers to high standards,
and those who remain have bought into his vision. He
doesn't expect the same of allies or casual acquaintances,
but many people who enter his orbit find themselves reluc-
tant to let him down. Heart Queen: Thanks to an itinerant
priest who the Bats rescued from cannibal primitives, Max
recently married his sweetheart and second-in-command
Yelena Shvets. The couple has no intention of settling
down just yet, but Max has his eye out for a community that
can serve as a long-term base for the group when their first
child comes along.
Page 74 GDW
Operation Egret
Big iron is rare these days, on account of the lack of di-
nosaur juice. When we left the docks at Norfolk, we figured
those were the last ships we'd ever see making steam. We
passed a few abandoned airports on the way inland, dotted
with airliners that'd never take flight again. So when we got
back into patrolled territory somewhere around the middle
of the Kansas-Nebraska border, the last thing we expected
to encounter was a train pulling into a small fortified town.
But sure enough: big black and orange locomotive, three
boxcars, two tankers with hazmat placards implying they
held more refined petroleum than we'd seen since 1998,
a few flatcars – two laden with faded yellow construction
equipment – a trio of Amtrak passenger cars, and a cheery
red caboose at the tail end. The sandbagged gun em-
placements didn't even detract from the ambiance.
For once, our timing didn't suck. It was supposed to be
a five-minute whistle stop for mail, but the captain can turn
on the charm when there's a need, and not driving or walk-
ing the rest of the way to Colorado was definitely needful
right about then. Our discharge papers and about two-
thirds of our remaining enclave scrip got us seats – and
some help getting our vehicles loaded and chained down
on one of the vacant flatcars.
We had the rear passenger car all to ourselves and we
flopped into seats as the engineer released the brakes.
The cushions were threadbare and the snack bar wasn't
serving, but most of the lights worked and it was dry and
relatively warm. Even more importantly, for the first time in
a few months, someone else was puling security out in the
wind and rain.
Most of us passed out immediately but Chao went ex-
ploring. He came back with a tattered copy of a Crichton
novel someone had left under a seat and was in his happy
place. I made a pillow of my jacket and stared out the win-
dow as the late-afternoon sun slanted in under the clouds
and the wheels clattered rhythmically along the rails.
When we weren't rolling past burned-out towns or
refugee camps, I could almost see what things were like
before.
The Pacific Northwest Page 75
Even in 2001, when intergovernmental affairs in North
America can be described more as "competition" than
"warfare," the military government persists in assigning
codenames to major initiatives. Operation Egret is the
ongoing effort to maintain lines of communication and sup-
ply throughout Milgov's Great Plains and Mountain West
power centers and to the Pacific Northwest agricultural
region and seaports. Selected randomly, its codename is
perhaps less fortuitous than most, appearing only in official
documentation. The men and women assigned to it refer
to their Sisyphean task by a variety of cynical nicknames,
including Operation Regret, Operation Egress, and Opera-
tion Oregon Trail.
Milgov has a classic logistics problem: the resources it
has aren't where they need to be. The collapse of Great
Plains and Midwestern agriculture leaves the rain-drenched
Pacific Northwest the only major growing region under the
Joint Chiefs' influence. However, even small-group trav-
el is difficult in 2001. Moving thousands of tons of food
eastward and the concomitant supply of fuel westward may
be North America's single largest infrastructure restoration
project today.
The Oil Patch
Milgov's petroleum supply chain begins in the 95th
Infantry Division's area of operations: the small oil fields of
Oklahoma and western Kansas, which survived the nuclear
exchange by virtue of being too small and too widely-dis-
tributed for effective targeting. While most of the 95th ID
is spread across Oklahoma, its headquarters is in Hutchin-
son, Kansas, on the eastern edge of the territory that the
Joint Chiefs actually control. Hutchinson is home to a Bur-
lington Northern and Santa Fe Railway rail yard and a salt
mine that's also used for archival document and film stor-
age. More importantly, it's near the National Cooperative
Refinery Association's facility in McPherson, 40 kilometers
away. The refinery's prewar capacity was 85,000 barrels a
day of gasoline and diesel; today, engineers are fortunate
to eke out single-digit percentages of that output. While a
couple of Oklahoma refineries also produce a trickle of fuel,
the NCRA facility is the most productive, even though its
location makes it the least secure.
A measurable fraction of that production is consumed
locally. The 95th has one of the most critical infrastructure
protection missions in 2001's U.S. Army. The troops need
the mobility to secure the region's far-flung oil wells and the
convoys and pipelines converging on McPherson. Notably,
the 95th also has a limited amount of aviation capabili-
ty: seven Cessna 172s and 182s formerly of the Kansas
Civil Air Patrol, and three UH-1s and two AH-1s detached
(not without significant heartburn) from the 49th Armored
Division. Not incidentally, the 95th's cantonment enjoys the
benefits of industrialized agriculture more than any other
unit in the Milgov central region.
Security in the Hutchinson-McPherson area is extremely
high and enjoys the cooperation of local citizens, who are
acutely aware of how well-off they are compared to the
rest of the country. The refinery's outer security perime-
ter is several kilometers from the fenceline, with constant
patrols sweeping the area. Challenge/response phrases,
call signs, patrol schedules, and other security protocols
change on a daily basis. McPherson is a town in name
only; the Army has relocated its surviving population to
Hutchinson.
The Four Winds
The Pacific Northwest isn't the only place in desperate
need of Kansas' fuel. From Hutchinson, Milgov petroleum
shipments flow to all points of the compass. Despite its
fragility and predictability, rail travel remains the most
cost-effective means of transport for these shipments, as
well as the movement of personnel, mail, and other sup-
plies across the central U.S. The survivors of the 757th
Transportation Battalion, one of two prewar U.S. Army Re-
serve rail transportation units, are critical to this enterprise.
They're spread thin across the entire network, supplement-
ed with private-sector railroaders dragooned into service
and troops reassigned to learn the arcana of the iron horse.
THE MAIN RAIL SUPPLY ROUTE
The Main Rail Supply Route, Milgov's logistical back-
bone in the West, runs from Hutchinson west to Pueblo,
Colorado. From Pueblo, traffic moves north through Milgov
HQ at Colorado Springs to Denver, which has become
the military government's primary logistics center. Traffic
continues through the irradiated ruins of Cheyenne, Wyo-
ming before turning west to the 104th ID's logistics base at
Pocatello, Idaho.
THE OKC SPUR
The southern supply route runs from Hutchinson through
Wichita to Oklahoma City. The "OKC" rail facilities serve
as the distribution point for supplies to the 49th Armored
Division's cantonments in Oklahoma and points south.
Critically, this is also the transshipment point for crude oil
extracted from wells in the 49th's AO and sent back north
to McPherson for refining. The Joint Chiefs are pressuring
the 49th's leadership to get local refining capacity back
online, but there's only so much the division's leaders can
do with the wreckage at their disposal.
THE BAILEY SPUR
To supply Milgov's eastern plains outposts, trains from
Milgov HQ in Denver run east along the South Platte River
to the city of North Platte, Nebraska. North Platte is home
to the Union Pacific Railroad's Bailey Yard. The world's
largest marshaling facility, the Bailey Yard was an irresist-
ible target for Soviet nuclear planners, who allocated a
pair of one-megaton warheads to it. Slightly off target, the
blasts immolated the nearby towns of Maxwell and Staple-
ton and inflicted major thermal and overpressure damage
on North Platte, but failed to completely destroy the UP
facilities.
Page 76 GDW

In 2001, North Platte is the headquarters for the 757th
Transportation Battalion. Augmented by a scratch unit of
NBC specialist troops, the 757th strives to decontaminate,
reclaim, and repair the Bailey Yard's maintenance equip-
ment, supplies, and workshop facilities. Without these
resources, Operation Egret's long-term success is impossi-
ble. The site is closer to hostile outposts than Milgov would
like, so the School Brigade maintains a heavy security
presence here. Tasked with holding the Kansas-Nebraska
frontier against federal forces out of Omaha, the brigade
also relies on North Platte for its own logistical lifeline.
THE WESTERN MARCH ROUTE
Until early 2001, Milgov maintained tenuous contact with
the Pacific Northwest through a rickety intermodal transpor-
tation linkage. This began with MRSR service that extend-
ed past Pocatello to Nampa, Idaho, just outside Boise.
From Nampa, trains were broken up into smaller groups
of railcars (due to weight restrictions on local tracks) and
moved north via local short-haul rail line to the town of
Cascade.
Cascade was the westernmost point on the MRSR. It
was originally a resort town, but Milgov transformed it into a
logistics depot. From Cascade, truck convoys made the in-
efficient and dangerous journey up US Route 95 to Lewis-
ton, Idaho. Lewiston's strategic importance outweighed its
size due to two factors: the presence of the CCI ammuni-
tion plant, out of service since 1998 but shut down in good
order and potentially recoverable, and its position as the
farthest-inland port with a Pacific Coast connection. From
the Port of Lewiston, barge traffic could embark on the
Snake River, enter the Columbia River at Burbank, Wash-
ington, and travel all the way to the Longview seaport. At
the port, a logistics detachment of the 47th ID transferred
shipments from barges back to trucks for movement along
the "Western Last Mile" – Interstate Highway 5 to the divi-
sion's main body near Seattle.
At its best, the Western March Route was fragile. The
Proconsul of the Northwest's short-lived bid for autonomy
over the winter of 2000-2001 and the subsequent count-
er-coup cost the 47th ID key personnel and equipment
necessary for maintaining its end of the route. Recovery
was still possible, though, until the Idaho New America cell
seized control of Boise in March. With Boise went the rail
link through Nampa. Milgov had lost the sole supply line
between its central territories and the Pacific Northwest.
Doing the Math
The distances involved in travel between Milgov's central
enclaves, to say nothing of the Western March Route, are
astonishing to anyone accustomed to the difficulties of trav-
el in postwar Europe. What follows is analysis of the raw
numbers involved in Operation Egret's main routes.
ECONOMIES OF SCALE
For the average citizen of prewar America, trucks were
the most visible means of freight transportation, yet the
least cost-effective (short of air cargo, of course). On aver-
age, one liter of diesel fuel could move one ton of cargo 66
kilometers by truck, 175 kilometers by train, or 245 kilome-
ters by barge. This factor alone was a strong argument
for Milgov to expend considerable resources in repairing
rail routes for its MRSR and securing a river artery for the
Western March Route. When planners added each mode
of transportation's relative maintenance demands, trucks
were the clear losers.
PRACTICALITIES
The NCRA refinery in Hutchinson is but the most visible
of many potential single points of failure that could bring
down the entire MRSR. Even with the ability to run lo-
comotives, trucks, and towboats on the trickle of Kansas
diesel, the combined route necessary to get refined fuel to

MAIN RAIL SUPPLY ROUTE SEGMENTS

The major segment of Operation Egret's transportation network are:
Start End Distance Route Type Travel Time*
Hutchinson, KS Pueblo, CO 790 km rail (BNSF track) 40 hours
Pueblo, CO Colorado Springs, CO 70 km rail (BNSF/UP track) 4 hours
Colorado Springs, CO Denver, CO 180 km rail (BNSF/UP track) 8 hours
Denver, CO Cheyenne, WY 165 km rail (BNSF/UP track) 8 hours
Cheyenne, WY Pocatello, ID 810 km rail (UP track) 40 hours
Western March Route
Pocatello, ID Nampa, ID 415 km rail (UP track) 20 hours
Nampa, ID Cascade, ID 140 km rail (Oregon Short Line track) 8 hours
Cascade, ID Lewiston, ID 300 km road (US Route 95) 12 hours
Lewiston, ID Longview, WA 660 km barge (Snake/Columbia Rivers) 120 hours
Longview, WA Seattle, WA 200 km road (Interstate 5) 8 hours
Divisional Supply Routes
Hutchinson, KS Oklahoma City, OK 340 km rail (BNSF track) 16 hours
Denver, CO North Platte, NE 425 km rail (UP track) 20 hours
* Average safe rail movement at 40 km/hr, road convoys at 50 km/hr, and barge traffic at 15 km/hr, with brief but frequent service stops
at small communities. Halve times for emergency/express service. Trains and towboats run only in daylight, halting in towns at night.
The Pacific Northwest Page 77
the Pacific Northwest enclave is still 2,570 rail kilometers,
660 river kilometers, and 500 road kilometers. A commer-
cial fuel trailer holds about 28,000 liters when loaded to
the prewar safe and legal weight capacity for the roads in
question. This means that for every laden fuel truck pulling
into the 47th ID's Seattle cantonment, roughly 650 liters of
fuel were burned to get it there from Kansas.
Worse yet, that math assumes prewar levels of efficien-
cy, using well-maintained equipment operated by expe-
rienced professionals on safe routes and traveling at the
most fuel-efficient speeds. In 2001, none of those assump-
tions hold true. The need to patrol routes constantly for
sabotage, weather-related damage, and other hazards re-
stricts all modes of transportation to daylight operation and
low speeds. Driving a truck convoy at a 55-mile-per-hour
speed limit is a nostalgic memory. Combined with acci-
dents, enemy action, and the generally poor maintenance
condition of every physical component of the operation, ex-
penditures are easily three to five times the prewar figures,
with a corresponding or greater increase in travel times.
Even so, the effort was not only worthwhile but vital for
Milgov before New America cut the Western March Route,
and the MRSR and the divisional supply routes remain es-
sential. While low-priority traffic between the enclaves can
travel by road or even pack horse, the only realistic means
of shipping bulk cargo is an overtaxed and grievous-
ly-wounded rail network on the verge of total disintegration.
Holding It Together
Combat operations win glory, but logistics wins wars.
The following leaders are instrumental in Operation Egret
and the other elements of Milgov's recovery efforts.
BRIGADIER GENERAL JEROME MENENDEZ
Drafted a month after high school, Jerry Menendez
served two tours in Vietnam – first as a truck driver in a
transportation company, then as a "mustang" lieutenant
commanding a gun truck platoon. He'd never planned
on making the Army a lifestyle, but after a G.I. Bill educa-
tion and a brief return to civilian life, he stayed in uniform
another twenty-plus years, retiring as a colonel in 1989.
His Transportation Command connections led him into a
comfortable second career in the shipping industry.
When the conflict that would become the Twilight War
kicked off, Menendez was the vice-president of risk man-
agement for the BNSF Railway Company. Well aware that
the network he oversaw was vital to both military trans-
portation and the national economy, Menendez wasted no
time in drawing on his Army network and reaching out to
his counterparts at other railroads to coordinate plans for
protecting their personnel and equipment and getting back
up and running in case the war went nuclear. As it turned
out, Menendez wasn't paranoid – but he couldn't convince
his corporate bosses to be paranoid enough to save a lot
of the railroad's assets.
Page 78 GDW

As Milgov began focusing on recovery work, it sought

out transportation executives with the right combination
of competence and trustworthiness. Menendez found his
commission reactivated, somewhat against his will. Shortly
thereafter, the Joint Chiefs breveted him to his first star and
placed him in command of Operation Egret. He knows this
is profoundly illegal, as are a lot of the things he's had to do
since, but he's willing to put his conscience in a box if the
extra rank helps him solve some of the problems he's been
handed.
Capsule: General Menendez is an African-American
man around 60 years old, with the remains of a once-mus-
cular physique now attenuated by age and the postwar diet
plan. His hair has gone completely silver, as has the neat-
ly-trimmed beard that he refuses to shave despite being
back in uniform. Unless he's meeting with the Joint Chiefs
or needs to use his rank as a blunt implement, he prefers
dark pinstriped suits to uniforms – though either way, he
carries the same M1911A1 that got him through ‘Nam in a
custom sharkskin shoulder holster that neatly conceals it
under his jacket. Menendez is an astute administrator but
he has slowed down enough since retirement that he's only
an Experienced NPC if forced into combat. He's fluent in
Spanish and Vietnamese.
Motivations: Spade 9: Menendez's military and cor-
porate careers were both paths away from his roots in a
poverty-stricken Houston neighborhood. He sees status
and power as tools to improve his own situation, and his
success as something to rub in the face of anyone who
looks down on his background. Heart 8: Menendez is a
people person, and he's generous and loyal to those he
considers friends. That group is decreasing with frighten-
ing speed as the war continues claiming victims, and he'll
go to considerable lengths to protect those who remain.

CAPTAIN DENNIS HINTON

A logistics officer stationed in Germany, Dennis Hinton
was critically wounded in a Soviet air strike on the first
day of American participation in the war. He was evacu-
ated stateside for treatment, where he bounced around
from medical facility to medical facility one step ahead of
the nukes. He wound up in Colorado Springs, where he
was placed in charge of the water purification section in
the public health coordination office. That essential but
soul-crushing assignment lasted until a personnel officer
found out he'd been a model train hobbyist before the war.
A week later, Hinton found himself the new commander of
the 757th Transportation Battalion, which had been under
the leadership of a staff sergeant for the better part of a
year before the rest of the Army noticed.
Hinton had a wealth of theoretical knowledge about
railroading but absolutely no practical understanding of the
actual tasks required to run a railroad. However, he was a
quick learner and he already knew the secret of listening to
his senior NCOs, all of whom were reservists with decades
of experience in rail corporations. His initial recovery plan
for what would become the MRSR got the attention of Brig-
The Pacific Northwest Page 79

adier General Menendez, who's now Hinton's mentor and

direct commander.
Technically, Hinton has an office in the 757th's North
Platte headquarters, but he sees it about once every three
weeks. A hand-on leader, he believes he has clerks to
handle most administrative issues. He'd much rather be
out in the field making sure things are running smoothly
and playing with thousands of tons of toys. He's also never
satisfied with "good enough," and anyone who has a better
idea for improving service or security on the MRSR will
have his attention.
Capsule: Hinton is a slightly-built redhead in his late
20s, missing his left hand and left eye. He's supposed
to be fitted for a prosthetic any month now, but until then,
he wears the classic hook and eyepatch. He thinks it
makes him look mildly piratical; none of his troops have the
heart to tell him it really makes him look like a teenager at
Halloween. His perpetually manic energy levels don't help
this impression, either. He's the rare nerd who somehow
not only survived the war but now thrives. He's an Experi-
enced NPC but he learns frighteningly fast.
Motivations: Club Ace: Hinton has never actually
fought in combat, so no one, including the captain himself,
realizes that he's a natural tactician. The first time he's in
a fight, years of wargaming experience in both hobbyist
and professional settings will engage, resulting in a flurry of
correct command decisions that will leave him exhausted
and confused after the fact. Heart 10: Absurdly, Hinton
has found his proverbial tribe among the 757th's cadre of
professional railroaders. This has allowed him to develop
a command presence and self-confidence that were mostly
lacking before the war. He does still tend to monologue on
his passions at excruciating length.

ARIANA KASPERSEN
Ari Kaspersen was performing field research for her
chemical engineering Ph.D when the world started to come
apart. She spent the better part of two years in a succes-
sion of refugee camps before a sergeant with the 95th ID
took the time to talk to her and realized she was the first
person he'd met who might know a damn thing about the
infrastructure the division was charged with protecting.
After a whirlwind series of orders phrased as requests
and interviews with successively higher-ranking officers,
Kaspersen found herself appointed a supervisor at the
NCRA Hutchinson facility. The facility manager's death to
unmanaged diabetes in December 2000 left her in charge
of all refinery operations.
With a background in geology and a now-dead career
goal of offshore oil exploration, Kaspersen is more familiar
with the drilling end of the petroleum supply chain than
the refining side of the business. However, she's the best
available option, and she's motivated by equal parts hun-
ger for a resurrected industrial civilization and existential
dread of what will happen if she fails. She's frequently in
conflict with senior Army officers over the refinery's produc-
tion numbers but she absolutely refuses to compromise
Page 80 GDW
the equipment's safety, despite the increasing difficulty of
keeping worn-out systems online.
Capsule: Stress and sun have aged Ariana Kaspersen
a decade beyond her actual late-twenty-something. She
doesn't have time for social niceties, but the silver threads
in her short blonde hair and the wrinkles around her eyes
do help to convince the oil industry dinosaurs under her
supervision that she may be old enough to know what
she's talking about. When that doesn't work, she's more
than willing to vivisect another roughneck with her superior
command of both engineering and profanity. She doesn't
bother to dress any differently from the rest of the refinery
crew, but there's no one on site who doesn't know who she
is. Kaspersen is a Novice combatant and her bodyguard
(a rotating duty among the 95th ID troops who can tolerate
her style and schedule) has standing orders to never let
her anywhere near a fight.
Motivations: Diamond 10: Kaspersen didn't get into the
petroleum industry to save the world – she was just follow-
ing the dollars. In the absence of a functioning economy,
she's redirected her avarice toward whatever comfort and
perks she can reasonably extort from the Army. Since she
runs a refinery now, that does include the only function-
ing Porsche 993 in Kansas and the racing fuel to drive it
properly. Heart 8: Despite having the patience of a clay-
more mine and sleeping four hours a night on the nights
that something doesn't go wrong, Kaspersen still maintains
a stable relationship with Lieutenant Matt Sarkozi, an Air
Force missile security officer who runs a scout platoon
under the 95th ID. Their cohabitation has had a predict-
able result: Kaspersen is now five months pregnant. She
and Sarkozi plan to marry before the baby is due, but she's
trying to get him rotated to a safer staff job – and to secure
the necessary medical care for their child.
Road Warriors
Operation Egret depends on hundreds of troops and
thousands of civilian workers, most of whom are about as
far from combatants (or the average player character) as
it's possible to be in 2001's United States. The following
units and organizations are but a few of the most visible
pieces of the ghost of interstate commerce that Milgov is
keeping alive.
757TH TRANSPORTATION BATTALION
The 757th was one of two railroad transportation units
in the U.S. Army Reserves. Headquartered in Milwaukee,
Wisconsin, the battalion supported all aspects of railroad-
ing in support of military movements and facilities. When
American troops began deploying to Europe, about half
the battalion's troops were activated and sent to assist
with troop deployments in Germany. The remainder were
dispersed throughout the Midwest to liaise with the major
rail corporations as needed.
Following the nuclear exchanges, the 757th's stateside
elements reassembled at their prearranged fallback loca-
tion of Union Pacific's Cheyenne, Wyoming yard. Several
senior NCOs were UP employees in their civilian jobs and
were intimately familiar with the facility – including the
working and restorable steam locomotives of UP's heritage
fleet. However, it quickly became apparent that a megaton
of Soviet ire directed at Warren AFB had rendered much
of the yard's equipment unsalvageable, and the remaining
assets dangerously radioactive. With the officers who led
the yard survey succumbing to radiation sickness, leader-
ship devolved to Staff Sergeant Ian Baumgarten, who led
the survivors south to Denver and a link-up with elements
of the Cadet Brigade.
Once back in contact with command authorities, the
battalion spent several months in bureaucratic limbo, being
used as a manpower pool for other units in central Colo-
rado. Morale was at historic lows when Captain Dennis
Hinton assumed command in February 2000. Since then,
a renewed mission and an influx of replacement personnel
have made the 757th one of the few units in the Army of
2001 that can claim to meet its prewar strength. However,
its expertise is greatly diluted; over half the replacements
are troops who wanted to get out of combat billets and had
enough mechanical aptitude to be good candidates for
rail work. The rest are civilian railroaders who somehow
were fortunate enough (or unfit in some way) to escape the
wartime draft.
Assets: The 757th controls all Milgov's railroad tracks,
rolling stock, and maintenance equipment west of the
Mississippi River. Although its personnel are armed for
self-defense, it's not a combat unit, and infantry detach-
ments drawn from combat formations are assigned to se-
curity on every train that rolls out of an enclave. Because
Captain Hinton and two lieutenants are the unit's only
officers, these trains are often under the command of first
sergeants or staff sergeants – even if higher-ranking per-
sonnel are among the security details or on board as pas-
sengers. This causes constant friction with combat arms
officers who think they should be in charge, but General
Menendez's stance is a bizarre reinterpretation of admiralty
law that the Joint Chiefs have so far supported.
3RD BATTALION, 49TH FIELD ARTILLERY REGIMENT
3-49 FA is a prime example of an Army unit whose cur-
rent mission departs radically from its prewar role. Part of
the Wyoming National Guard, the battalion was activated
for disaster relief in the Cheyenne area after the nucle-
ar strike on Warren AFB. It operated in this role until 20
July 1998, when it was brought into federal service along
with the rest of its parent formation, the 115th Field Artil-
lery Brigade. The brigade then moved by rail to Fort Sill,
Oklahoma, where 3-49 was attached to the 100th Infantry
Division. It supported the 100th ID through 5th Army's
Texas counter-offensive.
During the 100th ID's withdrawal from Texas, 3-49 FA
lost its last heavy equipment to a flash flood. Upon return-
ing to Colorado with the rest of the division, it was brought
up to strength with recruits from the Denver area and
The Pacific Northwest Page 81
re-organized as specialized light infantry – with a crash
course in railway operations from the 757th Transportation
Battalion. The unit was then assigned to route security on
Operation Egret's rail network. Attrition from vehicle acci-
dents was high until the survivors learned how to identify
hazardous stretches of track.
Assets: 3-49 operates a small fleet of ex-BNSF and
ex-UP road-rail pickup trucks (see p. 117) that have been
spray-painted olive drab and equipped with radios, pin-
tle-mounted support weapons, and rudimentary armor. Its
troops have become adept at switching between rail and
road movement to outwit and outmaneuver marauders.
Though no longer in possession of its original 155mm
howitzers, 3-49 still clings to artillerist credentials with a
combination of M40A1 recoilless rifles (reclaimed from U.S.
Forest Service avalanche control duty, and dangerously
worn-out) and M29E1 mortars. The unit deploys at least
one of each weapon type with every four-vehicle patrol and
uses them profligately.
PUEBLO FIRE, RESCUE, DELIVERY, AND CATERING
COMPANY
Whimsical name notwithstanding, PFRD&C is one of
Colorado's more successful enterprises to emerge from the
Twilight War's ashes. It and its competitors pick up where
Milgov's rail backbone ends, serving the transportation and
communication needs of outlying survivor communities.
Under the leadership of founder Charlie Ramirez and his
extended family, the company (really, a worker's collective)
operates in southern Colorado and northern New Mexico.
Its services include freight and postal delivery, mechanical
repair, and medical clinics and evacuation. However, it's
best-loved for its "chuckwagons," mobile kitchens bringing
the first non-local flavors that many survivors have tasted
in four years.
Assets: Taking their cue from 3-49 FA, the Ramirez clan
has assembled a small fleet of former Southern Pacific
Railroad maintenance vehicles to traverse roads and rail
lines. Each convoy usually includes a cargo truck, a mo-
bile workshop, and an escort vehicle. One of the service
trucks tows a chuckwagon trailer. Each of PFDR&C's six
chuckwagons approximates a different popular prewar
cuisine. The escort vehicle has a military radio (don't ask
where it came from) in case the convoy needs to call for
assistance. Aside from its unique road-rail capabilities,
PFRD&C is typical of emerging mercantile operations that
PCs may encounter in most of Milgov's central region,
perhaps as merchant encounter results.
Page 82 GDW
Adventuring in the Pacific Northwest
A Twilight: 2000 campaign set in the Pacific Northwest
will look very different than one set in Europe, or even on
America's East Coast. The intensity of warfare and civil
disorder was much lower here, but the population was also
far less dense even before the war. The result is a map full
of empty spaces, yet overlain with a political landscape in
which local acts can echo on a continental scale.
This chapter addresses the mechanical and meta-game
aspects of playing in the Pacific Northwest. It examines a
few ways characters might arrive in the region, offers a se-
lection of hooks to draw them into the action, and provides
additions and changes necessary for the core Twilight:
2000 (v2.2) rules to better model adventuring here.
Getting There is Half the Fun
The Pacific Northwest is not adjacent to any area of
the globe that previously-published Twilight: 2000 game
modules and sourcebooks have dealt with. Thus, the first
question on the table is how the characters got here.
SEATTLE SURVIVORS
A campaign starting in the area may focus on characters
who've been here all along. The 47th ID is one of the few
U.S. Army units to be involved in combat from the war's
outset without ever leaving North America. Replacement
troops from the region, as well as U.S. Navy and Air Force
personnel from the Seattle area, weren't in the fighting
as long, but they were present at the Battle of Seattle. A
group with this background may have fought together for
years, or they may have met recently as part of a unit-level
reorganization or special task force.
WESTERN FRONT
The 104th ID is Milgov's closest force to the New Amer-
ica Idaho cell. Reopening the rail, road, and river routes
through the state is essential to keeping the central en-
claves fed – and to providing the Western Redoubt the fuel
to bring in the harvest. Thus, the 104th's highest priority
is breaking New America's blockade. In preparation for a
new offensive, the division has sent reconnaissance teams
westward through Idaho. The characters may be one of
these teams, in which case they've been traveling overland
and keeping a low profile.
ROAD TRIP ON ROUTE 30
The region may also be home for characters coming
from even farther away. Troops who returned from Europe
in the Going Home module may have the Pacific North-
west as the end goal of a transcontinental journey. This
area was home, or at least the last prewar duty station, for
several units, and a service member from virtually any unit
The Pacific Northwest Page 83
could have family roots in the region. While such a trip is
outside this work's scope, the events between making port
in Norfolk and crossing the Rockies and Cascades could
easily fill a campaign before the group even begins to play
in the Pacific Northwest. Leaving Norfolk as soon as Task
Force 34 arrived in port would have the characters crossing
the eastern U.S. at the start of winter, waiting for the Rocky
Mountain passes to clear, and arriving in Idaho or eastern
Oregon around April or May 2001 – not coincidentally, the
default date for this sourcebook.
U.S. Army units appropriate to this campaign structure
are the 36th Infantry Division (whose 81st Mechanized
Infantry Brigade was a Washington National Guard unit)
and the 116th Armored Cavalry Regiment (Idaho Nation-
al Guard). In Twilight: 2000's v2.0/v2.2 timeline, the 1st
Infantry Division was based at Fort Lewis, making it an-
other candidate. Characters from Fort Lewis' 9th Infantry
Division might also have returned from the Middle East,
perhaps when a ship taking European reinforcements to
Iran subsequently returned to the East Coast around De-
cember 2000.
LOCAL INTERESTS
Twilight: 2000's focus has traditionally been military, but
the Pacific Northwest's relative lack of large-scale com-
bat during the war makes a civilian-focused group wholly
feasible. Characters in this model could be free traders,
missionaries, troubadours, Native Americans from any of
the region's tribal nations, an Oregon Recovery Task Force
field team, refugees from a recently-fallen settlement, or
anything else the players can dream up. Most civilian
groups will be less well-armed than the average military
unit, so the referee should calibrate enemies accordingly.
MUSTERING OUT
Both the 47th and 104th IDs have hemorrhaged per-
sonnel over 2000 and 2001. Characters may be former
members of either unit. If the group chooses this option,
the referee and players should work out the details of
the characters' departure ahead of time. Depending on
perspective, they may be either free agents or mutineers.
If the characters left the 47th during the Proconsul's brief
reign, the door may still be open for them to return to the
fold without consequences – depending, of course, on their
actions during play.
In either division's case, the characters may just want to
get home. For the National Guardsmen of the 47th, this
makes getting out of the Pacific Northwest the first phase
of a journey east to Illinois, Iowa, and Minnesota. For the
104th's Washingtonians and Oregonians, the trip will be in
the opposite direction. Either way, New America isn't just
going to wave the characters through its territory.
For a slightly more off-the-map option, characters could
be recently-demobilized soldiers (or deserters) from the
40th ID, which was reconstituted with Oregon draftees and
is now stationed in California.
OPERATION KOMEGA
The U.S. 8th Army is in Korea with a combined 15,000
soldiers and Marines. While the Korean Peninsula may
be relatively well-off in terms of infrastructure and comforts
(see the sourcebook The Korean Peninsula for details),
many of those troops still want to return to CONUS. Survi-
vors of the badly-mauled 7th Infantry Division would have
a particular interest in the West Coast, as that division was
based in California – and included the Oregon National
Guard's 41st Infantry Brigade. Members of the 163rd Ar-
mored Cavalry Regiment would also need to pass through
the region to return to their homes in Montana.
A mass sealift is highly unlikely – in 2001, reserves
of fuel oil sufficient for a large-scale Pacific crossing are
vanishingly rare, and the events of Going Home were pos-
sible only through the chance salvage of a derelict tanker.
However, individual groups may have commandeered (or
negotiated passage on) smaller vessels and made the voy-
age. General Simpson might also send a crack team on
the perilous journey to establish direct contact with a West
Coast Milgov enclave.
Once on the American mainland again, characters
returning from Korea may link up with the 47th ID (a
near-certainty if they made landfall near the Seattle-Ta-
coma area), or they could set out across Washington
or Oregon on their own. The Pacific Northwest coast is
murderous to mariners, so any such travelers may be their
vessel's sole survivors, washing up ashore with no more
than the clothes on their backs.
VISITORS FROM AFAR
While more far-fetched than the options mentioned
above, other parties may have sent their own recon-
naissance or diplomatic missions into the area. Milgov's
cantonments near Sacramento are keeping tabs on the
Northern California New America cell and occasionally
send intelligence operations far afield. While the Omaha
government has no strong presence in the region, it's alert
for opportunities, particularly with regards to the 47th ID's
loyalty, and has covert teams operating here.
Introducing foreign entanglements, the Canadian
Federal Government (see Challenge #30) is understand-
ably edgy about the American governmental schism. The
northern neighbors might send a few personnel of their
own to discreetly ask some polite questions. This could
be the seed of a campaign focusing on the Department
of Reconnaissance and Investigations. Looking farther to
sea, Japan and Australia both have an interest in re-estab-
lishing contact with American government authorities, and
either nation could have mustered a small vessel to send
an outreach mission – or have had a vessel on an unre-
lated assignment blown off-course and wrecked on Amer-
ican shores. Finally, Soviet troops from any of the units
marooned in British Columbia might decide to strike out on
their own, being done with fighting an impossible war or
reaving the landscape as marauders.
Page 84 GDW

Survivalist
New Character Options
For a few people, the Cold War's threat of nuclear arma-
All careers in the Twilight: 2000 rulebook are appropri-
geddon was a challenge. Starting in the 1970s, an increas-
ate for the Pacific Northwest (with appropriate rationaliza-
ing fringe movement advocated a heavily-armed, isolated,
tion). The following additional careers are not unique to
self-reliant rural lifestyle as the best means of surviving
this region and are suitable for any campaign.
nuclear war. Some of them got it right.
CIVILIAN OCCUPATIONS Entry: No prerequisites. If captured in a Criminal term,
may choose to roll 1d10 (+1 if INT 7+): on 8+, enter this ca-
Civil Defense reer rather than prison (but gain a prison record anyway).
The discipline of protecting civilian populations from First Term Skills:
disasters and war, civil defense saw widespread growth • Construction: 1
during the Cold War. This career represents FEMA and • Early Firearms or Small Arms (Rifle): 1
state and local emergency management personnel in • Farming: 1
the United States and their counterparts in other nations' • Medical: 1
equivalent agencies. • Scrounging: 1
Entry: Undergraduate degree or 1+ military or law en- • Survival: 1
forcement terms. Subsequent Term Skills:
First Term Skills: • Archery
• Chemistry, Geology, or Meteorology: 1 • Armed Martial Arts
• Computer: 1 • Construction
• Instruction: 1 • Early Firearms
• Leadership: 1 • Electronics
• Persuasion: 1 • Excavation
• Scrounging: 1 • Farming
Subsequent Term Skills: • Machinist
• Mechanic
• Chemistry • Medical
• Computer • Observation
• Geology • Riding
• Instruction • Scrounging
• Leadership • Small Arms
• Medical (Diagnosis or Trauma Aid) • Small Watercraft
• Meteorology • Stealth
• Navigation • Survival
• Observation • Tracking
• Persuasion • Unarmed Martial Arts
• Scrounging
"Promotion:" 7+, DM +1 if EDU 7+. There is no sur-
Promotion: 7+, DM +1 if EDU 7+ vivalist hierarchy in which to be promoted; instead, this
Contacts: Two per term, any discipline. On a 1d10 roll represents dedicated study providing the same benefit (i.e.,
of 10, the contact is foreign. an additional skill point).
Special: For each term in this field, roll 1d10. On 8+, Contacts: None. For every term spent in this career,
the character is involved in disaster response and recovery. roll 1d10. If the die exceeds the character's CHA, lose one
Instead of a secondary activity for this term, receive two contact from a prior career, starting with the first acquired.
additional contacts. Special: A survivalist receives two secondary activities
When war breaks out, the character will not be drafted per term.
from this career. The character receives no secondary When war breaks out, roll 1d10. If the result exceeds
activity during the war term but receives twice the normal the character's INT, the survivalist is drafted; otherwise,
number of skills for this term. The character's equipment carefully-prepared evasions allow the character to continue
purchase allowance is equal to the number of terms spent in this career for the war. The survivalist receives no sec-
in this career x $7,500. Starting equipment may not in- ondary activity during the war term (survival is suddenly a
clude military weapons or vehicles, but the character may full-time job) but receives twice the normal number of skills
purchase anything else, including items listed as rare. for this term. The character's equipment purchase allow-
ance is equal to the number of terms spent in this career x
$5,000. There are no restrictions on equipment – anything
may have found its way into a survivalist's cache.
The Pacific Northwest Page 85

MILITARY OCCUPATIONS Military Police Arm

The following occupations are written generically, rather A far cry from civilian peace officers, military police
than representing any particular nation's unique capabil- personnel are closer to light infantry with arrest powers. In
ities. They are open to characters of any nationality and wartime, their roles expand to include traffic control, route
branch of service if the player can present the referee with protection, and custody of POWs.
compelling evidence that an appropriate unit exists.
Enlisted
Combat Search and Rescue Entry: No prison record.
CSAR personnel specialize in rescuing people from ex- First Term Skills:
treme environments and providing austere medicine. What
differentiates them from civilian counterparts is their down- • Interrogation: 1
range capability: recovery of prisoners, downed aircrew, • Observation: 1
and other personnel trapped in enemy territory. Examples • Small Arms: 1
include U.S. Navy and Coast Guard rescue swimmers and • Unarmed Martial Arts: 1
U.S. Air Force pararescue specialists. Subsequent Term Skills:
• Armed Martial Arts
Enlisted and Officer
• Autogun
Entry: STR+AGL+CON: 16+ and EDU: 6+; officer also • Grenade Launcher
requires OCS, military academy, or commission. • Ground Vehicle (Wheeled)
First Term Skills: • Interrogation
• Observation
• Climbing: 1 • Persuasion
• Medicine (Trauma Aid): 3 • Small Arms
• Small Arms: 1 • Unarmed Martial Arts
• Survival: 1
• Swimming: 1 Promotion: 6+, DM 1+ if INT 7+.
Subsequent Term Skills: Contacts: One per term, military. Roll 1d10 for 7+ for
the contact to be foreign.
• Autogun
• Chemistry Officer
• Climbing
• Grenade Launcher Entry: OCS, military academy, or commission; no prison
• Medicine record.
• Navigation First Term Skills:
• Observation
• Interrogation: 2
• Parachute
• Leadership: 1
• Scrounging
• Small Arms: 1
• Small Arms
• Small Watercraft Subsequent Term Skills:
• Stealth • Armed Martial Arts
• Survival • Autogun
• Swimming • Grenade Launcher
• Tracking • Ground Vehicle (Wheeled)
Promotion: 6+, DM +1 if INT 7+. • Interrogation
• Language
Contacts: Two per term, military or specialist (Medical).
• Leadership
Roll 1d10 for 7+ for the contact to be foreign.
• Observation
• Persuasion
• Small Arms
• Unarmed Martial Arts
Promotion: 6+, DM 1+ if INT 7+ and/or if graduate of
military academy.
Contacts: Two per term, intelligence community, law
enforcement, or military. Roll 1d10 for 7+ for the contact to
be foreign.
Page 86 GDW

Small Craft UNITED STATES COAST GUARD

While the big ships make headlines, small surface craft
are navies' and coast guards' everyday workhorses. This
career represents the "brown-water navy" world of riverine
patrol, port security, and coastal SAR and law enforcement.
Enlisted
Entry: CON: 7+.
An element of the U.S. Department of Transportation
during peacetime, the Coast Guard comes under U.S.
Navy command in time of war. Its normal missions in-
clude maritime safety and SAR, environmental protection,
navigation, and law enforcement (the latter power granted
to all commissioned officers and NCOs). In wartime, this
expands to convoy protection and coastal and port security.

First Term Skills: Entry: No prison.

• Autogun or Medical (Trauma Aid): 1 Basic Training: The character receives the following
• Hovercraft or Small Watercraft: 2 skills as a part of his basic training:
• Navigation: 1 • Autogun: 0
• Swimming: 1 • Medical (Trauma Aid): 1
Subsequent Term Skills: • Small Arms: 1
• Small Watercraft: 1
• Autogun • Swimming: 1
• Grenade Launcher • Unarmed Martial Arts: 1
• Hovercraft
• Mechanic Special: Characters with Intelligence and Education of
• Medical (Trauma Aid) 7+ may enter OCS. If they do so, they receive Leadership:
• Navigation 1, are commissioned as ensigns, and then conduct their
• Observation first term normally.
• Small Arms Characters entering the USCG via the National Military
• Small Watercraft Academy career are graduates of the U.S. Coast Guard
• Swimming Academy in New London, Connecticut.
Promotion: 7+, DM +1 if INT 7+. USCG characters may select from the following careers:
Contacts: One per term, military or specialist (Small • any U.S. Navy career
Watercraft). Roll 1d10 for 7+ for the contact to be foreign. • Aviation Arm (enlisted only; officers attend U.S. Navy
flight school)
Officer • Medical Corps (enlisted only; Coast Guard doctors and
Entry: CON: 7+ and OCS, military academy, or commis- nurses are commissioned U.S. Public Health Service staff
sion. detailed to the Coast Guard)
• Military Intelligence Arm
First Term Skills: • Combat Search and Rescue (enlisted only)
• Autogun or Medical (Trauma Aid): 1 • Military Police Arm
• Hovercraft or Small Watercraft: 1 • Small Craft
• Leadership: 1
• Navigation: 2
• Swimming: 1
Subsequent Term Skills:
• Autogun
• Hovercraft
• Language
• Leadership
• Mechanic
• Medical (Trauma Aid)
• Navigation
• Observation
• Small Arms
• Small Watercraft
• Swimming
Promotion: 7+, DM +1 if INT 7+. If the character is
promoted above Rank 3, he must exit this career.
Contacts: Two per term, military or specialist (Small
Watercraft). Roll 1d10 for 7+ for the contact to be foreign.
The Pacific Northwest Page 87

SNOW
Winter Weather
Falling snow impairs visibility as per Twilight: 2000 v2.2,
Between November and April, winter weather is a major
p. 223. The following rules measure snow accumulation
travel complication across the Pacific Northwest. Snow
in snow level, which is an abstract scale of travel difficulty
and ice accumulation make roads and trails treacherous
rather than a concrete meter stick of physical depth. Mini-
and conceal other hazards. Freezing temperatures can
mum snow level is 0, indicating no snow accumulation, and
weaken or kill characters who lack shelter or protective
maximum snow level is 10. Snow level increases by 1 per
clothing. The following rules provide options for the referee
period of light snowfall (poor weather), by 2 per period of
to further complicate the lives of player characters who
heavy snowfall (very poor weather), and by 1D6 per period
choose to leave the comfort of their cantonments for winter
of intense blizzard conditions (yes, this can result in only
adventures.
light accumulation – blizzards are capricious).
Due to space limitations, the following rules are written
At snow level 3, "good" roads become "poor" roads, foot
for playability, not rigorous detailed modeling. Readers
and mounted travel speeds are halved, and characters
who desire greater depth of information on military oper-
in combat cannot run. At snow level 6, foot and mounted
ations in winter and mountain environments may wish to
travel speeds are reduced to one-quarter normal and char-
consult the U.S. Army's ATP 3-90.97: Mountain Warfare
acters in combat cannot trot. At snow level 10, all travel
and Cold Weather Operations (state of the art as of this
without specialized vehicles becomes impossible.
sourcebook's release) and the U.S. War Department's
1943 publication Special Series No. 18: German Winter Snow level also serves as a negative modifier to any
Warfare (which assumes a relative lack of mechanization driver's Ground Vehicle asset. If this reduces the charac-
perhaps more appropriate to the realities of Twilight: ter's asset below 1, maintaining control of the vehicle is
2000). Both are available online in PDF format as of this impossible. Snow-related mishaps may involve sliding off
writing. the road, hitting a hidden obstacle, becoming high-centered
on densely-packed snow, becoming immobilized on an icy
spot, or being unable to climb the slippery sides of a valley.
Page 88 GDW
Without deliberate clearance, snow remains in place
until it melts. Snow level is reduced by 1 after a number of
days of above-freezing temperatures equal to the current
snow level. For example, snow level of 7 is reduced to
snow level 6 after a week-long warm spell, and it takes 10
warm days for snow level 4 to melt completely.
Heavy traffic on a snow-covered road compresses the
snow, converting a snow level into half its value in ice level
(e.g., snow level 5 becomes ice level 2; see following).
By 2001, chemical road treatment is a distant memory.
Only organized areas with surplus fuel have the where-
withal to plow roads, and even these areas only clear their
most critical arteries. Plowing requires a vehicle whose
weight in tons exceeds the current snow level – and,
obviously, which mounts a plow blade. A plowing vehicle
moves at half speed but resets snow level in its path to 0
and ice level to 1. Any vehicle not purpose-built for plowing
(i.e., road graders, combat engineer vehicles, some heavy
trucks) has its Maintenance trait doubled for any week in
which it spends more than two periods plowing.
ICE
Freezing rain and drizzle also impair visibility as per
Twilight: 2000 v2.2, p. 223. Like snow, the following rules
measure ice accumulation in ice level, which is also a 0
to 10 scale. Ice level increases by 1 per period of light
freezing rain (poor weather) and by 2 per period of heavy
freezing rain (very poor weather).
Ice level is tracked separately from snow level. If both
ice and snow are present, apply the more impeding effect
in any given situation.
At ice level 1, "good" roads become "poor" roads, foot
and mounted travel speeds are halved, and any tactical
movement faster than a walk requires a Difficult: Agility
check to avoid falling. At ice level 3, foot and mounted
travel speeds are reduced to one-quarter normal and
tactical movement faster than a walk requires a Formida-
ble: Agility check. At ice level 6, all ground travel without
specialized vehicles becomes impossible and tactical
movement faster than a walk requires an Impossible: Agility
check.
Many of ice's effects will be situation-specific and more
appropriate to narrative than rules. As a general recom-
mendation, the higher the ice level, the greater the weight
of ice accumulating on objects, particularly elevated ones.
This weight can topple trees, bend antennas, and even
collapse towers and other elevated structures. Falling
trees, in turn, sever aboveground electrical and data lines.
Freezing rain also accumulates on windows, vision blocks,
and lenses, making visual and electro-optical observation
challenging.
Ice level also serves as a negative modifier to any driv-
er's Ground Vehicle asset, as per snow level.
Ice remains in place until it melts. This occurs at a flat
rate of one level per day of above-freezing temperatures.
SNOW SPORTS
Some modes of travel are unimpeded by most snow and ice.
Vehicles specifically designed or adapted for snow traversal ig-
nore snow level except in the most extreme circumstances. The
M973/BV-206 (American Combat Vehicle Handbook, p. 12/NATO
Combat Vehicle Handbook, p. 6), MT-LB (Soviet Combat Vehicle
Handbook, p. 18), and GT-SM (p. 100) all fall into this category.
Snowmobiles and hovercraft ignore both snow level and ice level.
Tracked vehicles treat a snow or ice level less than 10 as 1 lower.
A character wearing snowshoes ignores snow level if she is
not burdened, though she cannot run in combat. If she carries
enough weight to become burdened, snowshoes have no benefit.
A character on cross-country skis who has at least Snow Skiing:
1 has a travel movement rate of 30/30. In combat, she moves
normally so long as she has at one ski pole in hand.
CROSSING FROZEN WATER
Flowing water freezes slowly. Generally speaking (this
is a vast oversimplification of ice formation modeling for-
mulae), ice formation on flowing fresh water occurs at the
rate of 0.25 centimeters per day per 10 negative degrees
Celsius. For example, over five days at a sustained -20ºC,
a slow river would form a 2.5-centimeter ice crust. The rate
of ice formation doubles for still water (i.e., ponds and small
lakes). Deep, swiftly-flowing rivers, on the other hand, may
never freeze over.
The capacity of ice to support a load depends on both
ground pressure and total mass. The following capacities
for different ice thicknesses are again general. The referee
is encouraged to reward sensible planning and route
reconnaissance – and, conversely, to require increasingly
difficult rolls for hasty or unprepared ice crossings.
Ice thickness Safe load
5 cm infantry
10 cm cavalry and pack animals
20 cm vehicles up to 4.5 tons gross weight
30 cm vehicles up to 8 tons gross weight
40 cm vehicles up to 20 tons gross weight
60 cm vehicles up to 40 tons gross weight
CHARACTER HEALTH
Cold and snowy weather brings unique health consider-
ations for characters without adequate clothing or shelter.
Hypothermia, frostbite, and snow blindness are all winter
health hazards.
Hypothermia and frostbite are both possible when the
ambient temperature is below the character's temperature
limit. This value depends on the character's clothing and
activity:
Clothing/activity Temperature limit
Fatigues, standard base 10ºC
Fatigues, thermal base -5ºC
Parka w/ accessories bonus 10ºC lower
Easy work bonus 5ºC lower
Hard work bonus 10ºC lower
Thus, a character wearing a parka over thermal fatigues
while shoveling snow has a temperature limit of -25ºC.
The Pacific Northwest Page 89
Hypothermia
Hypothermia occurs when the human body's core
temperature drops below 35ºC. While this can occur from
shock or other medical conditions, the most common cause
is prolonged heat loss from a cold environment.
When the temperature is below the character's tempera-
ture limit, heat loss adds fatigue levels as per Twilight:
2000 v2.2, p. 150. For every 10ºC below the temperature
limit, a character accrues one level of fatigue per period.
If the character continues losing heat after falling uncon-
scious (when any attribute is reduced to 0), he continues
accruing fatigue. If his Strength and Constitution both
reach 0, he dies.
Cold water immersion is particularly risky because water
is far more efficient than air at absorbing heat. A character
immersed in cold water (or thoroughly soaked even after
rescue) accrues fatigue every 10 minutes, not every period.
Additionally, unless a character is wearing protective attire
specifically designed to insulate in water, his temperature
limit is 10ºC regardless of his winter apparel or activity
level.
Treatment/Recovery: Rest and sleep remove cold-in-
duced fatigue if the character is in warm surroundings. If
he is unconscious, he regains consciousness on a Difficult:
Constitution roll, made once per period.
Frostbite
Frostbite occurs when exposed skin and tissue freeze
due to prolonged direct exposure to a frigid environment.
In game terms, this occurs when the temperature is -5ºC
or less and is below the character's temperature limit. For
each period during which both conditions occur, the player
makes a Difficult: Constitution check. On failure, each ex-
posed extremity (arms, legs, and head) takes 1d6 damage.
Treatment/Recovery: Treating a frostbitten hit location
is an Average: Medical (Diagnosis) task. This becomes
one level more difficult if the location is seriously wounded,
two levels more difficult for a critical wound, and one level
more difficult if the patient is also hypothermic. Following
treatment, the patient heals according to the normal rules.
If treatment fails, though, also make a percentile roll. If the
die result is less than the total amount of frostbite damage,
reduce the affected location's base hit capacity by the
difference. The player may instead choose to permanently
reduce an attribute by 1 point: Charisma in the case of the
head, or Strength or Agility in the case of an arm or leg.
Snow Blindness
Snow blindness is inflammation of the cornea due to ul-
traviolet light exposure. Its most common cause is sunlight
reflected from snow or ice, particularly at high altitudes.
A character risks snow blindness during every period
in which he is outdoors in sunlit, snow-covered terrain or
similar surroundings without sunglasses, snow goggles, or
equivalent protection. For each period, the player makes
an Average: Constitution check. On failure, the character
begins experiencing blurred vision, swollen eyes, and pain,
making all vision-dependent tasks two levels more diffi-
cult. Any amount of welding without welder's goggles also
triggers this effect.
Treatment/Recovery: The character must rest in a dark
environment (or with a blindfold) to eliminate further UV
exposure. For every three periods of darkened rest, the
player makes an Average: Constitution check. The first
success reduces the task penalty to one level; the charac-
ter fully recovers on the second.
EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE
Extreme cold takes its toll on equipment as well as
people. Lubricants and petroleum fuels congeal; metals
and plastics become brittle; batteries lose charge. When
a character attempts to start a vehicle that has sat idle in
sub-freezing temperatures, roll 1d20. If the die result is
less than the vehicle's Wear plus the number of periods the
vehicle was quiescent, a potential breakdown (Twilight:
2000 v2.2, p. 152) occurs, manifesting as a refusal to start.
Other items, particularly those reliant on electrical power
or lubrication, break at the referee's discretion (e.g., as a
consequence for catastrophic failures).
Page 90 GDW
AVALANCHES
An avalanche occurs when a large mass of snow loses
cohesion and slides down a slope. As the snow slides,
it accelerates and picks up more snow and other debris.
Characters, vehicles, and structures in its path may be
buried or crushed. Typical triggers include increased snow
accumulation during snowstorms, shifts in weight distri-
bution from snowmelt, and the movement of persons or
vehicles across an unstable snow mass. Loud noises are
not enough to trigger an avalanche (unless the referee is
running a cinematic game).
Detecting a potential avalanche hazard requires an Av-
erage: Geology or Difficult: Snow Skiing or Survival check.
Identifying critical points at which to trigger an avalanche
with explosives requires a Difficult: Geology check. Actual-
ly triggering the avalanche requires a successful artillery or
large-caliber gun attack (difficulty determined normally) or
a Difficult: Combat Engineer check, depending on wheth-
er the explosives are delivered ballistically or placed by
hand. If the avalanche must be timed to strike a moving
target (e.g., a convoy, a train, an enemy intelligence agent
involved in a ski chase), all checks become at least one
level more difficult.
A character caught in an avalanche suffers 20D6 falling
damage and is buried 1D6 meters below the surface. Roll
a number of D6 equal to the character's Agility + (Acrobat-
ics or Snow Skiing) and subtract the result from the total
damage. If the character remains conscious, the player
makes a Difficult: Acrobatics, Snow Skiing, or Survival
check. With success, roll 1D6 and subtract the result from
the depth the character is buried. A buried character suffo-
cates in (Constitution x 5) minutes.
A vehicle caught in an avalanche suffers collision dam-
age with an opposing "vehicle" weighing 1D6x1D10 tons
moving at a combat speed of 100 and is buried beneath
1D6 meters of snow. Additionally, roll 1d10: the vehicle is
on its suspension on a 1-7, on its side on an 8 or 9, and on
its roof on a 10. If the driver remains conscious, the player
makes a Formidable: Ground Vehicle check. With suc-
cess, the player may ignore the 1D10 roll (thereby keeping
the vehicle upright) or the burial depth roll (bringing the ve-
hicle to rest atop the avalanche's debris field). A character
in a completely-buried vehicle suffocates in (Constitution x
15) minutes.
Evading an avalanche may be possible, given sufficient
warning time/distance and mobility. For game purposes,
an avalanche travels at a combat speed of 100. The refer-
ee should not reduce player character survival to a single
die roll or narrative fiat ("rocks fall, everyone dies"). NPCs,
vehicles, and equipment are all fair game, though, and sav-
ing them may call for heroic and risky actions. Avalanches
should be rare; in the Pacific Northwest setting, consider
using them only as substitutes for crater encounter results,
and only in mountainous terrain during winter.
Travel
Vast swaths of the Pacific Northwest were undeveloped
and sparsely-populated before the war. Four harsh winters
without maintenance have taken their toll on transporta-
tion infrastructure. The only roads considered "good" are
interstate highways outside mountainous terrain. All other
paved roads are considered "poor," as per Twilight: 2000
v2.2, p. 148.
The region's mountains and forests are threaded with
fire roads and logging roads which may not appear even
on modern road maps. These are typically single-lane, un-
paved, twisty, and treacherous. By 2001, those not in reg-
ular use for trade or military patrols are clogged with fallen
timber and mudslides. These routes follow the standard
movement rules for woods and, where appropriate, hills.
Encounters
Warfare in the Pacific Northwest wasn't generally as in-
tense as it was in Europe (though the surviving residents of
Vancouver and Seattle may disagree). While the encoun-
ter rules in Twilight: 2000 (pp. 154-169) generally apply
here, some modifications are in order.
TERRITORY TYPES
The faction chapters provide general guidance on territo-
ry types in each faction's area of control. Where a territory
type is not specified, it's safe to assume that organized
conditions exist within a reasonable patrol radius (20 to 50
km).
Outside these areas, most of the Pacific Northwest is
insular or independent. Areas with marauder problems will
likely be terrorized, with anarchy present only in the worst
cases. The referee should feel free to fill in the blank spac-
es on the maps as desired.
GROUP ENCOUNTERS
Outside the major factions' areas of control, large military
movements are rare. Treat any large unit result as a patrol
encounter, and any military convoy result as a merchant
convoy.
Few units have the AFVs and fuel to casually patrol with
them. Re-roll any transport result that indicates armored
vehicles, keeping any such result on the re-roll.
ITEM ENCOUNTERS
Derelict military sites and vehicles are extremely rare
outside the Seattle-Vancouver area, the strip of western
British Columbia subject to the Soviet invasion, and New
America's front with the 104th ID. In other areas, any der-
elict vehicle or derelict convoy result will almost certainly
involve civilian vehicles. Any supply dump, repair yard, or
field hospital (whether active or abandoned) will likewise
be a civilian equivalent, probably involving an attempt at
infrastructure restoration or evacuee or epidemic relief.
The Pacific Northwest Page 91
Crater encounters are valid only in western British Co-
lumbia. Other areas of the setting did not see tacnukes.
Treat any crater result as a natural hazard: an avalanche,
mudslide, flood, or the like, or possibly even an earthquake
or volcanic eruption in the Cascades. The referee is, of
course, free to ignore this guidance if a radiation hazard
stemming from a wayward ICBM warhead feels right for the
story.
ANIMAL ENCOUNTERS
Most animal encounters will use the North American ta-
bles. If the referee wants some variation, the Boreal tables
are appropriate for northern areas and can be justified in
mountainous terrain anywhere in the region.
Trade and Commerce
In the Pacific Northwest, as is the case across the world,
trade runs on barter. Gold and silver are usable only in
the Seattle-Tacoma area, southern Vancouver Island, and
the Willamette Valley. New America is confiscating all
privately-held precious metals in Idaho as a precursor to
establishing its own paper currency (another step toward
establishing itself as "legitimate" government). Outside the
areas of military control, the dominant economic opinion is
that no one can eat gold.
Most items have normal availability, with the reminder
that the Pacific Northwest is considered "West" for this pur-
pose – even those areas currently under Soviet control.
Soviet equipment: Because all Soviet-bloc items here
were imported via invasion, all items of Soviet origin –
including small arms, heavy weapons, vehicles, and even
ammunition – are one level more scarce.
Small arms: The Pacific Northwest was a bastion of
civilian gun ownership. Accordingly, all civilian firearms
are one level more common here. The referee is the final
determiner of what is considered "civilian."
Heavy weapons: All guided weapons and ammunition
are one level more scarce. Most of these were deployed
overseas or expended in the Battle of Seattle. This stacks
with the general rule of Soviet equipment availability above.
Vehicles: Civilian passenger and commercial vehicles
are plentiful, but military vehicles are too valuable to ap-
pear on the open market. Anything with armor or a weapon
is available only at the referee's discretion.
Fuel: Refined petroleum fuel is not available on the
Pacific Northwest's open market at any price. A major
faction may supply characters operating under its orders
if strategic mobility is essential to a high-priority mission.
Most villages and all larger settlements brew methanol
and/or ethanol fuel, though most production goes into farm
machinery. Biodiesel may be for sale in towns and cities in
the Palouse: $25 per liter, scarce availability, consumption
multiplier 1. It is usable without modification in any engine
that accepts diesel – though the exhaust may evoke mem-
ories of bygone fast food.
Equipment List Additions
None of the following items are unique to the Pacific
Northwest, but all may be useful for characters adventuring
in the region.
TOOLS
Avalanche Beacon: A radio transceiver operating at
457 kHz, carried by prewar hikers and skiers in avalanche
country to reduce rescue time following an avalanche
entrapment. Defaults to "transmit" mode, in which it au-
tomatically sends a pulsed signal, but can be switched to
"receive" mode for short-range direction-finding of a trans-
mitting unit. Wt: 0.5 kg. Price: $500 (R/-).
Avalanche Probe: A collapsible 3-meter rod used to
locate avalanche victims. Wt: 0.3 kg. Price: $30 (S/S).
Avalanche Shovel: A lightweight, telescoping snow
shovel intended for avalanche rescue. Not durable enough
for digging in soil or rock. Wt: 0.7 kg. Price: $60 (S/S).
Chainsaw: Essential equipment for logging – or for rap-
idly clearing fallen timber from a road. Usable as a melee
weapon with Range L, a -3 hit modifier, and 2D6+Strength
damage, but all catastrophic failures rebound on the wield-
er. Fuel Consumption (G/A): 5 liters per period. Wt: 7 kg.
Price: $300 (C/S).
Ice Axe: An axe head with a pointed pick side and a
broad adze side, mounted on a long handle with a spike on
its opposite end. Used as a mobility aid in climbing, as well
as an emergency self-arresting tool in the event of a fall.
Usable in melee with standard axe traits (just ask Leon
Trotsky). Wt: 1 kg. Price: $50 (S/S).
WINTER MOBILITY GEAR
Crampons: A pair of frames with short spikes, designed
to be strapped over the user's footwear. The wearer ig-
nores ice level, but can't run. Wt: 0.5 kg. Price: $80 (C/C).
Sledge: A device for pulling cargo across snow behind a
horse or other beast of burden. Consists of a flat platform,
supported either by a flat underside or two runners, and
a harness which attaches to the horse's saddle. Doubles
a horse's Load with no reduction in movement speed on
snow. Wt: 20 kg. Price: $150 (S/S).
Sledge, ski: A smaller version of a sledge designed for
use by a human on skis or snowshoes. Doubles the weight
a skier or snowshoe user can "carry" with no loss of speed
or mobility. Wt: 6 kg. Price: $120 (S/S).
Snowshoes: A pair of frames with webbed lacing,
designed to be strapped over the user's footwear. They
decrease ground pressure on snow, improving mobility
(see sidebar, p. 88). Wt: 1.5 kg. Price: $100 (C/C).
Tire Chains: Fastened around tires to increase traction
on snow and ice. Allows a wheeled vehicle to move as a
tracked vehicle (see sidebar, p. 88). Installation takes 10
minutes per tire, halved with an Average: Mechanic check.
Wt: 6 kg per tire. Price: $60 (S/S) each.
Page 92 GDW
AQUATIC SURVIVAL GEAR
Bailout Bottle: A small scuba cylinder carried by divers
for self-rescue or buddy rescue in a failure of a primary
aqualung or rebreather. Also issued to some helicopter
pilots to buy time for emergency egress in a water landing.
Contains 5 minutes of air. Wt: 1 kg. Price: $100 (S/R).
Drysuit: A zippered, waterproof full-body suit with at-
tached booties and rubberized neck and wrist gaskets. It
preserves heat by trapping a layer of air next to the wear-
er's skin. Provides a base temperature limit of 0ºC when
submerged. Wt: 5 kg. Price: $350 (R/R).
Immersion Suit: An oversized, high-visibility drysuit
designed for rapid donning over shipboard clothing in an
emergency. Also includes attached mittens and a hood.
Combines the benefits of a drysuit and a life jacket, but all
physical tasks are one level more difficult. Wt: 8 kg. Price:
$300 (R/R).
Life Jacket: Also known as a personal flotation device
(PFD). Reduces all endurance point expenditures (Twi-
light: 2000 v2.2, p. 138) by 1. Wt: 1 kg. Price: $40 (C/C).
Wetsuit: A neoprene full-body suit that preserves heat
by trapping a layer of water between its interior and the
wearer's body. Provides a base temperature limit of 10ºC
when submerged. Wt: 3 kg. Price: $200 (S/S).
PERSONAL GEAR
Ghillie Suit: Loose netting in the shape of a poncho,
strung with camouflage fabric scraps and sewn with numer-
ous loops for attaching leaves, grass, and small branch-
es. Personnel operating covertly use ghillie suits to avoid
visual detection; most experienced snipers and hunters/
poachers make their own. When loaded with fresh local
vegetation, increases the difficulty of Observation checks to
detect the wearer by one level. Wt: 2 kg. Price: $50 (S/S).
Hypothermia Kit: A windproof fabric enclosure shaped
like a snug sleeping bag, with a reflective internal layer
and a moisture-absorbing pad. Comes with a dry chemical
heat source (one use only) for rapidly rewarming a hypo-
thermia patient. Wt: 1.5 kg. Price: $250 (R/-).
Overwhites: A white outer layer, sometimes printed with
a minimal camouflage pattern, for camouflage in snowy
terrain. Includes hooded tunic, pants, mittens, overboots.
Not insulated, but oversized for use over thermal fatigues
or a parka. By 1999, many troops had made their own out
of bedsheets or parachutes. Wt: 1 kg. Price: $50 (R/S).
Thermal Underwear: Wool or synthetic base layer, worn
under fatigues (or a drysuit) for extra insulation. Provides
10º bonus to temperature limit. Wt: 0.5 kg. Price: $30
(S/S).
The Pacific Northwest Page 93
Player and Referee Advice
Like other setting sourcebooks, The Pacific Northwest
presents a region that differs significantly from Twilight:
2000's traditional Central European focus. The following
ten key points may help referees and players orient them-
selves on the author's design choices and their effects on
stories told here. The Pacific Northwest is distinctly not
Poland.
Familiar natives. In most campaigns, most player char-
acters will likely be Americans. They share a language and
culture with the local residents. It's harder to dismiss the
civilians when every settlement's occupants look, sound,
and act like your hometown neighbors.
Familiar foes. Three of the region's four major factions
are Americans, though two of them are trying to define
identities beyond what they see as a fallen nation. Just as
it's harder to write off the civilians, it is (or should be) hard-
er to classify adherents to other factions as alien outsiders.
Is rapprochement possible or are they lost for good?
Familiar landscapes. The resonance with one's own
nation goes beyond the people. Places, companies, con-
sumer products, architectural styles – all of these will be
known to American characters in a way they never were
in Europe. A savvy referee can juxtapose prewar cultural
constants and postwar devastation to evoke the sense of
what's been lost.
Empty fields, empty forests. As noted in the introduc-
tion to the Pocket Kingdoms and Petty Warlords chapter,
the Pacific Northwest's population density is far lower than
Europe's. True wilderness was rare in Poland, but it's
common here. Communities are farther apart, more settle-
ments are abandoned, and the road network linking them
is more tenuous. It's a lonelier world.
Quiet Geiger counters. The Pacific Northwest received
neither strategic nor tactical nukes in large numbers.
Radiation hazards are reduced, as is widespread physical
infrastructure damage. Secondary effects such as EMP
and supply chain breakdowns did more damage than
megatonnage here.
More is still standing. The lower level of warfare and
nuclear devastation means fewer burned- and bombed-out
ruins. While infrastructure and industry suffer from several
years of neglect, much of the region is recoverable – in
theory. Supplies, personnel, and key knowledge are all in
short supply, though, so recovery isn't going to a matter of
flipping a few switches and kicking back with a fresh cup of
coffee. There's work to be done.
Equipment scarcity. Europe was the world's battle-
ground and the detritus of armies' passage is everywhere.
In the Pacific Northwest, the only major warfare was the
Soviet coastal campaign. Fewer troops traveled, fought,
and died here, so less of their equipment is lying around
awaiting new owners. The vehicle allocation table on p.
94 reflects this with reduced availability of heavy equip-
ment, but the referee should also keep this in mind when
designing encounters.
"I went to college there!" It's likely that at least one
player at any given table will have firsthand familiarity with
the Pacific Northwest. This can present challenges if game
history causes cognitive dissonance with personal knowl-
edge. However, it also can inject the story with verisimili-
tude and a sense of personal investment.
Small fights, big stakes. Lower troop numbers mean
small-unit actions, rather than big battles, decide issues.
The terrain also works against large unit movements, so
platoon-scale firefights are about as big as it usually gets
and company actions are noteworthy. Player characters
can inflict significant percentage losses on their enemies –
but when they lose, their own side suffers equally.
Pivot point. While military action in the Pacific North-
west is likely to be small-scale, it can have continental
implications. Restoring Operation Egret's Western March
Route will mitigate the impending famine sweeping the rest
of the continental United States. In turn, success or failure
here will set nationwide recovery efforts – and possible
reconciliation between Omaha and Colorado Springs – for-
ward or back by years. Breaking New America or bringing
the Cascadian movement back into the fold also will have
broad effects on the national trend toward Balkanization.
Page 94 GDW

Vehicles
This sourcebook assumes the reader already owns the
main vehicle-focused sourcebooks of Twilight: 2000's
second edition: the American, NATO, and Soviet Combat
Vehicle Handbooks and the Nautical/Aviation Handbook.
This chapter builds on those works, presenting several new
vehicle designs that are (with some healthy rationalization)
present in the Pacific Northwest of 2001.

VEHICLE TRAITS
The new vehicles in this chapter are designed for v2.2
rules. Where v2.0 game traits differ, these are also provid-
ed under their own header.

Alternate Vehicle Allocation

Military vehicle availability is limited in the Pacific North-
west. Almost all operable AFVs are under the control of the
region's major factions. The low troop numbers and sparse
fighting in the region (relative to the European theatre) fur-
ther constrain the available options. In most cases, char-
acters serving under a cohesive chain of command will be
assigned vehicles based on their skill sets and missions.
The following table is for unaffiliated parties who begin
play on their own in the Pacific Northwest. It replaces the
standard starting vehicle table found in Twilight: 2000
(v2.2), p. 26, which is more appropriate for the AFV-rich
Europe. Players should use the column corresponding to
the majority of the party's origin, though the referee is free
to ignore this suggestion if salvaged or captured equipment
better fits the campaign. Vehicles listed in italics appear in
this chapter.

Die American Canadian Soviet

1 3/4-ton truck 3/4-ton truck 3/4-ton truck*
2 5/4-ton truck 5/4-ton truck 5/4-ton truck*
3 FAV Iltis UAZ-469
4 HMMWV Iltis GAZ-46 MAV
5 HMMWV LSVW GT-SM
6 2.5-ton truck LSVW 2.5-ton truck
7 2.5-ton truck 2.5-ton truck 2.5-ton truck
8 HMMWV FSV BV 206 BRDM-2
9 5-ton truck 5-ton truck 5-ton truck
10 Peacekeeper Bison MT-LB
11 M750 armored car Grizzly BTR-50P
12 LAV-25 Coyote BTR-60
13 M113A3 M113A3 ASU-85
14 M977 HEMTT 10-ton truck** 10-ton truck**
15 M113A3 ACCV Lynx BMP-1
16 M901 ITV Cougar PT-76
17 Stingray ADATS T-55
18 M60A3 Leopard I ("Leopard C1") T-62
* 3/4-ton and 5/4-ton trucks in Soviet service are Canadian or American civilian vehicles seized as spoils of war.
** Use M977 HEMTT stats to represent equivalent heavy trucks in Canadian and Soviet service.
The Pacific Northwest Page 95

Snowmobile

Price: $4,000 (S/S) Snowmobile (Personal Vehicle): An open personal

Fuel Type: G, A, AvG vehicle optimized for travel on snow and ice. A snowmobile
Load: 400 kg uses a single rear track for propulsion and paired front skis
Veh Wt: 200 kg for steering. It is considered a tracked vehicle for move-
Crew: 1+1 ment purposes and traverses all snow at its full off-road
Mnt: 2 movement speed. At the referee's discretion, it may suffer
Night Vision: Headlights penalties in extremely deep or powdery snow.
Radiological: Open Operating a snowmobile requires the Ground Vehicle
(Motorcycle) skill. A character may purchase a snowmobile
Damage Record with starting funds at character creation.
Snowmobile: □
Fuel (% Consumed): □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ Tr Move: 70/140
Com Move: 20/35
Fuel Cap: 36
Fuel Cons: 24
Combat Statistics:
None. A snowmobile is a personal vehicle. Driver and
passenger are fired at as mounted targets.
Page 96 GDW

ATV

Price: $4,000 (S/R) ATV (Personal Vehicle): Also known as a quad-bike or

Fuel Type: G, A quad, an all-terrain vehicle is a four-wheeled open per-
Load: 120 kg sonal vehicle designed for off-road use. ATV sales initially
Veh Wt: 275 kg targeted the recreational market but the vehicles quickly
Crew: 1 gained popularity in agricultural and industrial applications
Mnt: 2 due to their mobility over adverse ground. Law enforce-
Night Vision: Headlights ment agencies also adopted ATVs for patrols in remote
Radiological: Open areas, and shortly before the Twilight War, several Western
militaries realized that their size lent itself to easy helicopter
Damage Record transport where larger vehicles would require sling-loading.
ATV: □ Although it is a wheeled vehicle, an ATV uses tracked
Fuel (% Consumed): □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ vehicle modifiers for movement purposes.
The standard ATV model presented here accommodates
only a driver. A passenger may ride pillion on the rear
cargo rack, but movement above one-quarter speed risks a
fall from such precarious seating.
Operating an ATV requires the Ground Vehicle (Motor-
cycle) skill. A character may purchase an ATV with starting
funds at character creation.
Tr Move: 90/140
Com Move: 20/35
Fuel Cap: 15
Fuel Cons: 20
Combat Statistics:
None. An ATV is a personal vehicle. Driver is fired at as
a mounted target.
The Pacific Northwest Page 97

Utility ATV

Price: $6,000 (S/R) Utility ATV (Unarmored Cargo Vehicle): Also known as
Fuel Type: G, A a tandem ATV, a utility ATV is a scaled-up ATV (see facing
Load: 500 kg page) that accommodates a driver and passenger side by
Veh Wt: 650 kg side, protected by a roll cage. Its controls and layout are
Crew: 1+1 more automotive than motorcycle-feature, but its uses are
Mnt: 2 much the same. Most utility ATVs mount a small cargo
Night Vision: Headlights bed, though some replace this with two additional seats
Radiological: Open and various conversions use the space to mount special-
ized equipment.
Damage Record Unlike its smaller cousin, a utility ATV uses normal
Crewmembers: Driver □ wheeled vehicle modifiers for movement purposes, and its
Passenger(s): 1 □ 2 □ 3 □ operation relies on the Ground Vehicle (Wheeled) skill.
Sight/Vision: Night vision equipment □ A character may purchase a utility ATV with starting
Radio (If Any): □ funds at character creation.
Engine: □
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□ Tr Move: 140/140
Suspension: Minor damage □ Immobilized □ Com Move: 35/35
Fuel Cap: 40
Fuel Cons: 40
Combat Statistics
Unarmored Vehicle
Config: Veh HF: 1
Susp: W(2) HS: 1
HR: 1

v2.0-Specific Traits
Config: Stnd
Page 98 GDW

Iltis

Price: $8,000 (C/S) Iltis (Unarmored Cargo Vehicle): The Iltis is Volkswa-
Fuel Type: G, A gen's answer to the M151 Jeep. It is a soft-topped 4x4
Load: 500 kg utility vehicle used by the German, Belgian, and Canadian
Veh Wt: 1.5 tons militaries. It is usually unarmed in Canadian service but
Crew: 2+2 can be equipped with a pintle mount (equivalent to a NATO
Mnt: 2 heavy tripod) for the commander. Weapon carrier variants
Night Vision: Headlights (Crew 3 [driver, commander, gunner]) also include a rear
Radiological: Open pedestal mount for a TOW launcher.

Damage Record Tr Move: 220/70

Com Move: 75/30
Crewmembers: Commander □ Driver □
Passengers: 1 □ 2 □ Fuel Cap: 85
Sight/Vision: Night vision equipment □ Fuel Cons: 35
Radio: □
Engine: □ Combat Statistics
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□ Unarmored Vehicle
Suspension: Minor damage □ Immobilized □ Config: Veh HF: 1
Susp: W(2) HS: 1
HR: 1

v2.0-Specific Traits
Config: Stnd
The Pacific Northwest Page 99

LSVW

Price: $10,000 (S/R) LSVW (Unarmored Cargo Vehicle): The Light Support
Fuel Type: D, A Vehicle Wheeled is a license-built version of the Italian
Load: 1.5 tons Iveco VM 90 light cargo truck. It entered Canadian service
Veh Wt: 3.4 tons only a few years before the Twilight War. By the war's
Crew: 2+6 outbreak, it was already much-unloved among Canadian
Mnt: 8 troops for poor build quality and low mechanical reliability.
Night Vision: Headlights
Radiological: Open
Tr Move: 200/60
Com Move: 50/15
Damage Record Fuel Cap: 90
Crewmembers: Commander □ Driver □ Fuel Cons: 40
Passengers: 1 □ 2 □ 3 □ 4 □ 5 □ 6 □
Sight/Vision: Night vision equipment □ Combat Statistics
Radio: □ Unarmored Vehicle
Engine: □ Config: Veh HF: 1
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□ Susp: W(3) HS: 1
Suspension: Minor damage □ Immobilized □ HR: 1

v2.0-Specific Traits
Config: Stnd
Page 100 GDW

GT-SM

Price: $40,000 (R/S) GT-SM (Unarmored Cargo Vehicle): This Soviet-built

Fuel Type: G, A amphibious tracked transport was designed to operate
Load: 1 ton in remote Arctic areas, traversing virtually any terrain. It
Veh Wt: 3.8 tons features an enclosed cab and an open, canvas-topped
Crew: 2+10 cargo bed, separated by a mid-chassis engine compart-
Mnt: 5 ment. The load bed can be fitted with troop seats for ten or
Night Vision: Headlights sleeping accommodations for two. A wide array of pur-
Radiological: Enclosed pose-built equipment carrier variants exists, including sev-
eral with fully-enclosed and heated cargo compartments
Damage Record (reduce passenger capacity to 6). The GT-SM is typically
Crewmembers: Commander □ Driver □ unarmored, though a bolt-on armor kit is available (450 kg,
Passengers: 1 □ 2 □ 3 □ 4 □ 5 □ 6 □ 7 □ 8 □ 9 □ 10 □ increase armor to 2 on all facings).
Sight/Vision: Night vision equipment □ Tr Move: 160/80
Radio: □
Com Move: 40/20
Engine: □
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□ Fuel Cap: 400
Suspension: Minor damage □ Immobilized □ Fuel Cons: 200
Combat Statistics
Unarmored Vehicle
Config: Veh HF: 1
Susp: T(2) HS: 1
HR: 1

v2.0-Specific Traits
Config: Stnd
The Pacific Northwest Page 101

DUKW

Price: $45,000 (R/R) DUKW (Unarmored Cargo Vehicle): A 6x6 amphibious

Fuel Type: G, A truck of World War II vintage, the DUKW was designed to
Load: 2.3 tons support amphibious assaults. Its name, universally pro-
Veh Wt: 6.2 tons nounced "duck," is a General Motors model code, not an
Crew: 2+12 acronym. The DUKW is normally unarmed but can accept
Mnt: 6 a ring mount (NHT equivalent) at the commander's posi-
Night Vision: Headlights tion. It features a bilge pump and was the first vehicle built
Radiological: Open with a central tire inflation system.
The DUKW saw combat in WWII, the Korean War, and
Damage Record several French and British campaigns in Southeast Asia.
Crewmembers: Commander □ Driver □ It remained in military service through the 1980s, as did a
Passengers: 1 □ 2 □ 3 □ 4 □ 5 □ 6 □ 7 □ 8 □ 9 □ 10 □ Soviet copy, the ZiS-485 BAV. After WWII, many surplus
11 □ 12 □ DUKWs entered civilian use in water rescue and amphib-
Sight/Vision: Night vision equipment □ ious tours, only to be reenlisted after 1997. The Seattle
Radio: □ area's ex-tour company DUKWs are split between Coast
Engine: □ Guard Station Seattle and Naval Mobile Construction
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□ Battalion 18. The units seem to be in an undeclared com-
Suspension: Minor damage □ Immobilized □ petition to generate the most painful nicknames for their
vehicles, starting with Duck Dodgers and Devil Duckie and
continuing through such gems as Donald Ruck, Duck Off
and Fry (armed with an M7-6 tank flamethrower of ques-
tionable provenance and reliability), and Mallard Killmore.
Tr Move: 160/35
Com Move: 40/8
Fuel Cap: 200
Fuel Cons: 100
Combat Statistics
Unarmored Vehicle
Config: Veh HF: 1
Susp: W(3) HS: 1
HR: 1

v2.0-Specific Traits
Config: Stnd
Page 102 GDW

Bison

Price: $70,000 (S/R) Bison (Armored Personnel Carrier): An eight-wheeled

Armament: MAG MG (C) amphibious armored personnel carrier used by the Cana-
Ammo: 1000x7.62mm dian Forces, the Bison is a turret-less LAV-25 hull with a
Fuel Type: D, A slightly raised troop compartment and exterior equipment
Load: 2 tons racks. Access points are a driver's hatch on the left front, a
Veh Wt: 12 tons commander's hatch with a pintle weapon mount on the left
Crew: 2+8 forward deck, a large double hatch on the rear deck, and a
Mnt: 6 large rear door. The troop compartment is fitted with rails
Night Vision: Passive IR and attachment points which allow modular replacement
Radiological: Enclosed of the passenger seats with mission-specific equipment.
Command post, ambulance, electronic warfare, engineer,
Damage Record and recovery variants all serve alongside the basic design.
Crewmembers: Commander □ Driver □ Tr Move: 180/70
Passengers: 1 □ 2 □ 3 □ 4 □ 5 □ 6 □ 7 □ 8 □
Com Move: 45/20
Sight/Vision: Night vision equipment □
Radio: □ Fuel Cap: 290
MAG MG: □ Fuel Cons: 70
Engine: □
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□ Combat Statistics
Suspension: Minor damage □ Immobilized □ Config: Veh HF: 6
Susp: W(6) HS: 3
HR: 3

v2.0-Specific Traits
Config: Stnd
The Pacific Northwest Page 103

Coyote

Price: $125,000 (R/-) Coyote (Light Combat Vehicle): When the Twilight
Fire Control: +2 War began, this Canadian variant of the LAV-25 was just
Stabilization: Fair entering service as the Lynx's intended replacement. The
Armament: 25mm autocannon, MAG MG, MAG MG (C) Coyote differs from its parent design in the loss of amphib-
Ammo: 210x25mm, 1000x7.62mm ious capability and the addition of a surveillance systems
Fuel Type: D, A package. The rear compartment is given over to this
Load: 750 kg equipment and a fourth crew member.
Veh Wt: 14 tons Two Coyote versions exist, differing only in their sur-
Crew: 4 veillance systems. The first has a pod which packages
Mnt: 8 a thermal imager, a telescopic camera with daylight and
Night Vision: Passive IR passive IR modes, and a laser rangefinder. This pod can
Radiological: Enclosed be deployed away from the vehicle on a 200-meter cable.
The second version mounts the same systems package
Damage Record plus a ground surveillance radar on a telescoping 10-meter
Crewmembers: Commander □ Driver □ Gunner □ Sensor antenna, which rises from a hatch in the rear deck.
Operator □
Sight/Vision: Gun sight □ Range finder □ Night vision Tr Move: 180/70
equipment □ Surveillance pod □ Com Move: 45/20
Loader: □ Fuel Cap: 290
Radio: □ Fuel Cons: 70
25mm Autocannon: □
MAG MG: □ Combat Statistics
MAG MG (C): □
Config: Veh TF: 6 HF: 6
Traverse: □
Susp: W(6) TS: 3 HS: 3
Engine: □
TR: 3 HR: 3
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□
Suspension: Minor damage □ Immobilized □
v2.0-Specific Traits
Config: Trt
Page 104 GDW

LAV-50

Price: $200,000 (-/-) LAV-50 (Light Combat Vehicle): A product of Wash-

Fire Control: +4 ington State University's College of Mechanical Arts and
Stabilization: Good Engineering, the LAV-50 is a late-war improvisation. Only
Armament: 75mm autocannon, MAG MG two are known to exist, the result of transplanting salvaged
Ammo: 72x75mm, 1000x7.62mm LAV-75 turrets onto decapitated LAV-25 hulls (hence the
Fuel Type: D, A name, the "average" of the two donor models). The result
Load: 250 kg is a fire support vehicle that can mostly keep pace with
Veh Wt: 15 tons LAV-25s and, from a hull-down position, is relatively resis-
Crew: 3 tant to return fire. The vehicle is no longer amphibious,
Mnt: 12 and the new turret basket and ammo stowage eliminate
Night Vision: White light/IR spotlight, active/passive IR its troop capacity. Additionally, the extra weight makes the
Radiological: Enclosed design unstable in sharp turns and takes a heavy toll on its
drivetrain and suspension.
Damage Record
Tr Move: 160/60
Crewmembers: Commander □ Driver □ Gunner □
Com Move: 40/15
Sight/Vision: Gun sight □ Range finder □ Night vision
equipment □ Fuel Cap: 290
Loader: □ Fuel Cons: 80
Radio: □
75mm Autocannon: □ Combat Statistics
MAG MG: □ Config: Veh TF: 16 HF: 6
Traverse: □ Susp: W(6) TS: 4 HS: 3
Engine: □ TR: 4 HR: 3
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□
Suspension: Minor damage □ Immobilized □ v2.0-Specific Traits
Config: Trt
The Pacific Northwest Page 105

Type 87 Burakkuai

Price: $70,000 (-/-) Type 87 Burakkuai (Light Combat Vehicle): This is a

Fire Control: +2 6x6 armored reconnaissance vehicle exclusive to Japan.
Stabilization: Fair Hatches for the driver and radio operator are located on
Armament: 25mm autocannon, Type 74 MG the right and left glacis, while the commander and gunner
Ammo: 140x25mm, 400x7.62mm have hatches on the turret deck. Additional crew hatches
Fuel Type: D, A are located on the right side and rear hull. The observer
Load: 750 kg position is rear-facing.
Veh Wt: 15 tons The Japan Ground Self-Defense Force maintained a
Crew: 5 small fleet of Type 87s at the Yakima Training Center,
Mnt: 8 where the U.S. Army hosted it for maneuver warfare train-
Night Vision: Headlights, passive IR ing. The 47th and 104th Infantry Divisions appropriated
Radiological: Enclosed these vehicles before the Battle of Seattle.
Damage Record Tr Move: 200/120
Crewmembers: Commander □ Driver □ Gunner □ Radio Com Move: 50/30
operator □ Observer □ Fuel Cap: 300
Sight/Vision: Gun sight □ Range finder □ Night vision Fuel Cons: 240
equipment □
Loader: □ Combat Statistics
Radio: □
Config: Veh TF: 6 HF: 5
25mm Autocannon: □
Susp: W(3) TS: 3 HS: 3
Type 74 MG: □
TR: 3 HR: 3
Traverse: □
Engine: □
Treat the Type 74 as a MAG MG.
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□
Suspension: Minor damage □ Immobilized □
v2.0-Specific Traits
Config: Trt
Page 106 GDW

Type 89 Tora

Price: $220,000 (-/-) Type 89 Tora (Infantry Fighting Vehicle): Not to be

Fire Control: +2 confused with the Chinese tracked APC of the same name,
Stabilization: Good this is a Japanese IFV, designed as the JGSDF's superior
Armament: 35mm autocannon, twin Type 79 ATGM counterpart to the American Bradley. The driver and #1
launcher, Type 74 MG passenger have hatches on the right front hull deck, and
Ammo: 550x35mm, 6xType 79, 1000x7.62mm the commander and gunner have turret roof hatches. The
Fuel Type: D, A rear hull has double troop doors. Three firing ports are lo-
Load: 1.5 tons cated on the troop compartment's left side, two on the right,
Veh Wt: 27 tons and one inset in the troop door. The #1 passenger seat
Crew: 3+7 has an additional right-side firing port.
Mnt: 8 Like the Type 87 (q.v.), a small number of Type 89s were
Night Vision: Headlights, passive IR present at the Yakima Training Center and were taken into
Radiological: Shielded U.S. Army service in 1998. By 2001, lack of 35mm and
Type 79 ammo cut short the utility of the two survivors.
Damage Record
Crewmembers: Commander □ Driver □ Gunner □ Tr Move: 160/130
Passengers: 1 □ 2 □ 3 □ 4 □ 5 □ 6 □ 7 □ 8 □ Com Move: 40/35
Sight/Vision: Gun sight □ Range finder □ Night vision Fuel Cap: 550
equipment □ Fuel Cons: 190
Loader: □
Radio: □ Combat Statistics
35mm Autocannon: □
Config: Veh TF: 9-Sp HF: 12-Sp
Type 79 ATGM: □
Susp: T(4) TS: 6-Sp HS: 10
Type 74 MG: □
TR: 6 HR: 6
Traverse: □
Engine: □ The 35mm autocannon uses the traits of the Oerlikon
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□ Twin 35mm ADA autocannon (Heavy Weapons Handbook,
Suspension: Minor damage □ Immobilized □ p. 46) with ROF 5.
The Type 79 Jyu-MAT has RLD 3 and Max Rng 4000. A
HEAT warhead, it has Damage C:12/B:12 and Pen 145C.
A HE-Frag warhead (the original antiship load) has Dam-
age C12/B25 and Pen 18C.
Treat the Type 74 as a MAG MG.

v2.0-Specific Traits
Config: Trt
The Pacific Northwest Page 107

ADATS

Price: $100,000 (R/-) ADATS (Self-Propelled Artillery): The Canadian ver-

Fire Control: +1 sion of the ADATS (Air Defense Anti-Tank System) multi-
Armament: 8 ADATS missile launch tubes role missile uses the same turret as the American M917,
Ammo: 8 ADATS missiles mounted atop an M113 chassis. It was Canada's primary
Fuel Type: D, A SAM and ATGM platform during the Twilight War. Most
Load: 400 kg were forward-deployed in Europe and served there, but
Veh Wt: 16 tons a few training vehicles were attached to Korean Com-
Crew: 3 mand and subsequently fought in British Columbia. The
Mnt: 10 unmanned turret replaces the commander's hatch of the
Night Vision: Headlights, passive IR M113 and there is no provision for a secondary weapon.
Radiological: Enclosed The commander and gunner's stations, including the con-
trol console for the radar and laser guidance, occupy the
Damage Record troop compartment.
Crewmembers: Commander □ Driver □ Gunner □ Tr Move: 120/70
Sight/Vision: Gun sight □ Range finder □ Night vision
Com Move: 40/30
equipment □
Radio: □ Fuel Cap: 360
ADATS Launcher: □ Fuel Cons: 120
Traverse: □
Engine: □ Combat Statistics
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□ Config: Veh TF: 4 HF: 6
Suspension: Minor damage □ Immobilized □ Susp: T(2) TS: 3 HS: 4
TR: 3 HR: 4

v2.0-Specific Traits
Config: CIH
Page 108 GDW

44-Foot Motor Lifeboat

Price: $30,000 (S/-) 44-Foot Motor Lifeboat: Introduced in the 1960s, the
Armament: none standard 44' MLB was the U.S. Coast Guard's standard small rescue
Length: 13 m vessel in the years leading up to the Twilight War. In addi-
Draft: 1.0 m tion to the 110 produced for USCG service, the UK's Royal
Speed: 3 National Lifeboat Institution acquired 22, the Canadian
Turn: 3 Coast Guard procured 21, and the design saw limited ser-
Acceleration: 2 vice with Portugal, Italy, Norway, and Iran. The design is
Pumps: 2 self-bailing, self-righting, and built to endure exceptionally
Night Vision: White light spotlight rough seas. Forward and aft watertight compartments ac-
Load: 3 tons commodate rescued survivors (or additional crew, though
Minimum/Optimum Crew: 1/3 (+21 passengers) the vessel is not designed for extended missions).
Mnt: 6 The 44' MLB was state of the art when launched and
received continual upgrades over its service life. By the
Damage Record 1990s, the design was showing its age, but the war halted
Crewmembers: Commander □ Helmsman □ Engineer □ procurement of the planned replacement design. A major-
Sight/Vision: Night vision equipment □ ity of the 100+ in U.S. inventory survived the war, though
Radio: □ many are now in the hands of local naval militias. Many
Armament (if equipped): □ USCG stations armed their 44-footers with one or two M60
Engine: □ machine guns in a bow pintle mount, and other operators
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□ added whatever heavy weapons they could obtain.

Full Speed □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ Tr Move: 35/35

Dead in Water □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ Fuel Cap: 1,250
Sunk □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ Fuel Cons: 400
Fuel Type: D, A
Config: Vessel (v2.0: Superstructure)
Tonnage: 16
Hull Armor: 2
Waterline Armor: 2
Superstructure Armor: 1
Propulsion: Motor
Size: 1
The Pacific Northwest Page 109

52-Foot Motor Lifeboat

Price: $50,000 (R/-) 52-Foot Motor Lifeboat: This small class of four U.S.
Armament: 81mm mortar/M2HB combo mount Coast Guard vessels originated in the late 1950s for SAR
Length: 16 m work in the Pacific Northwest. Mission requirements for
Draft: 2.1 m working in heavy surf, long-range operations, and tow-
Speed: 2 ing larger disabled fishing vessels dictated their design.
Turn: 2 Self-bailing and self-righting, they are rated to survive
Acceleration: 1 11-meter swells and 100-knot winds, and routinely endure
Pumps: 2 batterings that would tear less-durable boats to shreds.
Night Vision: White light spotlight They are the only Coast Guard small boats to carry names
Load: 4 tons rather than hull numbers, a tradition inherited from their
Minimum/Optimum Crew: 3/5 (+35 passengers) wooden-hulled predecessors.
Mnt: 6 As designed, the class was unarmed, but after the Sovi-
et invasion of Alaska, the Coast Guard fitted 81mm mortar/
Damage Record M2HB combo mounts similar to those which returned to
Crewmembers: Commander □ Navigator □ Helmsman □ some Point-class cutters for the war. Game traits reflect
Gunner □ Engineer □ this status.
Sight/Vision: Night vision equipment □ All four vessels survived the war. As of early 2001,
Radio: □ Intrepid and Victory are in Cascadian hands, Invincible II is
81mm mortar: □ a USCG Sector Puget Sound asset, and the independent
M2HB: □ naval militia known as the Grays Harbor Maritime Defense
Engine: □ Force operates Triumph II.
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□
Tr Move: 27/27
Full Speed □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ Fuel Cap: 4,000
Dead in Water □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ Fuel Cons: 350
Sunk □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□
(each box equals 2 flotation hits) Fuel Type: D, A
Config: Vessel (v2.0: Superstructure)
Tonnage: 28
Hull Armor: 2
Waterline Armor: 2
Superstructure Armor: 1
Propulsion: Motor
Size: 1
Page 110 GDW

Point-Class Cutter

Price: $70,000 (R/-) Point-Class Cutter: The Point-class cutters were con-
Armament: 20mm autocannon (bow), 2xM2HB (port and structed in the 1960s for the U.S. Coast Guard. A total of
starboard rails) 79 were launched, including 26 which were transferred to
Length: 25 m the South Vietnamese Navy during the Vietnam War. In
Draft: 1.8 m the 1990s, the Coast Guard drew down the Point-class
Speed: 3 fleet, transferring several to universities and other federal
Turn: 3 agencies. The Coast Guard retained 45 in commission
Acceleration: 1 at the Twilight War's outbreak, and these served as port
Pumps: 3 security vessels in addition to their prewar SAR and law
Night Vision: White light spotlight enforcement missions. Normal crew complement is eight
Load: 2 tons for rotations and boarding parties, though only four are
Minimum/Optimum Crew: 4/8 required for non-combat operations and a single person
Mnt: 8 can conn the vessel. A total of 13 berthing spaces accom-
modate rescued persons or additional combat crew.
Damage Record Traits given here reflect the class' authorized configu-
Crewmembers: Commander □ Navigator □ Helmsman □ ration after November 1996, when the Oerlikon 20mm au-
Engineer □ Gunner 1 □ Gunner 2 □ Loader 1 □ Loader 2 □ tocannon, removed after Vietnam, was hastily reinstalled.
Sight/Vision: Night vision equipment □ Some USCG examples also returned to carrying their
Radio: □ Vietnam-era 81mm mortar/M2HB combo mounts, while
20mm autocannon: □ others were up-armed with a variety of support weapons
M2HB (Port): □ (and additional gunners added as needed). Several of the
M2HB (Starboard): □ unarmed vessels in NOAA, EPA, and university service
Engine: □ were also re-armed and pressed into naval militia use.
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□
Tr Move: 36/36
Full Speed □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□ Fuel Cap: 7,000
Dead in Water □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□ Fuel Cons: 800
Sunk □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□ Fuel Type: D, A
(each box equals 5 flotation hits) Config: Vessel (v2.0: Superstructure)
Tonnage: 69
Hull Armor: 2
Waterline Armor: 2
Superstructure Armor: 1
Propulsion: Motor
Size: 2
The Pacific Northwest Page 111

Island-Class Cutter

Price: $120,000 (R/-) Island-Class Cutter: The Island-class cutters arose

Armament: 25mm autocannon (bow), 2xM2HB (port and from the 1980s' War on Drugs and the increased demands
starboard aft corners), 2xM60 (port and starboard bridge on U.S Coast Guard assets in the Caribbean and the Gulf
rails) of Mexico. They were originally intended for short-dura-
Length: 34 m tion patrols, though the USCG operational tempo soon
Draft: 2.2 m had them at sea for two months at a time. Designed
Speed: 4 with smuggling interdiction in mind, they have excellent
Turn: 2 electronics and are capable of 30-knot sprints. Like most
Acceleration: 1 high-performance vessels, they are not without issues.
Pumps: 3 Inaccessible machinery installations and hull and struc-
Night Vision: White light/IR spotlight, active/passive IR tural corrosion (particularly among those operating in the
Load: 20 tons Caribbean) make them a maintenance nightmare, towing
Minimum/Optimum Crew: 8/16 frequently damages the towed vessels, and full-throttle
Mnt: 20 operations nearly triple fuel consumption.
The class was designed with ten tons of payload capac-
Damage Record ity for additional armament, with an eye toward antisub-
Crewmembers: Commander □ Navigator □ Helmsman □ marine warfare, though no additional weapons fit was ever
Gunner 1 □ Gunner 2 □ Gunner 3 □ Gunner 4 □ standardized. The traits given here reflect the standard
Gunner 5 □ Loader 1 □ Loader 2 □ Loader 3 □ Loader 4 □ configuration used throughout American territorial waters
Loader 5 □ Chief engineer □ Engineer 1 □ Engineer 2 □ at the Twilight War's outbreak, as well as the Korean and
Sight/Vision: Night vision equipment □ Iranian theatres afterward. Each cutter carries one inflat-
Radio: □ able assault boat.
25mm Autocannon: □
25mm Autocannon traverse: □ Tr Move: 36/36
M2HB (Port): □ Fuel Cap: 28,000
M2HB (Starboard): □ Fuel Cons: 850
M60 (Port): □ Fuel Type: D, A
M60 (Starboard): □ Config: Vessel (v2.0: Superstructure)
Engine: □ Tonnage: 155
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□ Hull Armor: 2
Waterline Armor: 2
Full Speed □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ Superstructure Armor: 1
Dead in Water □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ Propulsion: Motor
Sunk □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ Size: 2
(each box equals 10 flotation hits)
Page 112 GDW

Kingston-Class Coastal Defense Vessel

Price: $600,000 (-/-) Kingston-Class Coastal Defense Vessel: At the war's

Armament: Bofors 40mm L60 autocannon (bow), outbreak, the 18 Kingston-class ships were the newest in
2xM2HB (port and starboard bridge rails) the Canadian fleet (production was rushed for the imminent
Length: 55 m war and the two newest, HMCS Surrey and HMCS Prince
Draft: 3.4 m Albert, were still working up when the nukes fell). Despite
Speed: 3 their designation, they were intended to be training vessels,
Turn: 2 crewed largely by reservists to relieve operational pressure
Acceleration: 1 from the regular force. In their brief prewar service, they
Pumps: 3 performed SAR, law enforcement, survey, and research
Night Vision: White light/IR spotlight, active/passive IR missions. After 1996, several fulfilled NATO commitments
Load: 60 tons as convoy escorts and minesweepers; the rest remained in
Minimum/Optimum Crew: 12/36 a territorial defense role.
Mnt: 24 The design accommodates three standard 6-meter
cargo containers with deck clamps and utility hookups, en-
Damage Record abling them to take on mission-specific payloads. Modules
Crewmembers: Commander □ Navigator □ Helmsman □ in Canadian inventory before the war included minesweep-
Gunner 1 □ Gunner 2 □ Gunner 3 □ Loader 1 □ Loader 2 □ ing gear, diver support, remote-operated vehicle support,
Loader 3 □ Chief engineer □ Engineer 1 □ Engineer 2 □ and sonar and imaging systems for survey and sea floor
Sight/Vision: Night vision equipment □ inspection. Berthing space includes 47 bunks, providing
Radio: □ accommodations for victims rescued on SAR missions or,
40mm Autocannon: □ in wartime, additional combat crew. Each vessel carries
25mm Autocannon traverse: □ two inflatable assault boats.
M2HB (Port): □
M2HB (Starboard): □ Tr Move: 38/38
Engine: □ Fuel Cap: 180,000
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□ Fuel Cons: 1,500
Fuel Type: D, A
Full Speed □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ Config: Vessel (v2.0: Superstructure)
Dead in Water □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ Tonnage: 970
Sunk □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ Hull Armor: 3
(each box equals 50 flotation hits) Waterline Armor: 3
Superstructure Armor: 1
Propulsion: Motor
Size: 3
The Pacific Northwest Page 113

Towboat

Price: $300,000 (R/R) Towboat: A towboat is a square-hulled commercial ves-

Armament: Unarmed in prewar service, but now sel with a large bow plate, used to push "rafts" of barges
equipped with whatever heavy weapons the crew can on American rivers. Sizes and capacities vary widely; this
scrounge and mount on the superstructure entry represents a generic mid-sized towboat. Towboats
Length: 25 m are built for 24-hour operation and feature full navigational
Draft: 2.5 m electronics suites and crew accommodations.
Speed: 2 A towboat's speed and acceleration are reduced for ev-
Turn: 1 ery tenfold increase in tonnage, rather than every fivefold
Acceleration: 1 increase (see Twilight: 2000 v2.2, p. 215 for towing rules).
Pumps: 3
Night Vision: White light spotlight Tr Move: 15/15
Load: 15 tons Fuel Cap: 75,000
Minimum/Optimum Crew: 5/10 Fuel Cons: 1,500
Mnt: 14
Fuel Type: D, A
Damage Record Config: Vessel (v2.0: Superstructure)
Tonnage: 300
Crewmembers: Commander □ Navigator □ Helmsman Hull Armor: 3
□ Chief engineer □ Engineer 1 □ Engineer 2 □ Gunner 1 □ Waterline Armor: 4
Gunner 2 □ Loader 1 □ Loader 2 □ Superstructure Armor: 1
Sight/Vision: Night vision equipment □ Propulsion: Motor
Radio: □ Size: 2
Weapon mount (Port): □
Weapon moint (Starboard): □
Engine: □
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□

Full Speed □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□

Dead in Water □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□
Sunk □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□
(each box equals 50 flotation hits)
Page 114 GDW

C-23 Sherpa

Price: $3,500,000 (-/-) C-23 Sherpa: The Sherpa is the military variant of the
Fuel Type: AvG Short 330, an Irish-built STOL transport and commuter
Load: 3.6 tons (internal only) airliner. It has port and starboard crew doors just aft of
Veh Wt: 11 tons the cockpit and a full-width rear ramp. The Sherpa served
Crew: 3+30 (or 18 litter patients or 27 paratroopers) with Military Airlift Command as an inter-base transport for
Mnt: 10 American forces in Europe. A few federal agencies and
Runway: Primitive several states' National Guard contingents also operated
Min. Runway, Takeoff/Land: 1,000/950 m Sherpas in the United States for aerial observation, SAR,
cargo airdrop, and medical evacuation duties. It has
Damage Record neither provision for armament nor ejection seats, and is
Crewmembers: Pilot □ Copilot □ Flight engineer □ unpressurized.
Passengers: 1 □ 2 □ 3 □ 4 □ 5 □ 6 □ 7 □ 8 □ 9 □ 10 □ Tr Move: 1,400
11 □ 12 □ 13 □ 14 □ 15 □ 16 □ 17 □ 18 □ 19 □ 20 □ 21 □
Com Move: 41 (stall 27)
22 □ 23 □ 24 □ 25 □ 26 □ 27 □ 28 □ 29 □ 30 □
Radio: □ Fuel Cap: 2,500
Instruments: □ Fuel Cons: 2,800
Controls: □
Engine: □ Combat Equipment
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□ None.
The Pacific Northwest Page 115

De Havilland DHC-6 Twin Otter

Price: $2,400,000 (-/-) De Havilland DHC-6 Twin Otter: The Twin Otter is a
Fuel Type: AvG Canadian-manufactured utility aircraft whose adaptability,
Load: 1.1 tons (internal only) durability, and, rough/short-field capabilities have made
Veh Wt: 6 tons it a staple of small local air carriers and skydiving ser-
Crew: 2+20 vices worldwide. It is easily outfitted with floats or skis
Mnt: 10 for, respectively, water or arctic operation. It has port and
Runway: Primitive starboard cockpit doors, a starboard passenger door, and
Min. Runway, Takeoff/Land: 375/325m a double-width port cargo (or skydiver) door. It is unarmed,
has no ejection seats, and is unpressurized.
Damage Record
Tr Move: 1,350
Crewmembers: Pilot □ Copilot □
Com Move: 38 (stall 21)
Passengers: 1 □ 2 □ 3 □ 4 □ 5 □ 6 □ 7 □ 8 □ 9 □ 10 □
11 □ 12 □ 13 □ 14 □ 15 □ 16 □ 17 □ 18 □ 19 □ 20 □ Fuel Cap: 1,450
Radio: □ Fuel Cons: 835
Instruments: □
Controls: □ Combat Equipment
Engine: □ None.
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□
Page 116 GDW

OV-10 Bronco

Price: $5,500,000 (-/-) OV-10 Bronco: The OV-10 is a light attack and observa-
Armament: 4x fixed forward M60 MGs tion aircraft with modest transport capability. Designed for
Ammo: 2000x7.62mm counterinsurgency work, it saw extensive use in Vietnam
Fuel Type: AvG with the U.S. Air Force, Navy, and Marine Corps, and later
Load: 1,600 kg combined internal and external on 7 flew in the Colombian, Indonesian, Moroccan, Filipino,
hardpoints Thai, and Venezuelan militaries. It also served as a re-
Veh Wt: 4.5 tons search and aerial observation platform for NASA, the U.S.
Crew: 2 or 1+5 paratroopers or 1+1 medic+2 litters State Department, the U.S. Bureau of Land Management,
Mnt: 10 and the California Department of Forestry. All but the
Runway: Primitive NASA fleet were on loan from the DoD and retained their
Min. Runway, Takeoff/Land: 225/225m ordnance delivery capability.
The Bronco is normally armed with a combination of
Damage Record 250- or 500-pound bombs, 2.75" FFAR rocket pods, and 5"
Crewmembers: Pilot □ Copilot □ Zuni rockets. Gun pods for 7.62mm miniguns and 20mm
Passengers: 1 □ 2 □ 3 □ 4 □ 5 □ autocannon can also be mounted, and the wing pylons
Radio: □ can accept AIM-9 Sidewinder AAMs. The centerline pylon
Instruments: □ can accept only an external drop tank (550 or 1,100 liters;
Controls: □ respectively, 450 and 900 kg at the expense of external
M60 1: □ load). The co-pilot's position can be dismounted to ac-
M60 2: □ commodate a small number of passengers (without seats)
M60 3: □ in the cargo compartment, with access through a hatch in
M60 4: □ the tail cone that permits parachute jumps. The pilot's and
Ammo: □ (when equipped) co-pilot's positions have ejection seats
Engine: □ and the aircraft is unpressurized.
Fuel (% Consumed or Destroyed): □□□□□ □□□□□
Tr Move: 1,400
Com Move: 42 (stall 26)
Fuel Cap: 930
Fuel Cons: 1,720
Combat Equipment
FLIR, integral chaff and flare dispensers.
The Pacific Northwest Page 117
Vehicle Modifications
By 2001, many vehicles have been adapted for purpos-
es other than their original designed uses. This section
presents guidelines for two of the adaptations mentioned
elsewhere in this sourcebook: road-rail vehicles and gun
trucks.
ROAD-RAIL VEHICLES
Road-rail vehicles are capable of movement on both
paved roads and rail lines. In the United States, they are
typically converted road vehicles used by railroad cor-
porations for inspection and maintenance, and this entry
focuses on such configurations. These vehicles are fitted
with an additional set of retractable running gear, with
flanged wheels spaced for the standard North American
track gauge.
To switch from road movement to rail movement, the
driver finds a roadway crossing, aligns the vehicle over
the rails, and lowers the rail wheels. The process is the
same in reverse. The maneuver takes a number of min-
utes equal to the vehicle's tonnage, halved with a difficult
Ground Vehicle (Wheeled) check. Converting between
modes without the benefit of a paved surface level with
the rails is perilous at best, requiring a formidable Ground
Vehicle (Wheeled) check to avoid major suspension dam-
age. On rails, a road-rail vehicle travels at 75% of its road
movement speed.
Designs likely to be fitted with road-rail equipment are
civilian work vehicles: 3/4-ton and 5/4-ton pickups, 2.5-ton
and 5-ton trucks (often mounting cranes or specialized rail
maintenance gear), and the occasional semi-tractor. For
any road-rail vehicle, reduce its cargo capacity by 20% and
increase Maintenance by 50%, reflecting the weight of the
additional metal and the strain it places on the chassis and
powertrain.
In combat, any suspension hit has a 33% chance of
striking the road-rail equipment, which takes damage as a
separate W(4) suspension. Minor damage locks the road-
rail equipment in its current position (extended or retract-
ed).
Converting a vehicle for road-rail use is a major un-
dertaking, requiring a facility capable of overhauling the
vehicle's suspension and transmission. Only unarmored
wheeled vehicles can be so converted. While it might be
theoretically possible to make a road-rail T-72 without com-
promising the tank's armor or structural integrity, such en-
gineering is beyond the scope of what any plausible group
of characters could accomplish in 2000. This is, in fact, the
referee's license to say "not only no, but hell, no."
GUN TRUCKS
Armed trucks have fought wars since the first time an
enterprising soldier bolted a machine gun to a cargo vehi-
cle. However, the iconic concept arose from the U.S. Army
Transportation Corps in Vietnam, when a lack of military
police for convoy escort required truckers to improvise their
own defense. Units fitted 2.5- and 5-ton trucks with im-
provised armor, sandbag flooring, and a variety of weapon
mounts. The concept arose again in the Twilight War, first
for the same reasons as a generation before, then later as
AFV attrition pressed improvisations into front-line service.
Converting a cargo truck to a gun truck is within the
reach of any party with a decent mechanic, a welding
torch, and a supply of sheet steel and sandbags. Up to
four weapon mounts may be added to a truck's bed. The
typical historical configuration is one forward, one on each
side, and possibly a fourth aft, but it's also possible to go
with each corner, or (especially on a spacious HEMTT) to
have two-gun "broadsides."
The following table lists common gun truck modifications
and the weight penalty each one exacts on the vehicle.
Subtract all weights from the vehicle's Load.
Armor: Armor is bought separately for front and rear
facings. Side facing armor covers both sides equally, on
the assumption that uneven side armor has unacceptable
impacts on vehicle handling.
Sandbags: Sandbag AV applies to mine hits on the hull
(but the suspension is on its own).
Canopies: Canopy AV applies to overhead hits. A can-
opy also shades the gunners and and keeps enemies on
rooftops from dropping grenades and Molotovs directly into
the fighting compartment.
Gun mounts: Gun mounts are equivalent to standard
tripods. Nonstandard weapon loads are possible at the ref-
eree's discretion. Each gun mount reduces the load bed's
passenger capacity by 25% to allow gunner mobility.
Gun shields: Each gun shield protects the gunner at
that weapon station with AV 4.
For the completist, Challenge #55 also presents traits for
2.5-ton and 5-ton gun truck conversions, with the latter us-
ing eviscerated M113 and M901 hulls as fighting platforms.
Modification Weight
AV 2, HF or HR 5% of vehicle weight
AV 3, HF or HR 10% of vehicle weight
AV 4, HF or HR 15% of vehicle weight
AV 2, HS (both sides) 15% of vehicle weight
AV 3, HS (both sides) 25% of vehicle weight
AV 4, HS (both sides) 40% of vehicle weight
Sandbags, AV 2 1 ton
Sandbags, AV 3 2 tons
Canopy, AV 1 400 kg
Canopy, AV 2 1 ton
Gun mount as per equivalent tripod
Gun shield 50 kg
Page 118 GDW

when America would have entered the Twilight War, this

Designer's Notes division underwent major organizational changes, not
This wasn't supposed to be a sourcebook. the least of which was its reflagging as the 34th Infantry
Division. I've tried to align with as much published game
I started this project in 2017 with the intent of writing an
material as possible, including the unit composition in the
adventure module. In searching for an appropriate locale,
aforementioned sourcebook, while also acknowledging a
I settled on the Pacific Northwest as having the right mix of
few of the real-world changes from the decade that would
terrain and hazards for my planned story arc. As I dug into
have preceded the Twilight War. As for its status in 2001,
that concept, it became apparent that this was an area of
a quick look at a map and its reported force strength shows
post-Twilight War North America with very little published
the impossibility of "securing" all of Washington and Ore-
coverage – and what information did exist was frustratingly
gon, regardless of what the Joint Chiefs might wish. But
fragmentary.
it's still in the fight.
As is often the case, if I wanted anything more to use for
The conflicts between these four regional powers shape
my original intended project, I was going to have to write it
the Pacific Northwest as a setting. Across it all falls the
myself. This book is that process' end result.
long shadow of the devastating drought presented in
Along the way, I had to take some detours. The canon- Howling Wilderness and some of the U.S.-based adventure
ical mention of a Milgov supply line between the Pacific modules. As North America's last breadbasket, the Pacific
Northwest enclave and the Great Plains center of power Northwest can't save everyone – but it might be able to
meant that was an important part of the strategic situation send enough aid east to forestall total collapse. The clock
I was developing for this book. That required explanation is ticking, though, and it's up to the referee and the players
and at least a passing attempt at getting the details right. to tilt the scales.
The more research I did, the more need I found to explain
The end result is, I hope, true to the spirit of our shared
and expand. The result was Operation Egret, which has el-
obsession (anyone still playing a game 25 years out of print
ements far outside the boundaries of the Pacific Northwest,
goes a bit beyond "fan," I think) while still introducing some
yet is inextricably linked to it.
fresh new elements. The post-nuclear Pacific Northwest
Similarly, New America's Idaho contingent was canoni- isn't as war-torn or densely-packed as the classic Poland
cally responsible for severing that same supply route. This setting, but it's no less factionalized or deadly. One large
made NA a major antagonist for Milgov in the Pacific North- implied theme of Twilight: 2000 in Europe was how will
west, so ignoring its presence would have done the setting you get home? Here, where most characters will probably
a disservice. In developing NA in Idaho, my intent was to be Americans, the parallel is what will you do to save your
present a credible threat on both the military and political home?
fronts. Any similarity to contemporary real-world concerns
– Clayton A. Oliver - 31 October 2020
is, if not coincidental, then at least partially attributable to
the prophetic foresight of GDW's original authors.
The region's third major faction, the Proconsul's fol-
lowers and their Cascadian allies, similarly emerged from
an attempt to expand and rationalize a single throwaway
line – this one in Howling Wilderness' update on the 47th
ID's status. The origins of the title "Proconsul" themselves
suggested at least part of an agenda. The Cascadians are
an actual political movement – a sidebar in the real world,
but in Twilight: 2000's timeline, they served as a source of
civilian allies who might cleave to the Proconsul's dream.
I have perhaps done Canada a disservice by not more
fully covering British Columbia in this work. My defense
is that I have focused on the province's largest population
center and area of strategic importance, and with it the last
extant Soviet-aligned force in the north. The 62nd MRD
can certainly serve as antagonists, but they have no real
means of "winning" the war in the Pacific Northwest and
can derive little long-term benefit from making the attempt.
Beyond mere survival, then, what will these exiles do to
secure their future here or to return home?
Finally, we circle back to the region's "default" faction,
the 47th ID and its associated U.S. Air Force and Navy
elements. In the real-world decade between 1986, its first
appearance in the U.S. Army Vehicle Guide, and 1996,
The Pacific Northwest Page 119

Colophon
In the spirit of the "old school" Twilight: 2000 aesthetic,
I've tried to remain as close as possible to the look and feel
of the first edition sourcebooks. In particular, fonts attempt
to mimic those used in Howling Wilderness (the primary
sourcebook upon which this work expands).
For those wanting to produce their own fan works in this
style, the body font is 10-point Arial with a 0.15" first-line
indent and 0.06" spacing after each paragraph. Top- and
second-level section headers are Optima bold – respec-
tively, 18-point and 14-point. Third-level headers are
10-point Arial bold, all caps. For readability, I've added
0.15" spacing above the headers to better offset them
from preceding paragraphs. The title font on the cover is
40-point Bolts SF.
All writing and layout was done in Adobe InDesign 14.0.3
on a 2013 MacBook Pro. Art was processed in iOS' native
Preview application with occasional excursions into GIMP
2.10.

Art Credits
Unless otherwise noted, all art in this work is adapted
from art that is in the public domain or released under a
version of the Creative Commons License (https://creative-
commons.org/licenses/) that permits commercial use with
modification. The following list presents the source URL
that, at the time of publication, contained each original work
and, where available, creator attribution.
cover - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Operation_Cold_Winter_1987_Norway_DM-ST-87-10885.jpg
p. 6 - https://www.pexels.com/photo/clouds-forest-glacier-green-695306/
p. 8 - https://www.defense.gov/observe/photo-gallery/igphoto/2001519804/
p. 10 - https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:M-60A3_near_Giessen_in_Germany_1985.JPEG
p. 11 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Rear_view_of_a_T-62A.JPEG
p. 14 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Panzerwagon_M113.jpg
p. 16 - http://www.publicdomainfiles.com/show_file.php?id=13502313614724
p. 18 - https://www.pikrepo.com/fcakw/tacoma-with-a-view-of-mount-rainier-in-washington
p. 21 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:LAV_Test_Crew_Leaves_Garage.jpg
p. 25 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:M60_AVLB_(1985).JPEG
p. 28 - https://www.marsoc.marines.mil/News/News-Article-Display/Article/513766/mountain-warfare-training-center-teaches-ad-
vanced-horsemanship/
p. 31 - https://www.nps.gov/planyourvisit/event-details.htm?id=781F13D5-9BCC-5E5D-9A5D516EA0E9F73F
p. 33 - https://www.marines.mil/Photos/igsearch/mountain/igsort/Oldest/?igphoto=2000777960
p. 38 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=7077341
p. 40 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=66405761
p. 42 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=3864764
p. 46 - https://www.marsoc.marines.mil/News/News-Article-Display/Article/513766/mountain-warfare-training-center-teaches-ad-
vanced-horsemanship/
p. 48 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Soviet_Pomornik_class_air_cushion_landing_craft.JPEG
p. 50 - http://mil.ru/et/news/more.htm?id=12010631@egNews
p. 51 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:KGB_special_operative_Igor_Morozov_on_the_armored_vehicle.jpg
p. 53 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Russian_Army_Bosnia.jpg
p. 55 - https://www.eucom.mil/image/35971/united-states-european-command-image
p. 56 - https://www.flickr.com/photos/54296912@N08/8666681005
Page 120 GDW

p. 58 - https://www.flickr.com/photos/oregonmildep/41180278214
p. 60 - https://www.pxfuel.com/en/free-photo-ozcnd
p. 65 - https://www.marines.mil/Photos/?igphoto=2002351261
p. 68 - https://pixabay.com/photos/lost-place-concourse-old-2723541/
p. 70 - https://pixabay.com/photos/stranded-ships-wrecks-abandoned-918933/
p. 71 - https://pixabay.com/photos/milky-way-night-stars-person-man-4006343/
p. 72 - https://www.army.mil/article/203099/barbaric_company_partners_with_42nd_mech_battalion
p. 74 - https://www.pikrepo.com/fapia/burnt-black-truck-near-trees
p. 77 - https://www.dvidshub.net/image/1419619/sc-national-guard-bids-farewell-old-fleet-m1a1-tanks
p. 78 - https://www.flickr.com/photos/warrenbrownpics/3461206418
p. 81 - https://www.pikist.com/free-photo-scqci
p. 82 - https://www.marines.mil/Photos/igsearch/norway/igsort/Oldest/?igphoto=2000783455
p. 87 - https://media.defense.gov/2014/May/29/2000798558/1088/820/0/140523-M-ZM882-142.JPG
p. 89 - https://www.defense.gov/observe/photo-gallery/igphoto/2002016350/
p. 92 - https://www.defense.gov/Explore/Features/Story/Article/1763395/when-snow-is-your-friend/
p. 95 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:JointPeacekeeperExercise2018-18.jpg
p. 96 - https://www.flickr.com/photos/usasoc/8516664722/in/photostream/
p. 97 - https://www.flickr.com/photos/usasoc/8516498710/in/photostream/
p. 98 - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:VW_Iltis_001.jpg
p. 99 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Canadian_Army_LSVW_ambulance.jpg
p. 100 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:GAZ-71_tracked_vehicle.JPG
p. 101 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:DUKW_1.jpg
p. 102 - Adapted from GDW original illustrations by Kirk Wescom, Steve Bryant, Shea Ryan, and Cain Budds, American Combat
Vehicle Handbook p. 26.
p. 103 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:12eregimentCoyote.jpg
p. 104 - Adapted from GDW original illustrations by Kirk Wescom, Steve Bryant, Shea Ryan, and Cain Budds, American Combat Vehi-
cle Handbook pp. 26 and 27.
p. 105 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:JGSDF_Type87_reconnaissance_vehicle_20120527-03.JPG
p. 106 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:JGSDF_IFV_Type_89_20080113.JPG
p. 107 - Adapted from GDW original illustrations by Kirk Wescom, Steve Bryant, Shea Ryan, and Cain Budds, American Combat Vehi-
cle Handbook pp. 24 and 75.
p. 108 - https://www.history.uscg.mil/Browse-by-Topic/Assets/Water/All/Boats-Less-than-65-ft/Article/2016385/boat-44-motor-lifeboat-
mlb/
p. 109 - https://www.history.uscg.mil/Browse-by-Topic/Assets/Water/All/Boats-Less-than-65-ft/Article/2244052/victory-1956/
p. 110 - https://www.history.uscg.mil/Our-Collections/Photos/igphoto/2002202627/
p. 111 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Operation_Podium_DVIDS1107232.jpg
p. 112 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:HMCS_Yellowknife_(15594168955).jpg
p. 113 - https://www.dla.mil/News/Images/igphoto/2002290945/
p. 114 - https://www.dm.af.mil/Media/Photos/igphoto/2001552484/
p. 115 - https://www.flickr.com/photos/kecko/3754956116
p. 116 - https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Balikatan_2019_-_Philippine_Air_Force%27s_OV-10_Light_Armed_Reconnais-
sance_Aircraft_(Image_1_of_2).jpg